Untitled

APPENDIX - 11(S)
UNIVERSITY OF MADRAS
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (FULLTIME)
Choice Based Credit System
REVISED SYLLABUS
(w.e.f. 2022-2023)
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
Subject Code Subject Name L T P O
CIA
Management Principles and
Core Y - - - 4 4 25 75 100
Business Ethics
Course Objectives
To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of management in order to aid
C1
in understanding how an organization functions.
C2 To provide insights on Planning & Decision Making
C3 To throw light on Organizing, Managing Change and Innovation
C4 To elucidate on Leadership, Communication and Controlling.
To create awareness and importance of Business Ethics and Social
C5
Responsibility.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction:NatureofManagement– Concepts and
Foundations of Management- Managerial Functions-
ManagementSkills-
I TheEvolutionofManagementThought– 12 C1
TasksofaProfessionalManager–OrganizationalCulture-
Environment– Systems Approach to Management – Levels
in Management – Disaster Management
Planning & Decision Making: Steps in Planning
Process – Scope and Limitations –Short Term and Long
Term Planning – Flexibility in Planning –
II Characteristics of aSound Plan – Management By 12 C2
Objectives (MBO). Strategic Management
ProcessDecision MakingProcessandTechniques.
Business Models
Nature of Organizing: Organization Structure and
Design - Authority Relationships –
DelegationofAuthorityandDecentralization–
InterdepartmentalCoordinator–emerging Trends in
III 12 C3
corporate Structure, Strategy and Culture – Impact of
TechnologyonOrganizationaldesign–
Mechanisticvs.AdoptiveStructures–
FormalandInformalOrganization.Spanofcontrol–
ProsandConsofNarrowandWideSpansofControl–
OptimumSpan -ManagingChangeandInnovation.
Leadership and Control:Leadership: Approaches to
Leadership andCommunication.
Control:ConceptofControl–
ApplicationoftheProcessofControlatDifferentLevelsofM
IV 12 C4
anagement(top,middleandfirstline).PerformanceStandar
ds–MeasurementsofPerformance – Remedial Action -
An Integrated Control system in an Organization –
Management by Exception (MBE) –
Business Ethics: Importance of Business Ethics –
Ethical Issues and Dilemmas inBusiness - Ethical
V 12 C5
Decision Making and Ethical Leadership – Ethics Audit
- BusinessEthicsand-CSRModels.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
On completion of this course, students will; Program Outcomes
Outcomes
Possess the knowledge on the basic concepts of
CO1 management and understand how an organization PO4, PO6, PO8
functions.
CO2 Possess knowledge on planning & decision making. PO1, PO2
Have insights on organizing, managing change and
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
Innovation
Learn leadership, communication and controlling
CO4 PO4, PO5
skills.
Have better understanding on business ethics and
CO5 PO3, PO8
social responsibility.
Reading List
1. https://deb.ugc.ac.In
2. http://wwww.managementconcepts.Com
3. International journal of Management Concepts and Philosophy
4. Journal of Management, Sage Publications
References Books
Certo, S C. and Certo, T, Modern Management, 13th Edition, Prentice Hall,
1.
January 2014.
Griffin, R. W., Management, 11th Edition, South-Western College Publication,
2.
January 2018.
Koontz, H. and Weihrich, H., Essentials of Management: An International
3.
Perspective, 11th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Ltd., July 2020
Mukherjee, K., Principles of Management, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill
4.
Education Pvt. Ltd., 2009
Robbins, S and Coulter, M, 11th Edition, Management, Prentice Hall, 11th
5.
edition, January 2012
6. Shaikh Ubaid, Disaster Management, Technical publications, 1st edition, 2020
Methods of Evaluation
Continuous Internal Assessment Test
Internal Assignments
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
Attendance and Class Participation
External
End Semester Examination 75 Marks
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Methods of Assessment
Recall (K1) Simple definitions, MCQ, Recall steps, Concept definitions
Understand/
MCQ, True/False, Short essays, Concept explanations, Short summary or
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Application Suggest idea/concept with examples, Suggest formulae, Solve problems,
(K3) Observe, Explain
Problem-solving questions, Finish a procedure in many steps, Differentiate
Analyze (K4)
between various ideas, Map knowledge
Evaluate
Longer essay/ Evaluation essay, Critique or justify with pros and cons
(K5)
Check knowledge in specific or offbeat situations, Discussion, Debating or
Create (K6) Presentations
PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 M M M
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 S S
CO 5 S S
S-Strong M-Medium L-Low
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Quantitative Techniques and
Core Y - - - 4 4 25 75 100
Research Methods in Business
Course Objectives
To provide the students with an introduction to probability theory and discuss
C1
how probability calculations may facilitate their decision making.
To construct a coherent research proposal that includes an abstract, literature
C2
review, research questions, ethical considerations and methodology.
To understand the basic statistical tools for analysis & interpretation of
C3
qualitative and quantitative data.
C4 To recognize the principles and characteristics of the multivariate data analysis
techniques.
To become familiar with the process of drafting a report that poses a significant
C5
problem
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Probability - Rules of probability-
Probability distribution; Binomial, Poisson and Normal
Distributions, their applications in Business and
Industrial Problem- Baye’s Theorem and its
I 17 C1
applications - Decision Making under risk and
uncertainty; Maximax, Maximin, Regret Hurwitz and
Laplace Criteria in Business and Decision Making -
Decision tree.
Research Methods: Research - Definition - Research
Process - Research Design – Definition- Types Of
Research Design - Role of Theory in Research -
Variables in Research – Objectives - Hypothesis -
Types of Data; Preliminary Vs Secondary- Methods of
Primary Data Collection; Survey, Observation,
II Experiments - Construction Of Questionnaire - 10 C2
Questionnaire Schedule- Validity and Reliability of
Instruments - Types of Scales; Nominal, Ordinal,
Interval - Types of Attitude Measurement Scales –
Sampling Techniques; Probability And Non
probability Techniques- Optimal Sample Size
determination.
Data Preparation and Analysis: Data Preparation -
Editing –Coding- Data Entry- Data Analysis- Testing
Of Hypothesis Univariate and Bivariate Analysis -
Parametric And Nonparametric Tests and
III 15 C3
Interpretation of Test Results- Chi-Square Test-
Correlation; Karl Pearson’s Vs Correlation Coefficient
and Spearman's Rank Correlation- Regression Analysis
- One Way and Two Way Analysis of Variance.
Multivariate Statistical Analysis: Exploratory and
Confirmatory Factor Analysis -Discriminant Analysis-
Cluster Analysis -Conjoint Analysis -Multiple
IV 09 C4
Regression- Multidimensional Scaling- Their
Application In Marketing Problems -Application of
Statistical Software For Data Analysis- SEM Analysis
Report Writing and Ethics in Business Research:
Research Reports- Different Types -Report Writing
Format- Content of Report- Need For Executive
V 09 C5
Summary- Chapterization -Framing the Title of the
Report- Different Styles Of Referencing -Academic Vs
Business Research Reports - Ethics In Research.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be able to develop problem-solving techniques needed
CO1 PO1, PO2, PO6, PO7
to accurately calculate probabilities.
Be able to devise research methods, techniques and
CO2 strategies in the appropriate manner for managerial PO4, PO6
decision making and conduct research for the industry.
Be able to apply and interpret the different types of
CO3 PO4, PO6
quantitative and qualitative methods of data analysis.
Be able to use multivariate techniques appropriately,
CO4 undertake multivariate hypothesis tests, and draw PO4, PO6
appropriate conclusions.
Be able to present orally their research or a summary
CO5 of another’s research in an organized, coherent, and PO4, PO6
compelling fashion.
Reading List
https://www.dartmouth.edu/~chance/teaching_aids/books_articles/probability_book
1.
/amsbook.mac.pdf
2. https://study.com/academy/topic/probability.html
3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ma07/preview
4. https://hbr.org/1964/07/decision-trees-for-decision-making
References Books
Anderson, Sweeny, Williams, Camm and Cochran, Statistics for business and
1.
Economics, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 13th Edition, 2017
Cooper, D.R., Schindler, P. And Business Research Methods, Tata- McGrew
2.
Hill,12th Edition, 2012.
Cooper, D.R., Schindler, P. and Sharma, J.K., Business Research Methods,11th
3.
Edition, Tata-McGraw Hill, 12 th Edition, 2018.
Johnson, R.A., and Wichern, D.W., Applied Multivariate Statistical Analysis,
4.
PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 6 th Edition, 2012.
Kumar, R., Research Methodology: A Step-by-Step guide for Beginners, Sage,
5.
South Asia, 4th Edition, 2014.
Srivastava, T.N. and Rego, S., Statistics for Management, 2nd Edition, Tata
6.
McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2016.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/ MCQ, True/False, Short essays, Concept explanations, Short summary or
Comprehend overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4) between various ideas, Map knowledge
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S S S S
CO 2 S S
CO 3 M S
CO 4 M M
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Managing Organizational
Core Y - - - 4 4 25 75 100
Behaviour
Course Objectives
To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of managing Organizational
C1 Behaviour in order to aid in understanding how an men behave in an
organization.
To provide insights on Individual Differences, perception, learning, Attitudes
C2
values and motivation
C3 To throw light on Group Dynamics and Interpersonal Communication
C4 To elucidate on Leadership, Politics, Conflicts and Negotiation.
To create awareness and importance of work stress and Emotional Intelligence
C5
and its influence on employees in an organization.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Organizational Behaviour:
Historical background of OB - Concept Relevance of
OB – Contributing disciplines - to the field of OB,
I 12 C1
challenges and opportunities for OB, foundations of
Individual Behaviour. Theory – social theory-
Organizational Citizenship Behaviour
Individual Difference - Personality – concept and
II determinants of personality – theories of personality – 12 C2
type of theories – trait theory – psycho analytic theory -
social learning theory – Erikson’s stages of Personality
Development Chris Argyris Immaturity to Maturity
Continuum. Personality – Job fit.
Perception: Meaning Process – Factors influencing
perception – Attribution theory
Learning: Classical, Operant and Social Cognitive
Approaches – Managerial implications.
Attitudes and Values:– Components, Attitude –
Behaviour relationship, formation, values.
Motivation: Early Theories of Motivation – Hierarchy
of needs theory, Theory X and Theory Y, Two factor
theory, McClelland’s theory of needs and
Contemporary theories of motivation – Self –
Determination theory, Job Engagement, Goal Setting
theory, Self– efficacy theory, Re – inforcement theory,
Equity theory, Expectancy theory.
Group Dynamics – Foundations of Group Behaviour –
Group and Team - Stages of Group Development–
Factors affecting Group and Team Performance - Group
III Decision making 12 C3
Interpersonal Communication – Communication
Process – Barriers to Communication– Guidelines for
Effective Communication
Leadership – Trait, Behavioural and Contingency
theories, Leaders vs Managers Power and
Politics: Sources of Power – Political Behaviour in
IV Organizations – Managing Politics. 12 C4
Conflict and Negotiation: Sources and Types of
Conflict –Negotiation Strategies– Negotiation
Process.
Work Stress: Stressors in the Workplace – Individual
Differences on Experiencing Stress - Managing
Workplace Stress. Organizational Culture and Climate:
Concept and Importance – Creating and Sustaining
V 12 C5
Culture.
Emotional Intelligence, Work Life Integration Practices.
Knowledge based enterprise- systems and Processes;
Networked and virtual organizations.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Possess the knowledge on the basic concepts of
CO1 managing Organisational Behaviour in order to aid in PO4
understanding how an men behave in an organization
CO2 Possess knowledge on Individual Differences, PO3, PO6
perception, learning, Attitudes values and motivation
Have insights on Group Dynamics and Interpersonal
CO3 PO2, PO4, PO5
Communication
CO4 Learn Leadership, Politics, Conflicts and Negotiation. PO5
Have better understanding on work stress and
CO5 Emotional Intelligence and its influence on employees PO6, PO8
in an organisation.
Reading List
1. www.himpub.com
2. https://iedunote.com.organisational-behaviour
3. www.yourarticlelibrary.com/organisation/
4. Journal of Organizational Behaviour – wiley Online Library
References Books
Anderson, Sweeny, Williams, Camm and Cochran, Statistics for business and
1.
Economics, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 13th Edition, 2017
Cooper, D.R., Schindler, P. And Business Research Methods, Tata- McGrew
2.
Hill,12th Edition, 2012.
Cooper, D.R., Schindler, P. and Sharma, J.K., Business Research Methods,11th
3.
Edition, Tata-McGraw Hill, 12 th Edition, 2018.
Johnson, R.A., and Wichern, D.W., Applied Multivariate Statistical Analysis,
4.
PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 6 th Edition, 2012.
Kumar, R., Research Methodology: A Step-by-Step guide for Beginners, Sage,
5.
South Asia, 4th Edition, 2014.
Srivastava, T.N. and Rego, S., Statistics for Management, 2nd Edition, Tata
6.
McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2016.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M
CO 2 S S
CO 3 S S S
CO 4 S
CO 5 S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Accounting For Managers Core Y - - - 4 4 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To acquaint the students with the fundamentals of principles of financial, cost
C1
and management accounting
C2 To enable the students to prepare, analyses and interpret financial statements
C3 To acquaint the students with the tools and techniques of financial analysis
C4 To enable the students to take decisions using management accounting tools.
To enable the students to prepare the reports with the accounting tools and
C5
facilitate managerial decision making.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
FinancialAccounting–Meaning-Objectives-
functions.BranchesofAccounting:Financial,Cost
andManagementAccounting-
AccountingConcepts and conventions. Journal
I 12 C1
– Ledger – Trial Balance – Preparation
ofFinalAccounts:Trading,ProfitandLossAccoun
tandBalanceSheet(problems); International
Accounting Standards - IFRS
FinancialStatementAnalysis-Objectives-
TechniquesofFinancialStatement Analysis:
Common Size and Comparative Financial
Statements, Trend analysis, Ratio Analysis.
FundFlowStatement-
II 12 C2
StatementofChangesinWorkingCapital-
PreparationofFundFlowStatement-
CashFlowStatementAnalysis-
DistinctionbetweenFundFlowandCashFlowStat
ement–problem.
MarginalCosting-Definition-
III 12 C3
distinctionbetweenmarginalcostingandabsorptio
n costing - Break even point Analysis -
Contribution, p/v Ratio,margin of safety -
Decision making under marginal costing
system-key
factoranalysis,makeorbuydecisions,exportdecisi
on,salesmixdecision-Problems.
Budget, Budgeting,and Budgeting Control -
Types of Budgets - Preparationof Flexible and
IV 12 C4
fixed Budgets, master budget and Cash Budget
- Problems -ZeroBaseBudgeting.
CostAccounting:meaning–Objectives-
ElementsofCost–CostSheet(Problems) –
classification of cost– CostUnitand Cost Centre –
Methodsof Costing– Techniques of
Costing.Standard costing and variance
V analysisReportingtoManagement– 12 C5
UsesofAccountinginformationinManagerialdecisi
on-making. Reporting-Accounting Standards and
Accounting Disclosure practices in India;
Exposure to Practical Knowledge of using
Accounting software- Open Source.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be able to understand the fundamentals of principles
CO1 PO6
of financial, cost and management accounting
Be able to prepare, analyze and interpret financial PO1, PO2, PO4, PO6,
CO2 statements PO7
Be able to use the tools and techniques of financial PO1, PO2, PO3, PO6,
CO3 analysis. PO7
Be able to take decisions using management
accounting tools.
Be able to prepare the reports with the accounting PO2, PO3, PO4, PO6,
CO5
tools and facilitate and take managerial decisions. PO7, PO8
Reading List
http://files.rajeshindukuristudyplace.webnode.com/200000014-9621c971b8/
1.
accounting%20 for%20 managers.pdf
2. http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/70588/9/09_chapter%201.pdf
3. http://educ.jmu.edu/~drakepp/principles/module6/capbudtech.pdf
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/313477460_concept_of_working_capital_
4.
management
References Books
Gupta, A., Financial Accounting for Management: An
1.
AnalyticalPerspective,5thEdition,Pearson,2016.
Khan, M.Y. and Jain, P.K., Management Accounting:
2.
Text,Problems and Cases, 8thEdition, Tata McGraw Hill Education
Pvt.Ltd.,2021.
NalayiramSubramanian,ContemporaryFinancial Accountingand
reporting for Management – a holistic perspective- Edn.
3.
1,2014publishedbyS.N.CorporateManagementConsultantsPrivateLimi
ted
Horngren,C.T.,Sundem,G.L.,Stratton,W.O.,Burgstahler,D.andSchat
4.
zberg, J.,16thEdition,Pearson,2013
Noreen, E., Brewer, P. and Garrison, R., Managerial Accountingfor
5.
Managers, 13th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.,2009.
6. Rustagi,R.P.,ManagementAccounting,2ndEdition,TaxmannAlliedServ
icesPvt.Ltd,2011
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M
CO 2 S S S S M
CO 3 S S S S M
CO 4 S S S S
CO 5 S S S S M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Managerial Economics Core 4 - - - 4 4 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To familiarize the students about managerial economics and to know the
C1
fundamental concepts affecting business decisions.
To understand the concept of utility and demand analysis and demand
C2
forecasting
C3 To know about production function and market structure
To have an idea and understanding about Macroeconomics like National
C4
Income, savings and investment, Indian economic policy and Planning.
To Provide insights on Money Market, Inflation and Deflation, Monetary and
C5
Fiscal policies, FDI and cashless economy.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Definition of Managerial
Economics. Decision Making and
theFundamentalConceptsAffectingBusinessDeci
sions–
I 12 C1
theIncrementalConcept,Marginalism,Equimargin
alConcept,theTimePerspective,DiscountingPrinci
ple,OpportunityCostPrinciple-
MicroandMacroEconomics.
UtilityAnalysisandtheDemandCurve:Elasticity
ofDemand-DemandAnalysis: Basic Concepts,
and tools of analysis for demand forecasting.
II UseofBusinessIndicators:Demandforecastingforc 12 C2
onsumer,ConsumerDurableand Capital Goods.
Input-Output Analysis – Consumer Behavior-
ConsumerEquilibrium
TheProductionFunction:ProductionwithOneVariabl
eInput – Law ofVariableProportions–
ProductionwithTwoVariableInputs–
ProductionIsoquants–
IsocostLinesEstimatingProductionFunctions-
III ReturnstoScale– Economies Vs Diseconomies of 12 C3
Scale – Cost Concepts – Analysis of cost –
Shortandlongruncosts.
MarketStructure:Perfect andImperfect
Competition –Monopoly, Duopoly,
MonopolisticCompetition–PricingMethods.
Macro Economic Variables – National Income-
IV 12 C4
Concepts – Gross DomesticProduct, Gross
National Product, Net National Product –
Measurement ofNational Income, Savings,
Investment - Business Cycles and
ContracyclicalPolicies–RoleofEconomicPolicy–
IndianEconomicPlanning
CommodityandMoneyMarket:DemandandSup
plyofMoney–MoneyMarket Equilibrium –
Monetary Policy – Inflation – Deflation –
Stagflation-Role of FiscalPolicies- Indian Fiscal
Policies - Government Policy towards Foreign
V 12 C5
Capitaland Foreign Collaborations –
Globalization and its Impact. Cashless
economyanddigitalizedcashtransfers; Economic
models and its steps; FEMA-GST-Industrial
Policy in India and its effects on growth.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be able to understand the basic concepts of managerial
CO1 economics that helps the firm in decision making PO2, PO4
process.
Be familiar about the Basic concepts of Demand,
CO2 PO4, PO6, PO7
Supply and Equilibrium and their determinants
Have better idea and understanding about production
CO3 PO6, PO7
function and market structure
Have better insights about macroeconomics concepts
CO4 like National income, Savings and Investment, Indian PO8
Economic Policy and planning
Possess better knowledge about Money market,
Monetary and Fiscal policy, inflation and deflation, FDI
CO5 PO7
and globalization and Cashless economy and digitalized
cash transfers.
Reading List
http://pearsoned.co.in/prc/book/paul-g-keat-managerial-economics-economic-
1.
tools-todays-decision-makers6e-6/9788131733530
http://www.onlinevideolecture.com/mba-programs/kmpetrov/managerial
2.
economics/?courseid=4207
https://www.slideshare.net/dvy92010/nature-and-scope-of-managerial-economics-
3.
76225857
4. The Indian Economic Journal - SAGE Journals
References Books
1. Damodaran, S., Managerial Economics, 2nd Edition, Oxford University
1.
Press, 2011.
2. Dwivedi, D.N., Managerial Economics, Vikas Publishing House, 2011.
3. R. L. Varshney , K.L. Maheshwari., Managerial Economics, Sultan Chand &
Sons, 2014.
William F. Samuelson, Stephen G. Marks, Jay L., Zagorsky., Managerial
4.
Economics, Wiley Publishers, 9th Edition (2021)
H. L. Ahuja., Managerial Economics., Atlantic Publishers and distributors(P)
5.
Ltd., 2017.
Dominick Salvatore, Managerial Economics: Principles and worldwide
6.
applications, 9E Adaptation, Oxford university press, 9th Edition, 2020.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M S
CO 2 S M M
CO 3 S S
CO 4 M
CO 5 M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Entrepreneurship Extra
Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Development Disciplinary
Course Objectives
C1 To introduce students to entrepreneurship and its growth in India.
To impart knowledge on innovation, its types, role of technology in innovation,
C2
patents and licensing.
C3 To orient the students on new venture creation
C4 To enable students to prepare a feasible business plan
C5 To give inputs on various types of financing available for new ventures.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: The Entrepreneur – Definition –
Characteristics of Successful entrepreneur.
Entrepreneurial scene in India; MSME; Analysis of
I 9 C1
entrepreneurial growth in different communities – Case
histories of successful entrepreneurs. Similarities and
Distinguish between Entrepreneur and Intrapreneur.
Innovation in Business: Types of Innovation –
Creating and Identifying Opportunities for Innovation
– Design Thinking- The Technological Innovation
II 9 C2
Process – Creating New Technological Innovation and
Intrapreneurship – Licensing – Patent Rights –
Innovation in Indian Firms
New Venture Creation: Identifying Opportunities for
New Venture Creation: Environment Scanning –
Generation of New Ideas for Products and Services.
Creating, Shaping, Recognition, Seizing and Screening
III 9 C3
of Opportunities. Feasibility Analysis: Technical
Feasibility of Products and Services – Marketing
Feasibility: Marketing Methods – Pricing Policy and
Distribution Channels
Business Plan Preparation: Benefits of a Business Plan
– Elements of the Business Plan – Developing a
IV Business Plan – Guidelines for preparing a Business 9 C4
Plan – Format and Presentation; Start-ups and e-
commerce Start-ups. Business Model Canvas
Financing the New Venture: Capital structure and
working capital Management: Financial appraisal of
new project, Role of Banks – Credit appraisal by
V 9 C5
banks. Institutional Finance to Small Industries –
Incentives – Institutional Arrangement and
Encouragement of Entrepreneurship.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be able to know about growth of entrepreneurship in
CO1 PO4, PO7
India
Gain knowledge on innovation, its types, role of
CO2 PO7, PO8
technology in innovation, patents and licensing
CO3 Obtain knowledge on new venture creation PO6, PO7
CO4 Be able to prepare a business plan PO7, PO8
Gian knowledge on various types of financing
CO5 PO7, PO8
available for new ventures.
Reading List
1. http://www.jimssouthdelhi.com/sm/BBA6/ED.pdf
2. https://www.cengage.com/highered
3. https://roadmapresearch.com/entrepreneurship-beyond-curriculum
4. The International Journal of Entrepreneurship and Innovation
References Books
Entrepreneurship: Successfully Launching New Ventures, Global Edition, 6th
1. Edition Bruce R. Barringer, Texas A & amp; M University, R. Duane Ireland,
©2018 |Pearson
Barringer, B., Entrepreneurship: Successfully Launching New Ventures,
2.
3rd Edition, Pearson, 2011.
Bessant, J., and Tidd, J., Innovation and Entrepreneurship, 2nd Edition, John
3.
Wiley & Sons, 2011.
Desai, V., Small Scale Industries and Entrepreneurship, Himalaya Publishing
4.
House, 2011.
5. Reddy, N., Entrepreneurship: Text and Cases, Cengage Learning, 2010.
6. Roy, R., Entrepreneurship, 2nd Edition, Oxford University Press, 2011.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate Longer essay/ Evaluation essay, Critique or justify with pros and cons
(K5)
CO 1 S S
CO 2 S M
CO 3 M S
CO 4 S M
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Soft Skills I - Executive Soft
- - Y - 2 2 40 60 100
Communication Skills
Course Objectives
C1 To acquire communication awareness they are going to get for the industry.
To make the customer realize that you can provide them with information and
C2
other essential things
C3 To explore the skill of writing business proposals
C4 To develop aplan for the meetings and interviews
C5 To analyze the skills required for non-verbal communication
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
UNIT 1- Communication: Meaning and Significance of
Communication for Management- Types of
Communication Factors Affecting Effectiveness of
I Communication- Barriers to Communication- Principles C1
of Effective Communication Dyadic Communication- 6
Face-to-face Communication. Other Modes of
Communication.
UNIT 11- Business Correspondence: Planning
Business Messages: Analyzing the Task, Anticipating the
Audience. Adapting the Message Organizing and Writing
II Business Messages: Patterns of organization, Use of 6 C2
Tools such as Mind Maps, Composing the Message-
Norms for Business Letters Letters for Different Kinds of
Situation: Personalized Standard Letters, Enquiries,
Inviting Quotations, Sending Quotations, Placing Orders,
Inviting tenders, Claim letters, Customers Complaints,
Collection Letters, Sales Promotion Letters- Revising
Business Messages: Revising for Clarity. Conciseness
and Readability, Proof reading and Evaluating- Letters of
application and resume.
UNIT III- Business Reports and Proposals: Structure
of Reports- Long and Short Reports: Formal and
III Informal Reports- Writing Research Reports- Technical 6 C3
Reports- Norms for Including Exhibits and Appendices-
Writing Business Proposals.
UNIT IV- Conducting Meetings and
Interviews:Procedure for Conducting Meetings-
Preparing Agenda, Minutes and Resolutions- Conducting
Seminars and Conferences- Procedure of Regulating
IV 6 C4
Speech- Evaluating Oral Presentations Drafting Speech-
Participating in Debates and Group Discussions-
Presentation Skills- Fluency Development Strategies-
Attending and Conducting Interviews- Listening.
UNIT V- Non-verbal Communication: Personal
Appearance- Posture- Body Language- Reading
V Nonverbal Messages- Use of Charts. Diagrams and 6 C5
Tables- Visual and Audio-visual Aids for
Communication.
Total 30
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understanding of theories and concepts, types and
CO1 PO4, PO6
various modes of communication in organizations
Development of skills on developing Business
CO2 PO4, PO6
Correspondence
Development of skills onpreparing Business Reports
CO3 PO4, PO6
and Proposals
To draft effective business correspondence with
CO4 brevity, and clarity in designing and developing clean PO4, PO6
and lucid organizing skills.
To demonstrate his/her verbal and non-verbal
CO5 PO4, PO6
communication ability through presentations.
Reading List
1. https://www.skillsyouneed.com/ips/communication-skills.html
https://mtbt.fpg.unc.edu/more-baby-talk/10-ways-promote-language-and-
2.
communication-skills-infants-and-toddlers
3. http://skillopedia.com
4. https://www.habitsforwellbeing.com/9-effective-communication-skills
References Books
1. American Management Association, The AMA Handbook of Business Writing:
The Ultimate Guide to Style, Usage, Punctuation, Construction and Formatting,
2010.
Bovec L. Courtland and John V. Thill, Business Communication Today, 10 ed.,
2.
Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2011.
Chaney, L. and Martin, J., Intercultural Business Communication. Person, 4 ed.,
3.
2008.
4. Chaturvedi, Business Communication, Person, 2 edition, 2011
Gerson, Sharan J., and Steven M Gerson, Technical Writing: Process and
5.
Product, Person Education, New Delhi, 2008
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S S
CO 2 S S
CO 3 S S
CO 4 S S
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Legal Systems in Business Core Y - - - 4 4 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To create knowledge and understanding on law of contracts
C2 To describe about sale of goods and Negotiable instrument act
C3 To have an overall understanding about partnership act and company law.
To familiarize various labor laws for effective administration of Human
C4
Resource of an organization.
To provide insights and awareness about consumer protection act, Cyber-crimes,
C5
Intellectual property Rights.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
The Law ofContracts: Definition ofContact Offer and
Acceptance – Essential Elementsof a Valid Contract:
Free Consent – Competency of Parties – Lawful
Consideration –
LegalityofObject.Void,Voidable,UnenforceableandIlle
galContracts–Performanceof Contracts – Privity of
Contracts – Assignment of Contracts – By Whom
I 12 C1
Contractmust be Performed – Time and Place of
Performance – Performance of ReciprocalPromises –
Contracts which need not be performed, Discharge of
Contracts : ByPerformance, By Agreement,
ByImpossibility, By Lapse of Time, By Operation
ofLawandByBreachofContracts–
RemediesforBreachofContracts.
SaleofGoodsAct:DefinitionofaSaleandaContractofSale
–Differencebetween(1)Sale and an Agreement to Sell
(2) Sale and a Contract Form (3) Sale and Bailment
(4)Sale and Mortgage of Goods (5) Sale and Time
II Purchase Conditions and Warranties –Passingof 12 C2
PropertyofGoods–RightsofanUnpaidSeller.
NegotiableInstrumentsAct:NegotiableInstrumentsinG
eneral:Cheques,Billsof ExchangeandPromissoryNotes–
Definition andCharacteristics
PartnershipAct:Evolution–DefinitionofPartnership–
DifferencebetweenPartnership and Joint Family
Business – Kinds of Partnerships – Registration –
III 12 C3
RightsandLiabilities ofPartners –Dissolution.
Company Law: Evolution of Company Form of
Organisation – Companies SeparateLegal Entity –
Comparison of Company with Partnership and Joint
Hindu FamilyBusiness – Kinds of Companies –
Comparison of Private and Public Companies –
FormationofCompanies–
GeneralIdeaAboutMemorandumandArticlesofAssociati
on,Prospectus,StatementinlieuofProspectus–
ManagementofCompanies – General Idea of
Management of Companies – Officers, Meetings –
Resolutions –AccountandAudit–
WindingupofCompanies–GeneralIdeaof
theDifferentModesofWindingUp.
LabourLaw:FactoriesAct,MinimumWagesAct,Industr
ialDisputesAct, Employees Compensation Act,
Payment of Bonus Act 1965. Payment of Gratuity Act
1972. ESI Act, Employees Provident Fund and
Miscellaneous Provisions Act 1952, Maternity
Benefits Act, Child labour Abolition & Regulation
IV Act,1986- Inter-state Migrant Workmen (Regulation of 12 C4
Employment & Conditions of services) Act 1979-
Bonded Labour system (Abolition)Act 1976- Sexual
Harassment of women at Workplace (Prevention,
Prohibition & Redressal) Act 2013- Contract Labour
(Regulation and Abolition) Act- Four Labour Codes
and Rules-RTI Act 2005.
ConsumerProtectionAct,CompetitionAct2002,CyberCr
imes,ITAct 2008-Intellectual Property Rights: Types of
Intellectual Property – TrademarksAct 1999 –
V TheCopyrightAct 1957 – 12 C5
InternationalCopyrightOrder,1999 –DesignAct,2000;
UNICITRAL – United Nations Commission on
International Trade Law.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Have knowledge on understandings on law of contract. PO4, PO6, PO7
CO2 Know the sale of Goods & Negotiable instrument act. PO6
CO3 Have understandings on partnership and company law PO6, PO7
CO4 Have familiarize with various labour laws. PO5, PO6, PO7
Possess insights & awareness about consumer protection
CO5 PO8
Act Cyber Crimes, Intellectual Property Rights.
Reading List
1. http://www.legalserviceindia.com/article/
2. http://www.freebookcentre.net/Law/Law-Books.html 2
3. https://www.mooc-list.com/course/business-law-wma
4. https://ilj.law.indiana.edu/
References Books
1. Kapoor ND., Legal Systems in Business, Edition 2 (2021), Sultan Chand & Sons.
2. Rao, P.M., Mercantile Law, PHI Learning, 2011.
Majumdar, A. K. and Kapoor, G.K., Company Law, 15th Edition, Taxmann
3.
Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2012.
Majumdar, A. K. and Kapoor, G.K., Company Law and Practice, 17th Edition,
4.
Taxmann Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2012.
5. Intellectual Property Laws, Universal Law Publishing, 2012.
Daniel Albuquerque , Legal systems in Business, Oxford University Press India,
6.
2nd Edition, 2015.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M M
CO 2 M
CO 3 M M
CO 4 M M M
CO 5 M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Applied Operations Research Core Y - - - 4 4 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To provide the students with introduction on OR and its models to aid in
C1
understanding its applicability in the various functional areas of management.
To understand the concept of linear programming models in determining profit
C2
maximization and cost minimization
To learn about various methods adopted in transportation and Assignments
C3
models.
To determine about inventory models, replacement models, job sequencing,
C4
networking model and Queuing model
To throw light on dynamic model and game models and the application of pure
C5
and mixed strategies in competitive environment.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Overviewofoperationsresearch–
Origin–Nature,scope&characteristicsofOR–
I ModelsinOR– 08 C1
Applicationofoperationsresearchinfunctionalare
asof management
Linear Programming Problem: Linear
programming problem model – Formulation –
II Maximization & Minimization problem - 12 C2
Graphical method – Simplex method –
Artificial variable –- Primal & Dual.
Transportation problem: Basic Solution -
North/WestcornerSolution, LCM, VAM,
Matrices method – Optimal Solution -
Steppingstonemethod-
III 12 C3
Vogel’sapproximationmethod-Modimethod–
Degeneracy-
Imbalancematrix.Assignmentmodel:Hungarian
method-Travelingsalesmenproblem.
Project Scheduling and Resource Management:
Deterministic Inventory models – Purchasing &
Manufacturing models – Probabilistic inventory
models - Replacement model – Sequencing -
IV Brief Introduction to Queuing models. 18 C4
Networking - Programme Evaluation and
Review Technique (PERT) and Critical Path
Method (CPM) for Project Scheduling-
Crashing – Resource allocation and Resource
Scheduling.
Game Theory and Strategies: Games theory
– two player zero sum game theory – Saddle
Point –Mixed Strategies for games without
V saddlepoints– Dominance method - 10 C5
GraphicalandL.PSolutions- Goal Programming;
Simulation; Integer programming and Dynamic
programming.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Obtain insight onthe origin and nature of OR and also
CO1 PO4, PO6
the application of various models of OR.
Learn about the graphical, Simplex, Big M and dual
methods of Linear programming problem.
Be well versed with the concept of transportation and
Assignments models
Have better understanding on inventory models,
CO4 replacement models, job sequencing, networking PO1, PO2, PO6, PO7
model and Queuing model
Be imparted knowledge on the various methods of game
CO5 PO2, PO7
model
Reading List
1. www.cbom.atozmath.com
2. http://www.pondiuni.edu.in/storage/dde/downloads/mbaii_qt.pdf
3. http://164.100.133.129;81/econtent/Uploads/Operations_Research.pdf
4. https://www.journals.elsevier.com/operations-research-perspectives
References Books
Anderson,D.R.,Sweeney,D.J.,Williams,T.A.andMartin,K.,AnIntroduction
1. toManagementScience:QuantitativeApproachtoDecisionMaking,14thEdition
Paperback – 1, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., 2019
2. Gupta,P.K.,andComboj,IntroductiontoOperationsResearch, S.Chand, 2014
Hiller,F.,Liebermann,NagandBasu,IntroductiontoOperationsResearch,11thEdition
3.
Paperback,TataMcGraw-HillPublishingCo.Ltd., 2021
Khanna,R.B.,QuantitativeTechniquesforManagerialDecisionMaking,3rd Edition -
4.
Paperback,New Age International Publishers, 2018
5. Taha,H.A., OperationsResearch:AnIntroduction,10thEdition,Pearson, 2019
Vohra,N.D.,QuantitativeTechniquesinManagement,
6.
5thEdition,TataMcGrawHillEducationPvt.Ltd.,2017.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M
CO 2 S M M M
CO 3 S S S M
CO 4 S S M M
CO 5 S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Human Resource Management Core Y - - - 4 4 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To embark importance of HRM role, functions and need
C2 To assimilate theoretical and practical implications of HRP
C3 To critically use appropriate training tools
C4 To analyze and implement an effective performance management
C5 To extrapolate and design compensation management techniques
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction:Introduction of Human Resource
Management:Importance of Human
Resources,Definition and Objectives of Human
Resources Management, Qualities of a good
I 12 C1
HRmanager – Evolution and growth of Human
Resource Management in India. FunctionsofHuman
Resource Management.Strategic HumanResource
Management(SHRM).HumanResourcePolicies:Need,ty
peandscope,HumanResourceAccountingandAudit- Gig
Economy.
HumanResourcePlanning (HRP): Human Resources
Planning:Long and Short term planning, Job Analysis,
Skillsinventory,JobDescription,JobSpecificationandSuc
cessionPlanning,StrategicHumanResourcePlanning.
Recruitment and selection: Purposes, types and methods
II of recruitment and selection,Relative 12 C2
meritsanddemeritsofthedifferentmethods, Recruitment
andSocialMedia.
Placement, Induction, Transfers, Promotions,
Dismissal, Resignation, Exit Interviews,Reduction
ofattritionrate- Attrition and retention management
Training,Development &CareerManagement:
ImportanceandbenefitsofTrainingandDevelopment,Typ
esofTrainingMethods,ExecutiveDevelopmentPrograms
III 12 C3
,ConceptandprocessofCareerManagement;
Competency mapping, Knowledge Management &
Talent Management.
PerformanceManagement:
Importance, process and Methods: Ranking, rating
scales, critical incident method,Removing subjectivity
from evaluation, MBO as a method of appraisal,
IV PerformanceFeedback,OnlinePMS. Human Resource 12 C4
Information System; International Human Resource
Management; Cross cultural diversity management;
Hybrid work culture; work-life balance; Quality of
work-life; HR Analytics.
CompensationManagement:
WageandSalaryAdministration:JobEvaluation,Calculat
ion of Wage, Salary, Prerequisites, Compensation
Packages, Cost of LivingIndex and Calculation of
V 12 C5
Dearness Allowance, Rewards and Incentives; ESOP-
Financial andnon-financialincentives,Productivity–
linkedBonus,CompensationCriteria,RewardsandRecog
nition.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Gain an understanding of HRM policies and
CO1 PO4, PO6
importance.
CO2 Implement appropriate HRP in workplace. PO6
Apply feasible Training method and manage career
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
progressions.
Demonstrate managing performance of human
CO4 PO6, PO7
resources.
CO5 Design and justify compensation framework. PO4, PO6, PO7
Reading List
1. https://businessjargons.com/performance-management.html
2. https://www.hr-guide.com/data/G400.htm
3. https://www.managementstudyguide.com/training-development-hr-function.htm
4. https://www.tandfonline.com/toc/rijh20/current
References Books
Gary Dessler & Biju Varrkey,HumanResourceManagement,16thEdition,
1.
PearsonIndiaPvt.Ltd.,2020.
Ashwathappa,K.,HumanResourceManagement,9thEdition,TataMcGraw-
2.
HillEducation Pvt.Ltd.,2021.
DeCenzo,D.A., Robbins S.P., Susan L
3.
Verhulst,HumanResourceManagement,11thEdition,WileyIndiaPvt.Ltd.,2015.
Ivanecevich, J.M., Human Resource Management, 12th Edition, Tata McGraw-
4.
HillEducation Pvt.Ltd.,2020.
Leigh Thompson,Making the team, A guide for Managers, Pearson, 6thEdition
5.
2019.
Gary Dessler,Fundamentals of Human Resource Management,Pearson,
6.
4thEdition 2017.
Assignments
Internal Seminars 25 Marks
Evaluation Attendance and Class Participation
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5
PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 M M
CO 2 M
CO 3 S S M
CO 4 M M
CO 5 M M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Marketing Management Core Y - - - 4 4 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To develop an understanding and enhance the knowledge about marketing
C1
theories, principles, strategies and concepts and how they are applied.
C2 To provide with opportunities to analyze marketing activities within the firm.
C3 To analyze and explore the buyer behavior pattern in marketing situations.
C4 To understand the branding, pricing and strategies in marketing a product.
C5 To upgrade the knowledge and awareness of Consumer Rights in the Market.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Marketing Management
Philosophies – What is marketing- Theconcepts
of marketing- Marketing and Services - Digital
I Marketing – Social Media Marketing – 12 C1
Currentmarketingchallenges; Rural Marketing -
E-Rural Marketing - International Marketing -
Industrial Marketing.
Strategic Marketing– Marketing Management
Process – Analysis of
Marketingopportunities,SelectingTargetConsu
mers,developingMarketingMixAnalysis of
Macro and Micro environment Marketing
II 12 C2
Research as an Aid
toMarketing,MarketingResearchProcess–
SalesForecasting–
Techniques.MarketingTactics,TheMixServicean
dRetailMarketing.
MIS: Marketing Information Systems- Customer
Relationship Management (CRM) Customer
III 12 C3
Engagement Marketing – Sales force Automation-
Marketing Analytics
BuyerBehaviour:FactorsInfluencingConsumer
Behaviour–Buyingsituation–
BuyingDecisionProcess–
IndustrialBuyerBehaviour.MarketSegmentation:
IV 12 C4
TargetingandPositioning–
CompetitiveMarketingStrategies.CustomerLife
Cycle -CustomerLifetimeValue, Product
PortfolioManagement.
ProductPolicies:ConsumerandIndustrialProductD
ecisions,Branding,Packaging and Labelling –
New Product Development and Product Life
CycleStrategies,Pricing–
PricingStrategiesandapproaches.Promotion
Decisions: Promotion Mix – Integrated
Marketing Communication - Advertising and
Sales Promotion - SalesForce Decisions,
V 12 C5
Selection, Training, Compensation and Control
– Publicityand Personal Selling – Distribution
Management – Channel Management:
Selection, Co-operation
andConflictManagement–
Vertical,HorizontalandMulti-
channelSystemsConsumerProtection–
AwarenessofConsumerRightsintheMarketPlace.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understand the fundamental principles of marketing,
CO1 PO4, PO6, PO7
marketing concepts and ideas.
Understand the organization’s marketing strategy and
CO2 marketing environment. Familiar with marketing PO4, PO6
research with forecasting techniques.
Understand the buyer behavior and market
CO3 PO4, PO6, PO7
segmentation and competitive marketing strategies.
Think strategically about branding, pricing and
marketing issues.
Familiar with Promotion decisions along with awareness
CO5 PO6, PO8
on Consumer Rights in the Market Place.
Reading List
https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/sloan-school-of-management/15-810-marketing-
1.
management-fall-2010/lecture-notes/
2. https://cpbucket.fiu.edu/mar3023vd1131/syllabus.html
3. https://www.ama.org/ama-academic-journals/
4. https://www.emerald.com/insight/publication/issn/0736-3761
References Books
1. Philip Kotler and Keven Lane Keller, Marketing Management, 15th Edition,
Pearson, 2015
G.Shainesh Philip Kotler, et..al., Marketing Management; Indian Case Studies
2.
included, 16th Edition, Pearson, 2022
3. Warren J. Keegan, Global Marketing Management, 8thEdition, Pearson, 2017.
Mullins,MarketingManagement:AStrategicDecisionMakingApproach,
4.
7thEdition,McGraw-Hill,2010.
5. Pillai & Baghawathy, Marketing Management, S.Chand , 2010.
Gupta Prachi, Aggarwal Ashita , et al., Marketing Management: Indian Cases, 1st
6.
Edition, 2017
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M M
CO 2 S S
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 M M M M
CO 5 M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Operations Management Core 4 - - - 4 4 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To understand the production function, production design & capacity planning,
Exploring the Make or Buy decision, and thus understanding the role of
C2
inventory management
To determine multiple plant location decisions and effective utilization of plant
C3 layout. To explain the models, concepts, and techniques adopted in the areas of
inventory control and maintenance.
To elucidate the importance and usefulness of work-study and quality control
C4
tools
C5 To provide insights on service operations management and waiting line analysis.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
INTRODUCTION: Operations Management- Nature,
Scope, Historical Development, Functions- Long term
Vs Short term issues- A Systems Perspective-
Challenges- Manufacturing Trends in India-Production
I Design and Process Planning- Types of Production 12 C1
Processes- Plant Capacity-Capacity Planning- Make or
Buy Decisions- Use of Crossover Chart for Selection
Processes-Types of Charts used in Operations
Management.
FACILITY DESIGN: Plant Location: Factors to be
considered in Plant Location- Location Analysis
Techniques- Choice of General Region, Particular
community and Site- Multiple Plant Location
II Decision- Plant Location Trends. Layout of 12 C2
Manufacturing Facilities: Principles of a Good Layout-
Layout Factors- Basic Types of Layout- Principles of
Materials Handling- Materials Handling Equipment -
Role of Ergonomics in Job Design.
INVENTORY CONTROL AND MAINTENANCE:
Basic Inventory Models- Economic Order Quantity-
Economic Batch Quantity- Reorder Point-Safety
Stock- Inventory Costs-Classification and Codification
of Stock- ABC Classification-Materials Requirement
III 12 C3
Planning (MRP)- JIT- Implications of Supply Chain
Management. Maintenance: Preventive Vs Breakdown
Maintenance- Group Replacement Vs Individual
Replacement- Breakdown Time Distribution-
Maintenance of Cost Balance- Procedure for
Maintenance.
DESIGN OF WORK SYSTEMS AND QUALITY
CONTROL: Work Study- Objectives- Procedure-
Method Study and Motion Study- Work Measurement-
Time Study-Performance Rating- Allowance Factors-
Standard Time- Work Sampling Techniques- Job
IV 14 C4
Sequencing and Scheduling. Quality Control: Purpose
of Inspection and Quality Control- Different Types of
Inspection- Acceptance Sampling- The Operating
Characteristic Curve- Control Charts for Variables and
Attributes; Quality Circles; TQM – Six Sigma, Kaizen
SERVICE OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT:
Introduction to Services Management- Nature of
Services- Types of Services- Service Encounter-
V Designing Service Organizations- Service Facility 10 C5
Location and Layout- Service Blueprinting-Waiting
Line Analysis for Service Improvement- Service
Processes and Service Delivery.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understand the concepts of production and its design,
CO1 PO2, PO4
capacity planning and make or buy decisions.
Be cognizant of the complexity involved in plant
CO2 PO2, PO7
location decisions and utilization of plant layout.
Understand the Inventory models and the importance
CO3 PO6, PO7
of maintenance techniques.
Be aware of work-study procedures and the
importance on quality control tools
Have insight on service operations, service delivery and
CO5 PO2, PO6, PO7
waiting line analysis.
Reading List
1. www.shsu.edu/~mgt_ves/mgt560/ServiceManagement.ppt
2. zums.ac.ir/files/research/site/ebooks/strategy/operations-strategy.pdf
3. https://www.emerald.com/insight/publication/issn/0144-3577
4. https://www.inderscience.com/jhome.php?jcode=ijaom
References Books
William J Stevenson, Operations Management, 14th Edition, McGraw Hill,
1.
2021.
Russel and Taylor, Operations and Supply Chain Management, 8th Edition,
2.
Wiley, 2021.
Aswathappa K and Shridhara Bhat K, Production and Operations Management,
3.
2nd Edition, Himalaya Publishing House, 2021.
Mahadevan B, Operations Management Theory and Practice, 3rd Edition, Pearson
4.
Education, 2015.
5. Gerard Cachon and Christian Terwiesch, Operations Management, 3rd Edition,
McGraw Hill, 2022.
Prof. K C Jain, Production and Operations Management, 1st Edition, Wiley,
6.
2022.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 M M
CO 4 M M M M
CO 5 M M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Financial Management Core Y - - - 4 4 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To create an understanding and familiarize the students to the fundamentals of
C1
financial management and create awareness on the various sources of finance.
To create awareness on the various investment techniques on the investment
C2
decision making.
C3 To throw light on the concept of cost of capital and familiarize on the technique
of identifying the right source of capital.
To educate on the concept of capital structure and the create understanding on
C4
the concept of dividend.
To create an understanding on the concept of working capital, its need,
C5
importance, factors and forecasting technique
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Financial management:Definition
and scope – objectives ofFinancialManagement–
ProfitMaximization-wealthmaximization-
functionsandroleoffinancemanager.Sourcesoffina
nce–shortterm–BankSources – Long term –
I Shares – Debentures – Preferred stock – Debt: 12 C1
Hirepurchase,Leasing,VentureCapital–
Privateequity- International Financial
Management- Financial Planning- Behavioural
Finance- Capital Market- Money Market- Micro
Finance- Financial Information System.
InvestingDecision-CapitalBudgetingProcess–
TechniquesofInvestmentAppraisal: Pay Back
Period; Accounting Rate of Return, Time Value of
Money-DCF Techniques –Net Present Value,
II 12 C2
Profitability Index and Internal Rate ofReturn-
Problems-RiskanalysisinCapitalBudgeting-
Introduction to Fintech – Digital Currency -
Cryptocurrency – Financial Modeling; Hurdle Rate.
Cost of Capital - Cost of specific sources of
capital – Cost of equity capital –Cost of debt –
Cost of preference – Cost of retained earnings -
III 12 C3
weighted averagecostofcapital.EBIT-
EPSAnalysis-OperatingLeverage-
FinancialLeverage-problems.
Capitalstructure-Factorsinfluencingcapitalstructure–
optimalcapitalstructure - capital structure theories –
Net Income Approach – Net
OperatingIncome(NOI)Approach–Modigliani-
Miller(MM)Approach–TraditionalApproach–
IV 12 C4
PracticalProblems. Dividend and Dividend policy:
Meaning, classification - sources available
fordividends-
Dividendpolicygeneral,determinantsofdividendpo
licy.
WorkingCapitalManagement-
DefinitionandObjectives-
V WorkingCapitalPolicies- 12 C5
FactorsaffectingWorkingCapitalrequirements-
ForecastingWorking Capital requirements
(problems) - Cash Management -
ReceivablesManagement and-Inventory
Management- Working Capital Financing-
SourcesofWorkingCapitalandImplicationsofvario
usCommitteeReports- Financial Analytics.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be aware of the basic concepts of financial
CO1 management and understand the various sources of PO4, PO6, PO7
finance.
CO2 Possess knowledge on investment decision making. PO1, PO2, PO6, PO7
Have insights on the cost of capital and would have
CO3 familiarized themselves with the technique of PO2, PO7
calculating the cost of capital.
Have learnt the concept of capital structure and
CO4 PO6, PO7
dividend
Have good understanding on the concept of working
CO5 capital, its need, importance, factors and the methods of PO1,PO2, PO4, PO7
forecasting it.
Reading List
1. https://accountingexplained.com/managerial/capital-budgeting/
2. http://www.studyfinance.com/lessons/workcap/
3. Journal of International Financial Management & Accounting
4. The Management Accountant Journal - icmai-rnj.in
References Books
S.N.Maheswari,FinanacialManagement, Sulthan Chand & Sons,
1.
15thEdition, 2019
I.M.PandeyFinancialManagement,VikasPublishingHousePvt.Ltd.,11th
2.
edition,2018.
3. VanHorne,J.C.,FinancialManagememtandPolicy,13thEdition,Pears
on,2015.
PrasannaChandra,FinancialManagement,10thedition,TataMcGrawHill,
4.
2019
Periasamy,P.,FinancialManagement,4thEdition,TataMcGraw-
5.
HillEducationPvt.Ltd.,2017.
Brigham,E.F.andEhrhardt,M.C.,FinancialManagement:TheoryandPrac
6.
tice,14thEdition, 2015.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M M
CO 2 M S M M
CO 3 M S
CO 4 M S
CO 5 M M S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Extra
International Business Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Disciplinary
Course Objectives
To understand and analyze international situations and evaluate international
C1
collaborative arrangements and strategic alliances.
To apply knowledge of political, legal, economic and cultural country differences
C2
to develop competitive strategies in foreign, regional and global markets.
To throw light on international trade theories and the management of business
C3
functional operations in an international context.
To analyze and evaluate barriers, opportunities, market entry modes and the
C4
process of internationalization.
To know about regional economic integration and contemporary issues in
international business.
C5
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Introduction to International Business:
Importance, nature and scope of International business-
International Business Vs. Domestic Business; Tariff and
non-tariff barriers- transition from Domestic to
International Business; Advantages and disadvantages of
International business; Balance of Payments; Balance of
Trade; Balance of Current Account . Modes of entry into
I 9 C1
International Business- Internationalization process and
managerial implications- Multinational Corporations and
their involvement in International Business- Issues in
foreign investments, technology transfer, pricing and
regulations- International collaborative arrangements and
strategic alliances- Counter Trade; Import-Export
Process and Documentation.
International Business Environment and Cultural
Differences: International Business Environment:
Economic, Political, Cultural and Legal environments in
International Business. Framework for analyzing
II International Business environment. Differences in 9 C2
Culture: Introduction — Social Structure — Religion —
Language — Education —Culture and the Workplace —
Cultural Change — Cross-cultural Literacy — Culture
and Competitive Advantage.
International Trade Theory: Introduction —
Mercantilism, Neo-Mercantilism — Theory of Absolute
Advantage — Theory of Comparative Advantage —
Heckscher-Ohlin Theory — The New Trade Theory —
National Competitive Advantage — Porter's Diamond —
General Agreement on Tariff and Trade (GATT)- World
Trade Organization (WTO)-GATS-UNCTAD- Trade
Blocks; Customs Union-EU- PTA- European Free Trade
III Area (EFTA)-Central American Common 9 C3
Market(CACM)-Latin American Free Trade
Association(LAFTA)- North American Free Trade
Agreement(NAFTA)- Association of South East Asian
Nations(ASEAN)- CARICOM- GSTP-GSP-SAPTA-
Indian Ocean RIM Initiative- BIMSTEC- Bretton Woods
Twins- World Bank & IMF, International Finance
Corporation- Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency
(MIGA).
Global Trading and Investment Environment: Recent
Trends in India’s Foreign Trade- India’s Commercial
Relations and Trade Agreements with other countries-
IV 9 C4
Institutional Infrastructure for export promotion in India-
Export Assistance- Export Finance- Export Processing
Zones (EPZs) - Special Economic Zones (SEZs)- Exports
by Air, Post and Sea- Small Scale Industries (SSI) and
Exports- Role of ECGC- Role of EXIM Bank of India-
Role of Commodity Boards- Role of State Trading
Agencies in Foreign Trade- STC, MMTC, etc. Foreign
Exchange Market- Functions of Foreign Exchange
Market- Foreign Direct Investments (FDI); forms of FDI
— Horizontal and Vertical Foreign Direct Investment —
Advantages of FDI to Host and Home Countries.
Contemporary Issues: Contemporary Issues in
International Business- International Sales Contract-
Major Laws- INCO terms- Standard Clauses of
International Sales Contract- Role of Indian Council of
Arbitration / International Chamber of Commerce in
V 9 C5
solving Trade disputes. Export Regulations: Procedure
forexport of goods- Quality Control and Pre- shipment
Inspection- Customs Clearance- Port formalities-
Exchange regulations for Export- Role of Clearing and
Forwarding Agents.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be aware of the international situations and evaluate
CO1 international collaborative arrangements and strategic PO2, PO4, PO7
alliances.
Possessed knowledge of political, legal, economic and
CO2 cultural country differences to develop competitive PO4, PO7
strategies in foreign, regional and global markets.
Know the various international trade theories and the
CO3 management of business functional operations in an PO4, PO6, PO7
international context.
Be able to evaluate barriers, opportunities, market
CO4 PO2, PO4, PO7
entry modes and the process of internationalization.
Have better understanding on regional economic
CO5 integration and contemporary issues in international PO6, PO7, PO8
business.
Reading List
1. www.internationalbusinesscorporation.com
2. www.business-ethics.org
3. https://www.jstor.org/journal/jintebusistud
4. Journal of International Business and Management (JIBM)
References Books
International Business: Competing in the Global Marketplace (SIE) | 11th
1. Edition – 14 August 2018 by Charles W. L. Hill (Author), G. Tomas M.
Hult (Author), Rohit Mehtani (Author)
International Business | Fourth Edition | By Pearson – 30 November 2017 by S.
2.
Tamer Cavusgil (Author), Gary Knight (Author), John Riesenberger (Author)
Cherunilam, F., International Business: Text and Cases, 5th Edition, PHI
3.
Learning, 2010.
4. Paul, J., International Business, 5th Edition, PHI Learning, 2010.
Deresky, H., International Management: Managing Across Borders and Cultures,
5.
6th Edition, Pearson, 2011.
6. Griffin, R., International Business, 7th Edition, Pearson Education, 2012.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M S M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 S S S
CO 4 S S S
CO 5 S S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Soft Skills II - Business Soft
- - Y - 2 2 40 60 100
Etiquette Skills
Course Objectives
C1 To analyze the Business etiquette at workplace
C2 To determine the Principles of exceptional work behavior
To explore Tech etiquette in using various telecommunication devices and
C3
channels
C4 To successfully handle Multi-cultural challenges
C5 To ascertain sensitivity to new and emerging issues in etiquette
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to business etiquette: The ABCs of
etiquette Meeting and greeting scenarios-Developing a
culture of excellence The principles of exceptional work
behaviour - What is the role of Good Manners in
Business?-Enduring Words
I C1
Greetings and Introductions: Guideline for 6
receptionists - Making introductions and greeting people-
Greeting Components- The protocol of shaking hands-
Introductions - Introductory scenarios - Addressing
individuals.
Meeting and Boardroom Protocol: Guidelines for
planning a meeting - Before the meeting - On the day of
the Meeting - Guidelines for Attending the meeting - For
the Chairperson- For attendees - For Presenters -
Planning a power point presentation-Dealing with
II customer complaints. C2
Entertaining Etiquette: Planning a meal- Issuing
6
invitations -Business meals basics - Basics of table
etiquette - Holding and resting utensils - Business dining
etiquette - Multi-cultural Highlight: Japanese Dinning-
Specific food Etiquette guidelines.
Telephone Etiquette: Cell phone etiquette-Social Media
Usage etiquette- Telephone etiquette guidelines -
Mastering the telephone courtesy - Active listening -
Putting callers on hold -Transferring a call - Screening
calls - Taking at message - Voice Mail-Closing the call -
III 6 C3
When Making calls - Closing the call-Handling rude or
impatient clients
Internet & email etiquette: Internet usage in the
workplace Email- Netiquette - Online chat - Online chat
etiquette - Online chat etiquette guidelines
Business Attire & Professionalism: Business style and
professional image - Dress code - Guidelines for
appropriate business attire - Grooming for
success - Guidelines for appropriate business attire -
IV Grooming for success - Multicultural dressing 6 C4
Diversity Management- Gender Sensitivity- Social
Media and Communication with colleagues-Preventing
sexual harassment-Disability Etiquette: Basic disability
Etiquette practices - Courtesies for wheelchair users
Courtesies for blind or visually impaired - Courtesies for
the deaf- People with speech impairments.
Business Ethics: Ethics in the workplace - The challenge
of business ethics - Creating an ethical compass -
Business ethics and advantages - Ethical Issues - Conflict
Management- Conflict resolution strategies - Choosing
V the appropriate gift in the business environment 6 C5
Multi-cultural challenges: Multi-cultural etiquette -
Example of cultural sensitivity - Cultural differences and
their effect on business etiquette- onsite projects-Cultural
Highlight: China-Cultural Highlight: India.
Total 30
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Learn using business etiquette at work place PO4, PO6, PO7
Be able to acquire knowledge about the Principles of
CO2 PO4, PO6, PO7
exceptional work behaviour
Be able to enhance their knowledge of latest Tech
CO3 etiquette in using various telecommunication devices PO4, PO6, PO7
and channels.
Get familiarized with the Successful handling of
CO4 PO4, PO6, PO7
Multi-cultural challenge
CO5 Become sensitive to new and emerging issues in etiquette PO4, PO6, PO7
Reading List
1. https://accountingexplained.com/managerial/capital-budgeting/
2. http://www.studyfinance.com/lessons/workcap/
3. Journal of International Financial Management & Accounting
4. The Management Accountant Journal - icmai-rnj.in
References Books
Gonda, C. M. (2016) Master of Business Etiquette: The Ultimate Guide to
1.
Corporate Etiquette and Soft Skills Embassy Books, First Edition.
Mehra, S. K. (2012) Business Etiquette A Guide For The Indian Professional.
2.
Noula: HarperCollins
Pachter, B. (2013). The Essentials of Business Etiquette: How to Greet, Eat, and
3.
Tweet Your Way to Success (1) edition New York: McGraw-Hill Education.
Past, K. (2008). Indian Business Etiquette: 1 (First edition). Ahmedabad Jaico
4.
Publishing House.
5. Travis, R. (2013). Tech Eliquette: OMG, 2 Edition, RLT Publishing.
6.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External End Semester Examination 75 Marks
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S S S
CO 2 S S S
CO 3 S S S
CO 4 S S S
CO 5 S S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Strategic Management Core Y 4 4 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To enable the students understand the importance of vision and mission in
C1
framing corporate strategy.
C2 To provide insights on how business is responsible socially and ethically.
C3 To highlight on the environmental analysis framework.
C4 To throw light on strategic formulation and strategic choice.
C5 To understand strategic implementation and strategic control.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction:Strategy–
StrategicManagementProcess–
DevelopingaStrategicVision–Mission-
I 12 C1
SettingObjectives–StrategiesandTactics–
ImportanceofCorporateStrategy–the7-
SFramework-CorporateGovernance–
BoardofDirectors:RoleandFunctions–
BoardFunctioning–
TopManagement:RoleandSkills.
CorporatePolicyandPlanninginIndia:Importanc
e–Characteristics–Objectives-
PolicyFormulationandDevelopment–
TypesofBusinessPolicies-
II 12 C2
ImplementationofPolicies. Society and
Business: Social Responsibility of
Business –
CorporateGovernanceandEthicalResponsibility.
Environmental Analysis: Environmental
Scanning – Industry Analysis - TheSynthesis
III of External Factors -Internal Scanning – 12 C3
Value Chain Analysis –SWOTAudit–
Scenarioplanning-CreatinganIndustryMatrix.
Strategy Formulation and Analysis: Strategy
Formulation – Strategic
FactorsAnalysisSummaryMatrix(SFAS)Portfoli
IV o Analysis – Business Strategy-TOWS 12 C4
Matrix– Corporate Strategy – Functional
Strategy – Strategic Choice –
Generic,CompetitiveStrategies; ETOP, TOWS
StrategyImplementation:StrategyImplementatio
n-CorporateCulture–Matching Organisation
Structure to Strategy – Mergers and
Acquisitions andDiversifications–
StrategicLeadership Strategic Control:
Measurement in Performance- Problems in
V Measurement ofPerformance- Strategy Audit- 12 C5
Strategic Control Process – Du Pont’s
ControlModel – Balanced Score Card –
Michael Porter’s Framework for
StrategicManagement–
FutureofStrategicManagement–
StrategicInformationSystem.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Be able to frame vision and mission statements. PO3, PO4, PO7
CO2 Be social and ethically responsible. PO3, PO8
CO3 Possess insights on making environmental analysis. PO3, PO8
Possess knowledge on learning strategic PO2, PO5, PO7
CO4 formulation & strategy choice.
Understanding strategic implementation and PO4, PO5, PO7
CO5 control.
Reading List
1. Strategic Management Journal – Wiley online Library
2. Journal of strategy and Management – Emerald Insight
3. Mastering Strategic Management – WWW.opentextbooks.org.hk
4. Mastering Strategic Management – WWW.saylor.org.
References Books
1. V S P Rao, Strategic Management Text and Cases, 2nd edition 2013.
Dess,G.,Lumpkin,G.T.andEisner,A.,StrategicManagement,8thEditio
2.
n,TataMcGraw-Hill,2018.
Hill,C.W.L.andJones,G.R.,StrategicManagement:AnIntegratedAppr
3.
oach,9thEdition,CengageLearning,2012.
Kazmi,A.,StrategicManagementandBusinessPolicy,15thEdition,TataM
4.
cGraw-HillEducation,2018.
PearceII,J.,Robinson,R.B.andMittal,A.,StrategicManagement:Form
5.
ulation,ImplementationandControl,12thEdition,McGraw-Hill,2017.
Wheelen,T.L.andHunger,D.,StrategicManagementandBusinessPolicy,1
6.
3thEdition,Pearson,2012.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Application Suggest idea/concept with examples, Suggest formulae, Solve problems, Observe,
(K3) Explain
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S M S
CO 2 S S
CO 3 M S
CO 4 M S M
CO 5 S S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Information Systems for
Core Y 4 4 25 75 100
Business
Course Objectives
To enable students to understand the fundamentals of information system and
C1
its role of information in managerial decision making
To throw light on fundamentals of information systems like TPS, DSS, and
C2
EIS.
To manage system applications and data to best support functional areas of
C3
business
To provide insights in securely managing database and information using the
C4
process of
To elucidate the need and importance of ERP, its selection and implementation
C5
in workplace
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introductiontoinformationsystem-
Themanagement,structureandactivities-
Informationneedsandsources-
I 12 C1
Typesofmanagementdecisionsandinformationneed.Sys
temclassification Elementsofsystem, input,output,
processandfeedback.
Transaction Processing information system, Office
Automation System (OAS)- Knowledge workers
II System(KWS); MIS; Information system for 12 C2
managers, Intelligence information system –Decision
support system-Executive information systems.
Functional Management Information System:
Production / Operations Information system,
III Marketing Information Systems, Accounting 12 C3
Information system, Financial Information system,
Human resource Information system.
System Analysis and Design: The work of a system
analyst- SDLC-System design – AGILE Model –
Waterfall Model – Spiral Model – Iterative and
IV 12 C4
Incremental Model - RAD Model - Requirement
analysis-Data flow diagram, relationship diagram,
design- Implementation-Evaluation and maintenance
of MIS, Database System: Overview of Database-
Components-advantages and disadvantages of
database; Data Warehousing and Data Mining;
Business Intelligence; Artificial Intelligence; Expert
System; Big Data; Cyber Safety and Security-
Cryptography; RSA Model of Encryption; Data
Science - Block Chain Technology; E-commerce and
E-Business models; IOT - RFID.
EnterpriseResourcePlanning(ERP)System,Benefitsofthe
ERP,ERPhowdifferentfrom conventional packages ,
Need for ERP , ERP components , Selection of
ERPPackage, ERP implementation,Customer
Relationship management. Organisation & Types,
V 12 C5
Decision Making, Data & information, Characteristics
& Classification of information, Cost & value of
information, various channels of information and MIS;
Information system audit and control – E-Governance.
Total 60
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Learn the importance of data and information in
CO1 PO1, PO2, PO6
managerial decision making.
Possess on the various IS and the its relevance to
CO2 PO3, PO5, PO8,
Organizational environment
Understand the application of IS on the various
CO3 functions like Accounting, Finance, Marketing, PO1, PO3, PO5, PO8
Operations and HR
CO4 To study the various models and new technologies PO1, PO2, PO6, PO7
Be exposed on the importance of selecting the
appropriate ERP and its implementation
Reading List
1. Information Systems for Business and Beyond – opentextbooks.site.
Management Information Systems: Managing the Digital firm –
2.
www.textbooks.com
3. Information systems Journal – Wiley Online Library.
Information Systems management in Business and development organisations –
4.
Harekrishna Misra – PHI Learning.
References Books
1. Azam,M., ManagementInformationSystem,McGrawHillEducation,2012
Laudon,K.,Laudon,J.andDass,R.,ManagementInformationSystems–
2.
ManagingtheDigitalFirm,11thEdition, Pearson,2010.
Murdick,R.G.,Ross,J.E.andClaggett,J.R.,InformationSystemsforModernManage
3.
ment,3rdEdition,PHI,2011.
O’Brien,J.A.,Morakas,G.M.andBehl,R.,ManagementInformationSystems,9thEdit
4.
ion,TataMcGraw-HillEducation,2009.
Saunders,C.S.andPearson,K.E.,ManagingandUsingInformationSystems,3rdEditio
5.
n, WileyIndiaPvt.Ltd.,2009.
Stair,R.andReynolds,G.,InformationSystems,10thEdition,CengageLearning,2012
6.
.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S M S
CO 2 S S S
CO 3 M S M S
CO 4 S S M S
CO 5 S M M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Soft Skills III - Leadership & Soft - - Y - 2 2 40 60 100
Team Building Skills Skills
Course Objectives
C1 To understand the characteristics, style, traits of leaders, and theories of leadership.
To learn more about self-leadership and developing team-building skills through
C2
case studies and examples.
C3 To understand how to form, manage and lead the team.
C4 To understand the measures of conflict in a team
C5 To explore team roles & processes in developing and managing a team
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Leadership Theories: Nature of leadership theories &
models of leadership - attributes of effective leaders -
I 6 C1
traits of leadership - interpersonal competence &
leadership
Leadership Styles: Leadership qualities -styles of
leadership -attitudes-role models & new leadership -
II cultural differences and diversity in leadership - leader 6 C2
behaviour leadership in different countries- leadership
ethics & social responsibility.
Leadership Skills:Leadership skills - Leadership &
management - transactional & transformational in
leadership -Strength based leadership in practice - Tasks
III & Relationship approach in leadership - influence tactics 6 C3
of leaders- motivation and coaching skills. Establishing
constructive climate- listening to out group members-
communication and conflict resolution skills.
Team Work:Working in group & teams - characteristics
of effective team- types- team development: Tuckman's
IV 6 C4
team development stages- Belbin team roles - Ginnett -
team effectiveness leadership model.
Exploring team roles & processes: mapping the stages
of group development -Building: and developing teams-
V 6 C5
overcoming resistance coping and conflict and Ego-
leading a team managing meetings.
Total 30
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Critical understanding of theories and concepts of
leadership and teamwork in organizations
Critical awareness of the importance of teamwork and
development of the skills for building effective teams
Understanding of the techniques and practical
PO2, PO4, PO5, PO6,
CO3 understanding of how to apply theories and concepts to
PO7
improve leadership skills.
Development of skills in effective leadership and
professional communication
Demonstrate effective written communication skills for
CO5 PO4, PO6, PO7
plans, strategies and outcomes.
Reading List
1. Uday Kumar Haldar, Leadership and Team Building,
D.K. Tripathy, Team Building and Leadership with Texts and Cases, Himalaya
2.
Publishing House, 2014
3. International Journal on Leadership, Publishing India Group
4. International Journal of Organizational Leadership, CIKD
References Books
1.
2.
3.
4.
Publishing House.
6.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S S S S
CO 2 S S S S
CO 3 S S S S S
CO 4 S S S S
CO 5 S S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Soft Skills IV – Computing Soft - - Y - 2 2 40 60 100
Skills Skills
Course Objectives
C1 To create awareness and understanding on the basic functions of MS Excel
C2 To elucidate the students on the various advanced functions of MS Excel
To educate the students on MS Access and its application in database
C3
management
To enable the students to understand the functions and usage of various cloud
C4
based apps like Google Drive, Google Sheets and Google Docs
To enable the students learn the functions and usage of Cloud based apps like
C5
Google Forms, Google Slides and Google Cloud Printing.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
MS Excel – Basic Functions - Workbook – Building –
modifying - navigating; Worksheet – Auto fill
copying and moving cells, inserting and deleting rows,
I printing; Formulas and functions-Troubleshooting 6 C1
formulas, Functions and its forms like database,
reference, Databases – creating, sorting filtering and
linking.
MS Excel Advanced Functions – Vlookup – Hlookup –
Charts – Count - Countif – Sum - Sumif – Product –
II Sumproduct. 6 C2
Functions: Mathematical - Financial - logic – Text -
Statistical
MS Access – Components, creating a database and
project, import and exporting, customizing; Tables –
III 6 C3
creating and setting fields; Queries – types, creating,
wizards – Reports – creating and layout.
Cloud based apps – Google Drive, Google Sheets,
IV 6 C4
Google Docs,
Cloud based apps - Google Forms, Google Slides –
V 6 C5
Google Cloud Print
Total 30
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Have awareness and understanding on the basic functions PO4, PO6, PO7
of MS Excel
CO2 Know the advanced functions of MS Excel PO4, PO6, PO7
Possess knowledge on MS Access and its application
in database management
Understand and possess knowledge on the functions
CO4 and usage of various cloud based apps like Google PO4, PO5, PO6, PO7
Drive, Google Sheets and Google Docs
Understand and be aware of the functions and usage of
CO5 Cloud based apps like Google Forms, Google Slides PO4, PO6, PO7
and Google Cloud Printing.
Reading List
1. Humphrey M.L., Excel For Beginners, Kindle Edition, 2017
2. Richard Rost, Learning MS Access Kindle Edition, 2013
3. Sachin Srivastava, Google Cloud Platform, Kindle Edition, 2021
4. Valarie Lestourgeon, A Beginner’s Guide to GCP, Kindle Edition, 2021
References Books
1.
2.
3.
4.
Publishing House.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S S S
CO 2 S S S
CO 3 S S S S S
CO 4 S S S S
CO 5 S S S
Elective Courses: Finance
Management
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Corporate Finance Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students with the fundamental understanding of corporate
finance.
C2 To create awareness and understanding on the Indian capital market, the various
sources of capital and role of SEBI.
C3 To throw light on the investment techniques on the investment decision making
C4 To educate the students on the various sources of international finance available
to the Indian companies.
C5 To elucidate on the various modes through which corporate can go international
and multinational collaboration can be made.
UNIT Details No. of Course
Hours Objectives
I Introduction to Corporate
Finance:CorporateFinance–NatureandScope-
09 C1
RoleofFinancialInstitution-ValuationoftheFirm–
Timevalueofmoneyconcepts.
II Indian Capital Market – Basic problem of
Industrial Finance in India. FiscalPolicies,
Government Regulations affecting Capital
Market – Role of SEBI –StockMarkets -
09 C2
Equity–Debenturefinancing–
GuidelinesfromSEBI,advantagesanddisadvantag
esandcostofvarioussourcesofFinance; Types of
Bonds; GDR’s
III InvestmentDecision:InvestmentAnalysis–Risk
Analysis
09 C3
ProbabilityApproach.BusinessFailures,Mergers,
Consolidationsandliquidation.
IV Finance from international sources, 09 C4
financing of exports – role of EXIM bankand
commercial banks – Finance for rehabilitation
of sick units. Inflation andFinancialDecisions.
V ForeignCollaboration–
FDIandFIISBusinessVenturesAbroad.Internatio
09 C5
nalFinancialInstitutions&MultinationalCorporat
ions; Global Minimum Tax
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be familiar with the fundamentals of corporate
CO1 PO4, PO6
finance.
Be aware of the role of SEBI and the structure of
CO2 PO4, PO6, PO7
Indian capital market.
Have insights on various investment techniques and
CO3 PO2, PO7
on the investment decision making.
Learn about the various sources of finance that are
CO4 PO6, PO7
available to the Indian companies.
Possess knowledge on the various modes through
CO5 which corporate can go international and PO6, PO7
multinational.
Reading List
1. Jeffery Haas, Corporate Finance in a Nutshell, Kindle Edition, 2021
2. Mike Piper, Corporate Finance made simple, Kindle Edition, 2020
3. Journal of Corporate Finance, Elsevier
4. The Review of Corporate Finance, Oxford Academic
References Books
Brealey,R.A.,Myers,S.C.,Allen,F.andMohanty,P.,PrinciplesofCorp
1. orateFinance,12thEdition, Paperback,TataMcGraw-
HillPublishers,2018.
2. Damodaran,A.,AppliedCorporateFinance, 4thEdition,Wiley,2015.
3. Damodaran,A.,CorporateFinance:TheoryandPractice,2ndEdition
Paperback,WileyIndiaPvtLtd.,2007.
Kidwell,D.andParrino,R.,FundamentalsofCorporateFinance,WileyInd
4.
iaPvt.Ltd.,2011.
th
5. Madura,J.,InternationalCorporateFinance,10 Edition,CengageLea
rning,2012.
Viswanath, S., Cases in Corporate Finance, McGraw-
6.
HillEducation,2009.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M M
CO 2 M M M
CO 3 S S
CO 4 M S
CO 5 M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Security Analysis Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
andPortfolio Management
Course Objectives
C1 To provide insight about the relationship of the risk and return and how risk
should be measured to bring about a return according to the expectations of the
investors in investment avenues and securities market.
C2 To provide an overview of the operation of the securities markets and the
mechanics of trading securities in stock exchanges.
C3 To ensure acquaintance of in-depth understanding of fundamental analysis
tools to make optimum investment decision.
C4 To analyze stock price behavior in market, that is affected by various factors by
calculating various technical indicators using Technical Analysis.
C5 To enable the students with a basic introduction to portfolio theory and study
various methods of modeling the risk associated with stock investment.
Hours Objectives
I Investment - Concept of investment-importance- 9 C1
alternate forms of investment-LIC schemes-bank
deposits-government securities-mutual fund schemes-
post office schemes-provident fund-company deposits-
real estate- Gold and Silver- Growth adjusted value
investing strategy; G-Secs; P-note investments.
Concepts of risk and return, measurement of risk is
measured in terms of standard deviation and variance,
the relationship between risk and return.
II Securities Market - Investment
Environment; Financial Market - Segments – Types -
Participants in financial Market – Regulatory
Environment, Primary Market – Methods of floating
new issues, Book building – Role of primary market –
Regulation of primary market, Stock exchanges in
9 C2
India – BSE, OTCEI, NSE, ISE, and Regulations of
stock exchanges – Trading system in stock exchanges –
SEBI.ESG, Stop loss, Fat finger trades, circuit breaker,
T+1 and T+2 settlement, Funding of Social Sector;
open interest volume and prices; free float in listed
companies; Algo trading; Block Chain Technology.
III Fundamental Analysis - Economic Analysis –
Forecasting techniques. Industry Analysis; Industry
classification, Industry life cycle – Company Analysis.
9 C3
Measuring Earnings – Forecasting Earnings – Applied
Valuation Techniques – Graham and Dodds investor
ratios.
IV Technical Analysis - Fundamental Analysis Vs
Technical Analysis – Charting methods – Market
Indicators. Trend –Trend reversals – Patterns - Moving 9 C4
Average – Exponential moving Average – Oscillators –
Market Indicators – Efficient Market theory.
V Portfolio Management -Portfolio analysis –Portfolio
Selection –Capital Asset Pricing model – Portfolio 9 C5
Revision –Portfolio Evaluation
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Ability to understand the role of Risk Return
propositions in securities analysis such as fixed
CO1 PO2, PO6, PO7
income securities, preference shares and ordinary
shares.
Knowledge on apprehend role, functions and key
CO2 players in the securities market and understand the PO2, PO4, PO6, PO7
trading system of the stock market
Knowledge to execute better investment decisions by
analyzing Economic, Industry and Company factors
with the help of fundamental analysis techniques.
Clarity to identify the stock price movements and its
CO4 behavior with the help of technical analysis PO4, PO6 PO7
techniques.
Understanding on the benefit of diversification of
CO5 holding a portfolio of assets, and the importance PO6, PO7
played by the market portfolio.
Reading List
Falguni, H. Pandya, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, PHI Learning,
1.
2015
Ambika Prasad Dash, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, I.K.
2.
International, 2009
3. The Jounal of Portfolio Management, Springer
4. Financial Markets and Portfolio Management, Scimago Journal and Country Rank
References Books
Kevin, S., Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, PHI Learning, Second
1.
Edition, 2015.
Prasanna Chandra, P., Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management, Tata
2.
McGraw-Hill Education, 5th Edition, 2017.
Donald E. Fischer & Ronald J. Jordan, Security Analysis & Portfolio
3.
Management, PHI Learning., New Delhi, 8th edition, 2018.
Khatri, D.K., Security Analysis and Portfolio Management, Macmillan
4.
Publishers India, First Edition, 2014.
Ranganathan, M. and Madhumathi, R., Security Analysis and Portfolio
5.
Management, 2ndEdition, Pearson, 2015.
Reilly, F. and Brown, K. C., Analysis of Investments and Portfolio Management,
6.
Cengage Learning, 11th Edition, 2019.
Internal Assignments 25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6) Check knowledge in specific or offbeat situations, Discussion, Debating or
Presentations
CO 1 S S S
CO 2 S M S
CO 3 S S M
CO 4 M S S
CO 5 M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Tax Management Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To make an understanding on the tax system
C2 To enrich on taxation procedure under different heads of income.
C3 To create awareness on deductions, set off and carry forwards in tax management.
C4 To enable computation of taxable income.
C5 To provide insight knowledge on direct tax system
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Income Tax Law – important
concepts -Scheme of Taxation –
typesofTaxes,concept,objectives canons of
I Taxation 9 C1
andfactorstobeconsideredforTaxPlanning- Tax
exemption - Residentialstatus–Tax free
incomes.
HeadsofIncome–
Salaries,definitionofsalary,Fringebenefitsandperq
uisites,Profitinlieuofsalaryandtaxplanningavenue
sforsalaryincome, Income from house property,
profits and gains of Business of
II profession,capital gains- Provisions relating to 9 C2
Capital Gains Tax and exemptions fromCapital
Gains Tax-Income from other sources - basis of
charge; chargeableincomes; specific deductions;
amount not deductible; computation of
taxableincomefromothersources.
Deductions to be made in computing total
III 9 C3
income – Resales and Reliefs ofIncometax–
TaxationofNon-Residents.Income–
taxPaymentandAssessment-
Taxdeductionatsource;advancetax;self-
assessmenttax;assessmentprocedure - Filing
ofIncomeTax Returns–
Provisions,FormsandDueDates,NoticesandAsse
ssments-
Regularandbestjudgmentassessrevision,rectifica
tionandappeal,provisionrelatingtointerestandref
undoftax.
CorporateTaxation-
Computationoftaxableincome,Carry-
forwardandset-off of losses for companies,
Minimum Alternative Tax (MAT), Set-off and
Carry-forwardofAmalgamationLosses.
IV 9 C4
Tax planning in capital budgeting decision,
leasing, hire purchase or buydecision raising of
capital: equity, debt or preference share, transfer
pricinganditsimpact,taxProvisionsforVentureCa
pitalFunds
Wealth Tax and Other Direct Taxes- Wealth
Tax Act and Rules, definition
ofWealthandItsComponentsWealthescapingAss
essment,AssetsExemptfromWealthTax,GiftTax
ActandRulesandEstateDutyAct.
V 9 C5
Assessment of Trusts and Assessment of
companies – Deemed
incomeunderMATScheme–
TaxonincomebyUTIorMutualfund–
VentureCapitalCompany/VentureCapitalFunds.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
On completion of this course, students will;
Outcomes Objectives
Be able to understand basic concepts of tax
CO1 C1
management system in India.
Possess knowledge on taxation procedure involved
CO2 C2
under different heads of income.
Have insight knowledge on the deduction procedures,
CO3 C3
set off and carry forward procedures.
CO4 Learn the ways to compute total taxable income. C4
CO5 Have knowledge on direct tax system C5
Reading List
Direct Taxes Law and Practice, Vinld K Singhania and Kapil Singhania,
1.
Taxmann, 2021
2. Income Tax ready reckoner for 2021-22 e-book, Taxguru.
3. https://www.incometaxindia.gov.in/Documents/Aarohan-itd-2022-e-book.pdf
Direct Taxes Ready Reckoner, AY 2021-22 & 2022-23, Vinod K. Singhania,
4.
Taxmann
References Books
StudentsGuidetoIncomeTaxbyDr.VinodK.SinghaniaandMonicaSing
1.
hania, Taxmann's flagship publication,LatestEdition.
IndirectTaxbyVinodK.Singania Taxmann's flagship publication,
2.
LatestEdition
Iyengar,AC.,SampatLawofIncomeTax.Allahabad,BharatLawHouse.
3.
LatestEdition.
Dr.H.C.Mehrotra, Dr.S.P Goyal, Jai Narain Vyas, Income taa and
4.
Indirect taxes, Sahithya Bhagwan Publications,LatestEdition.
T.S.Reddy, Y.Hariprasad Reddy, Income Tax Theroy, Law Practice, Margham
5.
Publishers, Latest Edition.
StudentsGuidetoIncomeTaxbyDr.VinodK.SinghaniaandMonicaSing
6.
hania, Taxmann's flagship publication,LatestEdition.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M S S
CO 2 S S
CO 3 S S
CO 4 S S
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Merchant Banking and Financial Elec
Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Services tive
Course Objectives
To enable a better understanding of the financial structure in India and various
C1 regulations in the Merchant Banking domain and also throw light on the rules
and regulations governing the Indian securities market.
To familiarize the students with public issue management mechanism, role of
C2
issue manager, SEBI guidelines and marketing of securities.
To create an understanding on the trends in financial services, merger and
C3
acquisition, portfolio management services and credit rating.
Provide exposure to fund based financial services such as leasing and hire
C4
purchasing, financial evaluation.
Students can understand other fund based financial services such as consumer
C5
credit, real estate financing, bill discounting, factoring and venture capital.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Merchantbanking: Introduction–
AnOverviewofIndianFinancialSystem–
MerchantBankinginIndia–RecentDevelopments
and Challenges ahead – InstitutionalStructure –
I Functions of Merchant Bank - Legal and 9 C1
Regulatory Framework –Relevant Provisions of
Companies Act- SERA- SEBI Guidelines -
FEMA, etc. -
RelationwithStockExchangesandOTCEI.
Issuemanagement: Role of Merchant Banker in
Appraisal of Projects, Designing Capital
Structureand Instruments –Issue Pricing – Book
Building – Preparation of
ProspectusSelectionofBankers,AdvertisingConsulta
nts,etc.-Roleof Registrars –Bankers to the Issue,
II 9 C2
Underwriters, and Brokers. – Offer for Sale – Green
ShoeOption–E-IPO,PrivatePlacement–
BoughtoutDeals–
PlacementwithFIs,MFs,FIIs,etc.Off-ShoreIssues.–
IssueMarketing–AdvertisingStrategies–
NRIMarketing–PostIssueActivities.
Otherfeebasedservices:
III 9 C3
MergersandAcquisitions–
PortfolioManagementServices–
CreditSyndication–CreditRating–
BusinessValuation.
Fundbasedfinancialservices:
LeasingandHirePurchasing–
IV 9 C4
BasicsofLeasingandHirepurchasing–
FinancialEvaluation.
Otherfundbasedfinancialservices:
ConsumerCredit–CreditCards–
V 9 C5
RealEstateFinancing–BillsDiscounting –
factoringandForfeiting–VentureCapital.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Possess better understanding of the financial structure
in India and various regulations in the Merchant
CO1 PO4, PO6
Banking Domain. Understand the rules and
regulations governing the Indian securities market.
Possess knowledge on public issue management
CO2 mechanism, various forms of issues, role of issue PO2, PO6
manager, SEBI guidelines and marketing of securities.
Possess insights on recent trends in financial services,
CO3 merger and acquisition, portfolio management services PO2, PO4, PO6
and credit rating.
Have exposure on fund based financial services such
CO4 PO2, PO6
as leasing and hire purchasing, financial evaluation.
Have better understanding on other fund based
financial services such as consumer credit, real estate
CO5 PO4, PO6
financing, bill discounting, factoring and venture
capital.
Reading List
Swati Dawan, Merchant Banking and Financial Services, Mcgraw Hill Education,
1.
2011
2. Pathak Barthi, Indian Financial System, 5th Edition, Pearson Education, 2018
3. Indian Journal of Finance, ISSN: 0973-8711, Researchgate
4. Journal of Corporate Finance, Elsevier
References Books
1. M.Y.Khan,FinancialServices,TataMcGraw-Hill,12thEdition,2012
2. NaliniPravaTripathy,FinancialServices,PHILearning,2011.
Machiraju,IndianFinancialSystem,VikasPublishingHouse,2ndEdition
3.
,2010.
J.C.Verma,AManualofMerchantBanking,BharathPublishingHouse,N
4.
ewDelhi,
VarshneyP.N.&MittalD.K.,IndianFinancialSystem,SultanChand&Sons,
5.
NewDelhi.
6. Sasidharan,FinancialServicesandSystem,TataMcgrawHill,NewDelhi.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 M M
CO 5 M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Derivatives Management Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To familiarize and enable the students to understand the fundamentals of
C1
Derivatives and its types.
C2 To throw light on forward and futures contract.
C3 To educate the students on Options.
C4 To elucidate the various Option Pricing models.
C5 To educate the students on the indices of various derivative instruments
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I Introduction: Derivatives – Definition –Types – 9 C1
participants and functions- Forward Contracts – Futures
Contracts – Options – Swaps – Differences between
Cash and Future Markets – Types of Traders – OTC and
Exchange Traded Securities – Types of Settlement –
Uses and Advantages of Derivatives, Risks in
Derivatives.
Forward contracts – Futures contracts – structure of
forward & futures markets - Types of Futures Contracts
-Margin Requirements – Marking to Market – Hedging
II using Futures –– Securities, Stock Index Futures, 9 C2
Currencies and Commodities – Delivery Options –
Relationship between Future Prices, Forward Prices and
Spot Prices.
Options -Definition – Exchange Traded Options, OTC
Options – Specifications of Options – Call and Put
Options – organized options trading – listing
requirements – contract size – exercise prices –
expiration dates – position & exercise limits -American
III 9 C3
and European Options – Intrinsic Value and Time Value
of Options – Option payoff, options on Securities, Stock
Indices, Currencies and Futures – Options pricing
models –Differences between future and Option
contracts.
Principles of Option pricing – Put Call Parity
relationship – Option pricing models – The Black
IV 9 C4
Scholes Model – The Binomial model – Principles of
forward and future pricing – the cost of carry model.
Commodity Futures – Contract Terminology and
Specifications for Stock Options and Index Options in
NSE – Contract Terminology and specifications for
V 9 C5
stock futures and Index futures in NSE – Contract
Terminology and Specifications for Interest Rate
Derivatives.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be familiar with the fundamentals of Derivatives and its
CO1 PO4, PO6
types.
CO2 Be aware of the Forward and Future Contracts. PO6, PO7
CO3 Have knowledge on Options. PO6, PO7
CO4 Learn the various Option Pricing models. PO6, PO7
Have knowledge on the indices of various Derivative
CO5 PO6, PO7
Instruments.
Reading List
Aron Gottesman, Derivatives Essentials: An Introduction to Forwards, Futures and
1.
Options and Swaps, Wiley, 2016
Arkadev Chatterje, Robert A. Jarrow, An Introduction to Derivative Securities,
2.
Financial Markets, and Risk Management, World Scientific, Kindle Edition,
International Journal of Financial Markets and Derivatives, Inderscience
3.
Publishers
4. Journal of Risk and Financial Management, MDPI
References Books
Chance, D. and Brooks, R., Derivatives and Risk Management Basics, South
1.
Western, 10th edition, 2015.
S.L.Gupta, Financial Derivatives, Theory, Concepts and Problems, PHI
2.
Learning 2nd edition, 2017
Hull, J.C. and Basu, S., Options, Futures and Other Derivatives, Pearson, 10th
3.
Edition, 2018.
Patrick Boyle, Jesse McDougall, Trading and Pricing Financial Derivatives, De
4.
Gruvter, A Guide to Future, Options and Swaps,2ndEdition, Publishers,2018.
James A. Overdahl, Financial Derivatives, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 3rd Edition,
5.
2014
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M S M
CO 2 S M
CO 3 S M
CO 4 S M
CO 5 S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Banking and Insurance Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To provide a basic understanding of the insurance mechanism and principle of
C1
insurance.
C2 To provide an overview of Indian insurance industry.
C3 To understand the basics of Banking and the emergence of Banking in India.
C4 To get acquainted with the functionality of the Banks.
C5 To know the meaning and use of commonly used technologies in Banking.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Indian Financial System: Introduction to Financial
System – Business of Banking - Organizational
Structure of Indian Financial System - Role of
Government & Reserve Bank of India As Regulators
of Banks - Role & Functions of Banks – Regulatory
I Provisions/Enactments Governing Banks - Various 9 C1
Committees on Banking & Their Impact - Recent
Developments in Indian Financial System - Aadhaar
Seeding- -Self Help Groups, Financial Inclusion- Jan
Dhan Yojana Accounts- NBFCs - Micro Finance
Institutions, Small finance banks and payment banks.
Basics of Banking: Basic Concepts in Banking -
Banker-Customer Relationships – Know Your
Customer, Anti Money Laundering -Guidelines -
Negotiable instruments – Bankers’ Duties and
Responsibilities - DICGC - Types of Customers &
Various Types of Accounts - Deposit Products –
II Services Rendered by Banks - Principles of Lending - 9 C2
Approach to Lending & Steps in Lending - Credit
Management & Credit Monitoring - Priority Sector
Lending in Banks- Lending to Agriculture, Micro,
Small & Medium Enterprises - Recovery & Modes of
Recovery and Management of Non-Performing Assets
- Basics of Risk Management in Banks.
Electronic Banking: Current Trends and Role of
information & Communication Technology in
Banking - Core Banking Solutions vis-a-vis
III 9 C3
Traditional Banking - Banking Technology –
Alternate Delivery Channels – ATMs, Credit/Debit
Cards/Mobile Banking / Internet Banking etc. -
Cheque Truncation System of cheque clearance, E-
Lounges, UPI, BHIM (Bharath Interface for money),
Products and Impact - Electronic Funds Transfers –
Real Time Gross Settlements (RTGS) & National
Electronic Funds Transfer (NEFT) –NACH Global
Trends in Banking Technology - IT Security in Banks
& Disaster Management - Marketing of Banking
Services; Marketing of Banking Services – Meaning,
Importance and Functions - Market Research &
Product Development - Factors influencing Marketing
of Banking Products Third Party Products in Banking,
One stop shop Financial solutions in Banks - Financial
Advisory Services (FAS).
Insurance: Meaning – Nature and Importance – Risk
Management; Identification – Measurement –
Diversification – Strategies Theories – Sum of Large
IV Numbers Theory of Probability 9 C4
Insurance Regulation; IRDA Regulations – Insurance
Contract – Agent Norms – Generic Norms of
Insurance Advisors.
General Insurance: Marine Insurance – Fire Insurance –
Automobile Insurance – Home Insurance - House
+Articles insurance- Overseas Travel Insurance– Medical
Insurance – Group Medi claim- Jewellery Insurance,
Social Security Insurance .Life Insurance; Principles –
V 9 C5
Uberima fides Insurable Interest – Indemnity –
Subrogation – Contribution Products; Death and Survival
Classifications – Traditional Salary Savings Scheme –
Employees Deposit Linked Insurance – ULIPs –
Premium Fixation Cases.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understand, analyze and communicate on the Indian
CO1 PO4, PO6, PO7
Financial System
Understand the basics of Banking and the emergence
CO2 PO4, PO6, PO7
of Banking in India and its lending practices
Possess knowledge on Digital Banking and the
CO3 current trend in banking and new banking products PO4, PO6, PO7
and services
Possess the ability to understand and communicate
the basics of the insurance mechanism and principle
CO4 PO4, PO6, PO7
of insurance and acquire knowledge on Indian
insurance industry.
Have knowledge and understanding on Marine, fire,
CO5 PO4, PO6, PO7
home and medical insurances
Reading List
Jyotsna Sethi and Nishwan Bhatia, Elements of Banking and Insurance, PHI
1.
Learning, 2012
2. Natarjan. S, and Parameshwaran. R, Indian Banking, S.Chand & Company
3. Journal of Banking and Finance, Elsevier
4. Indian Journal of Banking, Risk and Insurance, Pubishing India
References Books
Bhattacharya,H.,BankingStrategy,
1. CreditAppraisalandLendingDecisions,OxfordUniversityPress,2nd
Edition,2011.
IndianInstituteofBankingandFinance,PrinciplesandPracticesofBanking,
2.
MacmillanIndiaLtd, Fifth Edition,2015.
Maheshwari,S.N.andMaheshwari,S.K.,BankingLawandPractice,Kalyani
3.
Publishers,11th Edition, 2014.
Muraleedharan,ModernBanking:TheoryandPractice,PHILearning,
4.
Second Edition, 2014.
Varshney,P.N.,BankingLawandPractice,SultanChandandSons, fist
5.
Edition, 2015.
Gopinath. M. N. - B a n k i n g P r i n c i p l e s & Operations, Snow White
6.
Publications, 7th Edition, 2021
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S S S
CO 2 M S S
CO 3 S S S
CO 4 S S S
CO 5 S S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Behavioural Finance Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To enable the students to understand the basics of Behavioural Finance
To create awareness and understanding on the various theories of Behanvioural
C2
Finance
C3 To elucidate the students on the various financial decision theory paradoxes
To throw light on the non-behavioural finance through the extended knowledge
C4
on Efficient Market Hypothesis
To educate the students on arbitrage, risks in share trade and on contemporary
C5
financial issues.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Behavioral Finance: Introduction,
Traditional vs Behavioural Theory, The Decision
I 9 C1
Making Process and Behavioural Biases, Limits to
Arbitrage.
Behavioural Finance Theory and Bubbles: Prospect
II Theory, SP/A Theory, Behavioural Portfolio Theory, 9 C2
Empirical and Statistical detection tests.
Decision Theory Paradoxes: Nash Equilibrium:
Keynesian Beauty Context and The Prisoner’s
III 9 C3
Dilemma, The Monty Hall Paradox, The St. Petersburg
Paradox, The Allais Paradox, The Ellsberg Paradox.
Non-Behavioral Finance: Introduction - The roles of
securities prices in the economy; Efficient markets
hypothesis (EMH) – Definitions - EMH in supply and
IV 9 C4
demand framework - Theoretical arguments for flat
aggregate demand curve; Equilibrium expected return
models.
Demand by Arbitrageurs and Average Investors &
Contemporary Issues: Definition of arbitrageur;
V 9 C5
Long-short trades; Risk vs. Horizon; Transaction costs
and short-selling costs; Fundamental risk; Noise-trader
risk; Professional arbitrage; Destabilizing informed
trading (positive feedback, predation), Definition of
average investor; Belief biases; Limited attention and
categorization; Nontraditional preferences – prospect
theory and loss aversion; Bubbles and systematic
investor sentiment - contemporary behavioral finance
issues
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Enables the students to understand the basics of
CO1 PO6
Behavioural Finance
Creates awareness and understanding on the various
CO2 PO6, PO7
theories of Behavioural Finance
Students are able to interpret the various financial
CO3 PO2, PO6
decision theory paradoxes
Ability to outline the non-behavioural finance
CO4 through the extended knowledge on Efficient Market PO6
Hypothesis
Students can explain on arbitrage, risks in share trade
CO5 PO6, PO7
and on contemporary financial issues.
Reading List
Subrahmanyam, A. (2008). Behavioural finance: A review and
1.
synthesis. European Financial Management.
2. Forbes, W. (2009). Behavioural finance. John Wiley & Sons.
Kapoor, S., & Prosad, J. M. (2017). Behavioural finance: A review. Procedia
3.
computer science.
Bloomfield, R. (2010). Behavioural finance. In Behavioural and Experimental
4.
Economics (pp. 32-41). Palgrave Macmillan, London.
References Books
Prasaanna Chandra, Behavioural Finance, 2nd Edition, Paperback – 1, Mcgraw
1.
Hill, 2020
Parag Parikh, Value Investing and Behavioural Finance: Insights into Indian
2.
Stock Markets, Mcgraw Hill Education, 2017
Shleifer, Andrei, Inefficient Markets: An Introduction to Behavioral Finance.
3.
Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 2000
Thomas Kliestik, Katerina Valaskova, and Maria Kovacova, Advances in
4.
Behavioural Finance and Economics, MDPI, 2021
5. Singh Ranjit, Behavioural Finance, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2019
Sujata Kapoor, Jaya Mamta Prosad, Behavioural Finance, Sage
6.
Publications India Pvt. Ltd., 2019.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 M M
CO 4 M
CO 5 M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Financial Modelling Elective Y 0 0 - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To equip the students with the knowledge of different aspects of financial
C1
modelling and be familiar with using financial functions in a spreadsheet.
To gain an understanding of the valuation tools and techniques used in bond
C2
and equity valuation.
C3 To design and construct useful and robust corporate modelling applications
To learn about the risk and return of a portfolio and how to measure them using
C4
different methods.
To acquaint the students with the fundamentals of derivative modelling and
C5
their application
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I Introduction to financial modelling & built-in 9 C1
functions using spread sheets-Introduction to Financial
Modelling- Need for Financial Modelling- Steps for
effective financial modelling - Introduction to Time
value of money & Lookup array functions: FV, PV,
PMT, RATE, NPER, Vlookup, Hlookup, if, countif, etc -
Time value of Money Models: EMI with Single & Two
Interest rates –Loan amortization modelling-Debenture
redemption modeling.
Bond & Equity Share Valuation Modelling-Bond
valuation – Yield to Maturity (YTM): Rate method Vs
IRR method-Flexi Bond and Strip Bond YTMModelling-
II 9 C2
Bond redemption modelling -Equity share valuation:
Multiple growth rate valuation modelling with
and without growth rates.
Corporate Financial Modelling-Altman z score,
bankruptcy modelling - indifference point modelling –
financial break-even modelling -corporate valuation
III 9 C3
modelling (two stage growth) - business modelling for
capital budgeting evaluation: payback period, npv, irr
and mirr.
Portfolio Modelling-Risk beta and annualized return –
security market line modelling – portfolio risk
IV calculation (equal proportions) - portfolio risk 9 C4
optimization (varying proportions) - portfolio
construction modeling.
Derivative Modelling- option pay off modelling: long
V and short call & put options -option pricing modeling (b- 9 C5
s model) - optimal hedge contract modeling
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understanding the relevance of financial models for
CO1 PO1,PO2,PO6,PO7
various corporate finance purposes.
Ability to evaluate securities by using the modelling
CO2 PO1,PO2, PO6
techniques
Ability to identify efficient financial budgeting and
CO3 appraise the equity value of a company by applying PO1,P2,PO6,PO7
various methods.
Acquaint the students with evaluation of securities
CO4 PO1,PO2
through the tools and techniques of portfolio models
Ability to understand the aptitude of analyzing the
CO5 PO1,PO2
investment decision-based on derivatives.
Reading List
Kienitz, J., & Wetterau, D. (2013). Financial modelling: Theory, implementation
1.
and practice with MATLAB source. John Wiley & Sons.
2. Spronk, J., & Hallerbach, W. (1997). Financial modelling: Where to go? With an
illustration for portfolio management. european Journal of operational research.
Tankov, P. (2003). Financial modelling with jump processes. Chapman and
3.
Hall/CRC.
Day, A. L. (2001). Mastering financial modelling. A Practitioner's Guide to
4.
Applied.
References Books
Wayne L Winston,” Microsoft Excel 2016-Data Analysis and Business
1.
Modelling”, PHI publications, (Microsoft Press), New Delhi,2017.
Chandan Sen Gupta,” Financial analysis and Modelling –Using Excel and VBA”,
2.
Wiley Publishing House ,2014’
Craig W Holden,”Excel Modelling in Investments” Pearson Prentice Hall, Pearson
3.
Inc,New Jersey,5th Edition 2015
Ruzhbeh J Bodanwala , ”Financial management using excel spread sheet”,Taxman
4.
Allied services Pvt Ltd, New Delhi,3rd Edition 2015.
5. Benninga, Simon. Principles of Finance with Microsoft Excel, 2nd Edition, 2011
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S S M M
CO 2 S S M
CO 3 S S M M
CO 4 S S
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Capital Market and Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Financial Services
Course Objectives
C1 To acquire knowledge on Indian financial systems and its regulators
To possess knowledge on listing and trading securities, Risk management in
C2
BSE & NSE, Index management.
C3 To understand leasing and hire purchase
C4 To familiarize with credit rating and securitization
C5 To know Depositories & Contemporary Issues
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Indian Financial System:
Regulators: Finance Ministry, Securities Exchange
Board of India, Reserve Bank of India, Forward Market
Commission, Insurance Regulatory and Development
Authority.
Primary Market: Role of Primary Market, Functions,
Intermediaries, methods of floatation of capital – IPO’s,
FPO’s and Rights issues, Investor protection in primary
I market, Recent trends in primary market. Book building 9 C1
process. Secondary Market: Functions, intermediaries,
Demutualization structure, Major stock exchanges in
India.
Indian Stock Exchanges: Market types, order types and
books. BSE: BOLT System, NSE: NEAT system OTCEI
– Need, Features, Participants, Listing procedure,
Trading and Settlement. Legislative framework guiding
the capital markets and intermediaries.
Listing and trading of Securities:
Listing requirements, procedure, fee- Listing conditions
of BSE and NSE – Delisting. Legislations related to
listing. Trading cycle: T+2, Pay in and Pay out, Bad
Delivery, Short delivery, Auction, Clearing &
Settlement: Different types of settlements -DEMAT
II 9 C2
settlement, Physical settlement, Institutional settlement
and Funds settlement.
Risk Management system in BSE & NSE: Margins,
Exposure limits, VAR, Circuit breakers and Surveillance
system in BSE and NSE.
Index Management: Importance of index computation
Methods: Weighted Aggregate Value method, Weighted
Average of Price Relatives method, Free Float method.
Stock market indices in India
Leasing and Hire Purchase
Lease and Hire purchase- – Meaning and Types of
leasing – Legislative frameworks – Matters on
III 9 C3
Depreciation and Tax –Concepts and features – Tax and
Depreciation implications Microfinance: Consumer
Credit - Factoring and Forfaiting
Credit rating & Securitization:
Credit rating: Definition and meaning- Process of credit
rating of financial instruments - Rating methodology -
Rating agencies – Rating symbols of different
companies. Legislative framework guiding the CRAs.
IV 9 C4
Securitization: Meaning-Features - Special Purpose
Vehicle - Pass Through Certificate & mechanism –
Benefits of Securitization – Issues in Securitization,
Legislative framework guiding the securitization
framework.
Depositories & Contemporary Issues
Depositary services - Role of depositories and their
services — Advantages of depository system – NSDL
and CDSL - Depository participants and their role-
V 9 C5
Stock Broking Services including SEBI guidelines -
Contemporary developments in capital market
performance and implication of securitization in
Indian scenario.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Ability to critically evaluate the Indian financial
CO1 PO3,PO6
systems and its regulators
Obtain clarity with listing and trading securities, Risk
CO2 PO6, PO7
management in BSE & NSE, Index management.
CO3 Understand leasing and hire purchase PO7
CO4 Obtain familiarity with credit rating and securitization PO2,PO6,PO7
CO5 Ability to explain depositories & contemporary Issues PO6,PO7
Reading List
Carow, K. A., & Heron, R. A. (2002). Capital market reactions to the passage of
1. the Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999. The Quarterly Review of
Economics and Finance.
Stiglitz, J. E. (2000). Capital market liberalization, economic growth, and
2.
instability. World development.
Mensah, Y. M., & Werner, R. H. (2008). The capital market implications of the
3. frequency of interim financial reporting: an international analysis. Review of
Quantitative Finance and Accounting.
Micu, I., & Micu, A. (2016). Financial technology (Fintech) and its
4. implementation on the Romanian non-banking capital market. SEA-Practical
Application of Science.
References Books
1. Khan M.Y, Financial Services, 8th edition, Mcgraw Hill ,2015,.
K Sasidharan, Alex. K Mathews, Financial Services and System, Tata McGraw
2.
Hill, 2008.
Jeff Madura, Financial Institutions and Markets, 10thEdition, Cengage
3.
Learning,2014..
Stephen Cecchetti, Kermit Schoenholtz, Money, Banking and Financial
4.
Markets, 4thedition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2014.
MadhuVij, Swati Dhawan , Merchant Banking and Financial Services, 1st
5.
edition, McGraw Hill, 2011.
Tripathy, NaliniPrava, Financial Services, PHI, Learning Pvt. Ltd. NISM-
6.
Series-VI Depository Operation Exam Work Book, 2007.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M
CO 2 S S
CO 3 S
CO 4 S M S
CO 5 M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Financial Planning and
Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Wealth Management
Course Objectives
C1 To give clarity on the concept of Personal Financial Planning
C2 To acquire knowledge on the process of Comprehensive Financial Planning
C3 To understand the concept of Insurance & Retirement Planning
C4 To throw light on the Concept of Wealth Management
C5 To provide knowledge on tax planning & issues
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Personal Financial Planning - Financial Planning –
Meaning, need, scope. Evaluating the financial position
I of clients, Preparing & Analyzing household budget - 9 C1
Estimating financial goals - Financial Planning Delivery
Process.
Comprehensive Financial Planning - The role of debt
and financial pressure from debt - Debt counselling.
II Investment for Liquidity and Financial Goals. 9 C2
Risk return principle, Risk Profiling. Human life cycle
and Asset Allocation and Model Portfolios
Insurance Planning & Retirement Planning -
Insurance Planning – Need of life and non-life insurance,
III life insurance need analysis, life insurance products. 9 C3
Retirement Planning – Need, estimating & determining
the retirement corpus, retirement products.
Wealth Management - Concept of wealth and
Measurement of wealth. Spectrum of services, Wealth
management service providers, Product categories and
Service categories - Types of Service Mandates;
Custodian mandate, Advisory mandate, Discretionary
mandate and Mandate mix HNI segmentation and reason
for looking at HNIs.
IV Understanding the Client Segmentation; Segmentation 9 C4
based on Personality, Age and way of accumulation, Risk
& return preferences - Client Engagement; Client
profiling, targeting and Building relationships - Finding
HNI Clients; Cross selling, Marketing and partnership
programs, Referral from existing clients, friends and
family
Asset Allocation: Advising the optimal portfolio and the
corresponding asset allocation.
Portfolio Monitoring: Portfolio maintenance and
Portfolio rebalancing.
Tax Planning & Contemporary Issues
Indian Tax Laws for investment and Wealth Management
- Income Tax: Previous Year and Assessment Year,
Gross Total Income, Income Tax Slabs, Advance Tax,
Tax Deducted at Source (TDS), Exempted Income,
V 9 C5
Deductions from Income, Section 80C, section 80CCC,
Section 80CCD, Section 80D, Section 80E, Section
80GG, Long Term and Short Term Capital Gain / Loss,
Speculation Profit / Loss, Capital Gains Tax exemption
under Section 54EC.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Obtain clarity on the concept of Personal Financial
CO1 PO2, PO7
Planning
Ability to evaluate the process of Comprehensive
CO2 PO2,PO6,PO7
Financial Planning
Understanding the concept of Insurance & Retirement
CO3 PO2,PO5
Planning
Ability to outline the clarity on the concept of Wealth
CO4 PO7
Management
CO5 Obtain Knowledge on tax planning & issues P02, PO7
Reading List
Kochis, S. T. (2006). Wealth Management: A Concise Guide to Financial
1.
Planning and Investment Management for Wealthy Clients. CCH.
Danes, S. M., Huddleston-Casas, C., & Boyce, L. (1999). Financial planning
2. curriculum for teens: Impact evaluation. Journal of Financial Counseling and
Planning.
Hanna, S. D., & Lindamood, S. (2010). Quantifying the economic benefits of
3.
personal financial planning. Financial Services Review.
Wu, C. R., Lin, C. T., & Tsai, P. H. (2010). Evaluating business performance of
4.
wealth management banks. European journal of operational research,.
References Books
1. Dun, Bradstreet , Wealth Management, Tata Mcgraw Hill, India, 2009.
Joydeep Sen - Financial Planning & Wealth Management: Concepts and Practice,
2.
1st Edition, Shroff Publishers & Distributors Limited, 2020
Sundar Sankaran - Wealth Engine: Indian Financial Planning and Wealth
3.
Management Handbook (2012)
Stuart E. Lucas (2012), Wealth: Grow It and Protect It, Updated and Revised,
4.
Pearson and FT Press, USA
G. Victor Hallman, Jerry Rosenbloom (2009), Private Wealth Management: The
5.
Complete Reference for the Personal Financial Planner, Mcgraw Hill, USA
6. Gregory Curtis (2012), The Stewardship of Wealth: Successful Private Wealth
Management for Investors and Their Advisors, Wiley.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M S
CO 2 S M S
CO 3 S M
CO 4 S
CO 5 M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Fixed Income Securities Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To orient students about bond and money market instruments
C2 To provide inputs on term structure, interest rates and bond price volatility
C3 To impart knowledge on fixed income portfolio management
C4 To enable them understand the concept of hedging
To enlighten the students on securitization and contemporary issues in
C5
securities management.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Bond and Money market instruments: Bonds, market
participants, Money market instruments -
Organization of Government Bond market and role of
RBI in Government Securities. Bond Prices and
I 9 C1
Yields: Pricing of bonds - Time value of money -
nominal Vs. Real interest rates, coupon rate and
current yield, zero coupon rate. Supply and demand of
bonds. Changes in equilibrium interest rates.
Term structure of interest rates: classical theories of
term structure - Yield curve, zero coupon bond yield
curve. Bond price volatility – Price sensitivity – Bond
II Price Immunization - measurement of duration, 9 C2
modified duration – convexity measurement. Factors
influencing Yield. Term structure of Interest rates –
spread, corporate debt instruments.
Active and Passive Bond Portfolio construction -
Management strategies. Indexing-bond indices.
III 9 C3
Setting portfolio objectives, interpreting portfolio
parameters and performance measurement
Swaps and futures, Credit derivatives – credit default
IV swaps, plain vanilla options and more exotic 9 C4
derivatives
Mortgage-backed securities – collateral mortgage
V obligations, Asset Backed Securities-Collateral debt 9 C5
obligations
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Ability to assess bond and money market instruments PO6
Understand the concepts of term structure, interest
CO2 PO7
rates and bond price volatility
Ability to compare and evaluate the fixed income
CO3 PO6,PO7
portfolios
CO4 Understand the how hedging contracts are done PO2
CO5 Obtain knowledge on management of securities. PO6,PO7
Reading List
Tuckman, B., & Serrat, A. (2011). Fixed income securities: tools for today's
1.
markets. John Wiley & Sons.
Martellini, L., Priaulet, P., & Priaulet, S. (2003). Fixed-income securities:
2. valuation, risk management and portfolio strategies (Vol. 237). John Wiley &
Sons.
3. Fabozzi, F. J. (2008). Fixed income securities. John Wiley and Sons.
Veronesi, P. (2010). Fixed income securities: Valuation, risk, and risk
4.
management. John Wiley & Sons.
References Books
Frank J. Fabozz, Bond Markets, Analysis and Strategies, 9th edition, Pearson
1.
India, 2012.
Moorad Choudhry, Masekoldrich, Fixed Income Markets: Instruments,
2.
Applications, Mathematics, 2nd edition,Wiley Finance Series, 2014.
3. Fabozzi, F. J, Fixed income securities, 8th edition, Wiley, 2012.
Choudhry, M, Fixed-income Securities and Derivatives Handbook, 2nd
4.
edition, Wiley, 2010.
Martellini, L, Priaulet, P, Priaulet. S, Fixed-income securities: valuation, risk
5.
management and portfolio strategies, Wiley2005.
Veronesi. P, Fixed income securities: Valuation, risk, and risk management,
6.
1st edition, Wiley.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M
CO 2 M
CO 3 M M
CO 4 M
CO 5 M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
Subject Name L T P O
CIA
Subject Code
Fintech and Investment Elective - - Y - 3 3 40 60 100

Analysis
Course Objectives
To acquire knowledge on validating the performances of various asset classes and
C1
simulate and provide reasoning on the validation
C2 To study the performances of exchanges traded in Indian Market
To simulate and critically validate the performance of momentum strategy for
C3
financial sectors
C4 To simulate the performance of value investing strategy and construct a portfolio
C5 To study the emerging FinTech players in India
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Lab Experiment 1
Simulate and critically validate the performance of
various asset classes - Stock (Reliance, HDFC Bank as
an example), Gold and Bonds (Government Securities as
an example), in terms of Return, Risk, Sharpe Ratio,
over the time period 2011 till current date
Lab Experiment 2
I 9 C1
Based on the results in Lab experiment 1, provide the
reasoning as to why a particular asset class have a higher
Risk/Standard deviation as compared to others
Lab Experiment 3
Simulate and provide reasoning, with examples on how
asset allocation across asset classes reduces risk/standard
deviation of the portfolio
Lab Experiment 4
Study the performance of Exchange Traded Funds in
Indian Market, critically evaluate the performance of
ETF and market penetration of ETF’s in India
Lab Experiment 5
Study the performance of Large Cap ETF’s, vs Gold
ETF from the time period 2011 to till Date
II Lab Experiment 6 9 C2
Construct a portfolio with leverage, for a time period
2015 to till date and study how leverage impacted the
performance of the portfolio
Lab Experiment 7
Constructed a market neutral hedged portfolio for
NIFTY50 benchmark, validate the performance from
2016 to till date
Lab Experiment 8
Simulate and critically validate the performance of
Momentum strategy for Financial Sectors, validate the
performance for the time period 2011 till 2014
Lab Experiment 9
Simulate the performance of market neutral Momentum
III strategy for NIFTY50, evaluate the results for the period 9 C3
2011 till date
Lab Experiment 10
Simulate the performance of market neutral momentum
strategy for sectors - Industrials, Technology, Energy
and Communications, provide the reasoning
performance of the strategy
Lab Experiment 11
Simulate the performance of Value Investing strategy,
using Book to Market, Earnings to Price and evaluate
the results for the period 2014 to till date
Lab Experiment 12
Construct a portfolio with the combination of
Momentum and Value Strategy, evaluate the
IV 9 C4
performance of the portfolio for the period 2014 till date
Lab Experiment 13
Compute the valuation of the Tata Consultancy Services
using discounted cash flow approach
Lab Experiment 14
Compute the valuation of a FinTech start-up using the
discounted cashflow approach
Lab Experiment 15
Study the emerging FinTech players in India and United
States and provide reasoning on the importance of
customer experience in building the product
Lab Experiment 16
Study the role of Government agencies and the FinTech
eco-system in promoting the growth of FinTech sector in
India
Lab Experiment 17
V 9 C5
Study how “Payments” landscape have evolved in India,
China and United States Market, articulate your
reasoning the growth in these markets and with adoption
due to newer technologies
Lab Experiment 18
Study how “Asset Management & Investment
Management” industry. Have evolved in India and
United States market, articulate with reasoning on the
changing business landscape
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course On completion of this course, students will; Program Outcomes
Outcomes
Obtain knowledge on validating the performances of
CO1 various asset classes and simulate and provide reasoning PO1,PO2, PO6
on the validation
Obtain knowledge on the performances of exchanges
CO2 PO2,PO6
traded in Indian Market
Ability to interpret on simulating and critically
CO3 validating the performance of momentum strategy for PO1,PO2
financial sectors
Obtained knowledge on simulating the performance of
CO4 PO1,PO2
value investing strategy and construct a portfolio
Clarity on evaluating the emerging FinTech players in
CO5 PO2
India
Reading List
1. Puschmann, T. (2017). Fintech. Business & Information Systems Engineering,.
Goldstein, I., Jiang, W., & Karolyi, G. A. (2019). To FinTech and beyond. The
2.
Review of Financial Studies.
Brennan, M. J., & Subrahmanyam, A. (1995). Investment analysis and price
3.
formation in securities markets. Journal of financial economics.
Chandra, P. (2017). Investment analysis and portfolio management. McGraw-hill
4.
education.
References Books
Osterwalder, A. – Pigneur, Y. (2010): Business ModelGeneration: A Handbook
1.
For Visionaries, Game Changers, And Challengers. New York: John Wiley& Sons
Van der Kleij, E., Tech Giants Becoming Non‐ Bank Banks. In: The FinTech
2. Book: The FinancialTechnology Handbook for Investors, Entrepreneursand
Visionaries , 2016
Bhandari, M.: India and the Pyramid of Opportunity.In: The FinTech Book: The
3.
Financial TechnologyHandbook for Investors, Entrepreneurs andVisionaries, 2016
Prasanna Chandra, Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management, 5th Edition,
4.
Tata McGraw Hill. 2017
Zvi Bodie;Alex Kane;Alan J. Marcus;Pitabas Mohanty, Investments, 11th Edition,
5.
Tata Mc GrawHill, 2019
6.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S S M
CO 2 S M
CO 3 S S
CO 4 S S
CO 5 M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
International Financial Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Management
Course Objectives
C1 To give clarity on the concept of international finance
C2 To throw light on Foreign Exchange Market
To acquire knowledge on management of foreign exchange exposure and risk
C3
involved in it.
C4 To understand cross-border investment decisions
C5 To study about multinational financing institutions and contemporary issues
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to international finance: Introduction,
Meaning, Nature, scope, Importance, Gold Standard,
I 9 C1
Bretton Woods system, Exchange rate regimes, fixed and
floating exchange rates.
Foreign exchange market: Function and Structure of
the Forex markets, major participants, types of
II 9 C2
transactions and settlements, Foreign exchange
quotations, process of arbitrage.
Management of foreign exchange exposure and risk:
Types of Exposure, Foreign Currency Exposure,
III 9 C3
Economic Exposure, Operations exposure, Interest rate
exposure. Theories - Purchase Power Parity - Interest
Rate Parity – International Fisher Effect
Cross-border investment decisions: Capital budgeting,
Approaches to Project Evaluation, Risk in Cross-border
IV 9 C4
Investment Decisions, Corporate Risk in Investment
Decisions. Financing Decisions of MNC`s.
Multinational financing institutions and
contemporary issues: The International Bank for
Reconstruction and Development, the International
V 9 C5
Development Association, The International Finance
Corporation, International monetary fund, Export and
Import financing.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
CO1 Obtain clarity on the concept of international finance PO2
Understanding on the functions of Foreign Exchange
CO2 PO6,PO7
Market
Obtain knowledge on management of foreign exchange
CO3 PO2,PO7
exposure and risk involved in it.
CO4 Understanding the cross-border investment decisions PO2, PO7
Obtain knowledge on multinational financing institutions
CO5 PO6,PO7
and contemporary issues
Reading List
1. Madura, J. (2020). International financial management. Cengage Learning.
Apte, P. G., & Kapshe, S. (2020). International Financial Management|. McGraw-
2.
Hill Education.
Iatridis, G. (2010). International Financial Reporting Standards and the quality of
3.
financial statement information. International review of financial analysis.
Eun, C. S., & Resnick, B. G. (2010). International Financial Mgmt 4E. Tata
4.
McGraw-Hill Education.
References Books
1. Machi Raju International Financial Management, Third Edition, HPH, 2016.
2. V. A Avadhani, International Financial Management, Second Edition, HPH, 2011
Eiteman & Stonchill, “Multinational Business Finance”, 12th Edition, Pearson,
3.
2010
Cheol Eul & Bruce Resnick, International Financial Management, 7th Edition,
4.
China Machine Press, 2016.
V.K.Bhalla. “International Financial Management for the Multinational Firm”,4th
5.
Edition, S Chand,.2014
6.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 M M
CO 4 M M
CO 5 M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Risks Management in Banks Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To understand risk, risk management, Role of CFO in mitigating risk in banks
C2 To expose to market and exchange rate risk
C3 To familiarize with interest rate risk and liquidity risk
C4 To explore credit risk
To possess knowledge on operational & Technology risk and other contemporary
C5
issues
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to risk: Understanding Risk - Nature of
Risk, Sources of Risk, Need for risk management,
Benefits of Risk Management, Risk Management
I approaches. Risk Classification using ERM Wheel. 9 C1
Information Technology support in mitigating risk. Role
of Chief finance Officer, Chief risk officer and Chief
information officer in mitigation of risk in banks.
Market risk & exchange rate risk: Market Risk –

Identification-measurement-mitigation-risk and
regulatory capital. Portfolio Beta - PV01 - Portfolio
duration - Key rate duration – Convexity - Spread
analysis - Yield curve analysis - Concept of Value at
II Risk - Types of VaR measures - VaR reporting to RBI - 9 C2
Stress testing and back-testing VaR - Conditional VaR
and its relevance - Comparison between VaR and cVaR.
Exchange rate risk- drivers- measurement- risk
management – forecasting- tools- futures, options and
swaps.
Interest rate risk & liquidity risk: Interest rate risk-
relationship between interest rates and option free bond
prices. Duration and Price volatility. GAP and earnings
sensitivity. Measuring Interest rate risk with duration
gap. Economic value of equity analysis. Usage of
derivatives to manage Interest risk- micro hedging-
III 9 C3
macro hedging- SWAPS - caps – floor Liquidity risk –
objectives – CRR & SLR measures - Funding the bank -
Liquidity management - Asset liability management –
objectives- ALCO - functions – risks. ALM – Risk
control and hedging. ALM systems in Banks - RBI
Guidelines. Strategies to mitigate liquidity risk
Credit risk: Drivers- capital adequacy- risk rating and
pricing - loan policy – capital requirement - credit risk
approach – credit ratings. Credit risk mitigation - Credit
derivatives, Securitization. Credit risk management
IV strategies – Credit VaR - Analysis of counterparty credit 9 C4
ratings and adjustment of credit spreads in the valuation
etc. - Credit default swaps (CDS). Sovereign Credit
Rating – Rating - Probability of Default (PD) – LGD -
Stress testing - Early Warning - Scenario Building etc.,
Operational risk & technology risk and
contemporary issues: Operational risk- definition-
types- events. Operational risk management practices-
approaches- organizational setup- responsibilities.
V Identification- measurement- monitoring- mitigation- 9 C5
internal audit. Strategies to mitigate operational risk.
Technology risk: Identification of the drivers and
strategies to mitigate the technology risk - Contemporary
risk management practices in Indian Banks.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Understanding risk, risk management, Role of CFO in PO7
mitigating risk in banks
Ability to critically assess market risk & exchange rate
CO2 PO2,PO6,PO7
risk
CO3 Obtain familiarity with interest rate risk & liquidity risk PO7
CO4 Ability to interpret credit risk , PO2, PO6,PO7
Ability to outline on operational & Technology risk and
CO5 PO7
other contemporary issues
Reading List
Raghavan, R. S. (2003). Risk management in banks. Chartered Accountant-New
1.
Delhi.
Oluwafemi, S., Simeon, A. O., & Olawale, O. (2013). Risk management and
2.
financial performance of banks in Nigeria.
Adeusi, S. O., Akeke, N. I., Adebisi, O. S., & Oladunjoye, O. (2014). Risk
3.
management and financial performance of banks in Nigeria. Risk Management.
Saiful, S., & Ayu, D. P. (2019). Risks management and bank performance: The
4. empirical evidences from indonesian conventional and islamic banks. International
Journal of Economics and Financial Issues.
References Books
Anthony Saunders, Marcia Millon Cornett, Financial Institutions Management: A
1.
Risk Management Approach, McGraw Hill, 2014.
Padmalatha Suresh, Justin Paul, Management of Banking and Financial Services,
2.
3rdedition, Pearson Education, India, 2014.
Don M. Chance, Robert Brooks, An Introduction to Derivatives and Risk
3.
Management, 10th edition, Cengage Learning, 2015.
Michel Crouhy, Dan Galai, Robert Mark, The Essentials of Risk Management,
4.
McGraw Hill, 2014.
5. John Hull, Risk Management and Financial Institutions, Wiley, 2012.
Anthony Saunders, Marcia Millon Cornett, Financial Institutions Management: A
6.
Risk Management Approach, McGraw Hill, 2014.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M
CO 2 S M S
CO 3 S
CO 4 S M S
CO 5 M
Elective Courses: Marketing
Management
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Advanced Marketing Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Research and Consumer
Behaviour
Course Objectives
C1 To create an understanding of market research concepts.
C2 To create awareness of sampling techniques and its implications on market
research.
C3 To throw light on models of consumer behavior.
C4 To foster knowledge on determinants of consumer behavior.
C5 To create awareness on the consumer decision-making process.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I Introduction: Nature and scope of Marketing Research – 7
Marketing Research as an aid to marketing decision
making – Scientific method – Research designs –
C1
Exploratory, descriptive and conclusive – Secondary
and Primary Data Collection Methods – Questionnaire
Construction Procedure.
II Sampling: Sampling Techniques – Sample Size 9
Determination per survey Application of Marketing
C2
Research: Motivation Research – Advertising Research –
Product Research.
III Models of Consumer Behaviour: Nicosia Model - 8
Howard-Sheth Model – Engel- Blackwell-Miniard
C3
Model, Environment infuences on Consumer: Culture –
Social Class – Social Groups – Family– Personal
Influence and Opinion Leadership.
IV Individual Determinants of Consumer Behaviour: 9
Motivation and Involvement – Information Processing –
Learning – Personality and Self Concept – Attitude
Theories and Change. C4
Consumer Decision Processes: Problem Recognition –
Search and Evaluation – Purchasing – Post-purchase
Behaviour.
V Multivariate analysis: Discriminant analysis, Factor 12
analysis, Conjoint analysis, Cluster analysis -
Multidimensional scaling and Multiple Regression - C5
Model Building, Data Visualization Tools – Usage of
forecasting techniques - Time Series Analysis, ARIMA.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Understand the basic concepts of marketing research. PO4,PO7
Understand the complexity of sampling techniques and
CO2 PO4, PO6
its implications on market research.
Have insights on models of consumer behavior and helps
CO3 PO6,PO7
them to develop models.
Possess knowledge on determinants of consumer
CO4 PO6
behavior.
CO5 Have insights on consumer decision process. PO2, PO6,PO7
Reading List
Suja R. Nair , Consumer Behaviour & Marketing Research, Himalaya Publishing,
1.
2015
S. Sumathi, P. Saravanavel,Consumer Behaviour & Marketing Research ,
2.
S.Chand,2003
Rajendra Nargundkar ,Marketing Research: Text and Cases .Tata Mc Graw Hill ,
3.
2017
4. G.C.Beri, Marketing Research ,Tata Mc Graw Hill,2013
References Books
1. Leon Schiffman, and Joseph L. Wisenblit., Consumer Behavior, 11th Edition,
Pearson, 2015.
2. Naresh K.Malhotra and Satyabhusan., Marketing Research, 7th Edition, Pearson,
2019.
3. Barbara G Tabachnick and Linda S Fidell, Using Multivariate Statistics, 7th
Edition, Pearson. 2020.
4. Majumdar, Ramanuj, Consumer Behaviour: Insights from Indian Market, PHI
Learning, 2020.
5. S. Ramesh Kumar., Consumer Behaviour: The Indian Context (Concepts and
Cases), Pearson Education, 2rd Edition, 2021.
Internal Continuous Internal Assessment Test 25 Marks
Evaluation Assignments
Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M S
CO 2 M S
CO 3 S S
CO 4 M
CO 5 S M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Advertising Management
Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
and Sales Promotion
Course Objectives
C1 To introduce students to advertising fundamentals
C2 To impart knowledge on advertising media and budget.
C3 To orient students on advertising agencies and its operations.
C4 To make students understand sales promotion campaigns.
C5 To enable students understand the relevance of sales promotion
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I Advertising: Advertising, objectives, task and process, 7
C1
market segmentation and target audience – Message
and copy development.
II Media: Mass Media - Selection, Planning and 10
Scheduling – Social Media Advertising - Web
C2
Advertising – Integrated programme and budget
planning.
III Implementation: Implementing the programme 10
coordination and control – Advertising agencies – C3
Organization and operation.
IV Sales Promotion: Why and When Sales promotion 10
activities, Consumer and sales channel oriented –
C4
planning, budgeting and implementing and controlling
campaigns.
V Control: Measurement of effectiveness – Ethics,
8 C5
Economics and Social Relevance.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Possess knowledge and good understanding on the
CO1 PO4,PO7
fundamentals of advertising
Have good understanding and knowledge on
CO2 PO2, PO4, PO7
advertising media and budget
Have good orientation on advertising agencies and
CO3 PO5, PO7
its operations.
CO4 Understand sales promotion campaigns. PO4, PO5, PO6
CO5 Understand the relevance of sales promotion PO4, PO6, PO7
Reading List
S A Chunawalla,Advertising Management and Sales Promotion, Himalaya
1.
Publishing,2015
Vv Rathna &S L Guptha,Advertising and Sales Promotion Management,Sultan
2.
Chand,2011
S H H Kazmi & Satish Batra, Advertising and Sales Promotion Management,
3.
Excel Books,2008
Mishra M N ,Sales Promotion and Advertising Management , Mishra M N,
4.
Himalaya Publishing 2015
References Books
1. Advertising and Promotion: An Integrated Marketing Communications
Perspective (SIE) by George E Belch, Michael A Belch, Keyoor Purani, 12 th
edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2021
2. Advertising, Promotion, and other aspects of Integrated Marketing
Communications (Mindtap Course List) by Terence Shimp and J. Craig
Andrews, South-Western College Publishing, 2017.
3. Percy, L. and Rosenbaum-Elliot, R., Strategic Advertising Management,
4 th Edition, Oxford University Press, 2012.
4. Shrimp, T.A., Integrated Marketing Communications in Advertising and
Promotion, 8 th Edition, Cengage Learning India, 2012.
5. Belch, G.E., Belch, M. and Purani, K., Advertising and Promotion, 7 th
Edition,
Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2009.
6. Marshall, P., Ultimate Guide to Facebook Advertising, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, 2011.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M S
CO 2 S S
CO 3 M S
CO 4 S S M
CO 5 M M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Sales and Distribution Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Management
Course Objectives
C1 To introduce students to sales management and its related software
C2 To impart knowledge on sales performance strategies and tactics.
C3 To acquaint students with sales forecasting techniques, sales quotas and sales
force planning
C4 To provide inputs on sales force staffing, training and sales audit.
C5 To orient students on role of distribution in sales management
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I Introduction, Nature, Concepts and Scope -
Organization Framework of The Field Sales Force -
Sales force Automation - Types of Field Sales
Organizations – Career in Field Sales Management.
Field – Emerging trend in Sales Management - Sales
Manager – His Tasks and Responsibilities – Relation 9 C1
with Salesman and Relationships with top
Management – Coordinating and Controlling the
Marketing Mix. Operating Environment for Field
Sales Force. Software application in Sales
management. Sales Management Process.
II Information and Planning: Qualities and Role-
Hierarchy of Objectives and Goals, Concept of
Strategies and Tactics. Development of Sales
Performance Standards –Relationship of Performance 9 C2
Standards to Sales Development Function, its Purpose
and Types, Review of Training and Staffing
Programmes.
III Sales Forecasting – Methods and Procedural Steps in
Forecasting - Sales Budgeting - Allocation of Field
Sales Resources. Design Sales Territories, Procedure
for Designing – Determining Manpower
9 C3
Requirements, Recruiting, Methods and The Selection
System. Sales Quotas, Types of Sales Quotas, its
Purpose and Managerial Evaluation. Man Power
Planning – Tasks, Skill, Qualification.
IV Staffing – Responsibilities, tools and Methods of
Selection. Motivational and Compensation Procedures
for Sales Force – Method of Financial Incentives and
its Purpose – Designing A Compensation Plan.
Evaluation of Performance and Control. Salesmanship
– Sales Positions – Theories of Selling – 9 C4
Understanding Consumer Behavior- Training and
Development of Sales force. Sales Training Process,
Designing Training Content- Training for Different
sales personnel, Training Feedback- Sales Audit and
Analysis – Control of Sales Efforts and Costs.
V Distribution: Role of Distribution in the Marketing
Mix Distribution center
9 C5
network, suppliers milk run, supply tracking, network
configuration, quality control
monitoring; Role and Functions. Transport and
Handling: Economics of Transportation, Determining
Optimum Mode of Transport.
Organization, Machines, Procedures and
Documentation- Policies; Role of Transport;
Transport in emergencies; safety and security of
goods- Dealer Network: Role of Middlemen/Dealer in
Marketing and Distribution-
Channel Information System- Designing a Channel
information system.
Dealer Functions at Wholesale and Retail Level –
National and International Channel of Distribution-
Strategic Plan of Network
– Location, Selection - Appointment and Termination
of Dealers - Morale and Motivation.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be able to understand sales management and its
CO1 PO4, PO6
related software
CO2 Know sales performance strategies and tactics. PO1,PO2, PO6
Understand sales forecasting techniques, sales quotas
CO3 PO4, PO6,PO7
and sales force planning
Know the concepts of sales force staffing, training
CO4 PO5, PO6
and sales audit.
Have knowledge on the role of distribution in sales
CO5 PO6,PO7
management
Reading List
Dr.S.S.Guptha, Sales and Distribution Management – Text and Cases an Indian
1.
Perspective,Laxmi Publications Pvt Ltd; 2018
Pingali Venugopal ,Sales and Distribution Management: An Indian Perspective,
2.
Sage, 2008
3. Ramendra Singh , Sales And Distribution Management,Vikas Publishing , 2016
Tapan K. Panda , Sales and Distribution Management ,Oxford University
4.
Press,2011
References Books
1. Still, R.R., Sales Management: Decision Strategy and Cases, 5th Edition,
Pearson,
2011.
2. Tapan K Panda, Sunil Sahadev, Sales Management, Sales and Distribution
Management ISBN: 9780199499045, Oxford University Press, 2019.
3. Pingali Venugopal Sales and Distribution Management: An Indian Perspective,
SAGE Publications, 2008.
4. Cron, W.L. and DeCarlo, T.E., Sales Management: Concepts and Cases,
10 th Edition, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2011.
5. Havalder, K. and Cavale, V., Sales and Distribution Management, 2nd Edition,
Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2011.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 M S
CO 2 M S S
CO 3 M S M
CO 4 M S M
CO 5 M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Brand Management Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 Understand brand equity & assess the equity of a brand by applying brand equity
models
C2 Examine brand identity and positioning strategy by applying brand identity &
positioning guidelines/templates/model
C3 Ability to develop a comprehensive go to market strategy for a brand
C4 Evaluate various architecture types & examine brand extension strategies for
success
C5 Ability to conduct brand audit & demonstrate knowledge of brand valuation and
methods
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I Introduction: Definition of Brand - Importance of 9
Brands – Branding Challenges and
Opportunities – Brand Equity Concept – Brand Equity
Models – Kepler Brand Identity Model - Brands vs.
C1
Products Constituents of a Brand: Brand Elements –
Brand Identity - Image and Personality – Brand DNA,
Kernel, Codes and Promises – Point of Distribution
and Point of Purchase
II Brand Positioning: Basic Concepts – Risks – Brands 9
and Consumers – Competitive Advantage through
Strategic Positioning of Brands – Points of Parity –
Points of Difference –Brand Building: Designing C2
Marketing Programmes to Build Brands – Role of
Social Media in Brand Building – Managing and
Sustaining Brands Long-Term.
III Brand Image: Image Dimensions, Brand 9
Associations & Image, Brand Identity; Perspectives,
Levels and Prisms. Managing Brand Image – Stages C3
– Functional, Symbolic and Experiential Brands –
Brand Audits – Brand Loyalty – Cult Brands
IV Brand Valuation: Methods of Valuation – Implications 9
for Buying & Selling Brands. Leveraging Brands:
C4
Brand Extension – Brand Licensing – Co-branding –
Brand Architecture and Portfolio Management
V Branding in Practice: Handling Name Changes and 9
Brand Transfer – Brand Revitalisation and
Rejuvenation – Global Branding Strategies –
Building and Managing Brands Across Boundaries – C5
Branding Industrial Products, Services and Retailers
– Building Brands Online – Indianisation of Foreign
Brands and Taking Indian Brands Global.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understand brand equity & assess the equity of a brand
CO1 PO4,PO7
by applying brand equity models
Examine brand identity and positioning strategy by
CO2 applying brand identity & positioning PO1,PO2, PO6
guidelines/templates/model
Possess the ability to develop a comprehensive go to
CO3 PO4, PO6,PO7
market strategy for a brand
Evaluate various architecture types & examine brand
CO4 PO1, PO4
extension strategies for success
Ability to conduct brand audit & demonstrate
CO5 PO5, PO6, PO7
knowledge of brand valuation and methods
Reading List
Kevin Lane Keller, Mats Georgson, & Tony Aperia, Strategic Brand Management,
1.
Kindle 2nd Edition, 2013
2. Brand Management, Palgrave Mcmillan, 2021
3. Journal of brand management, Palgrave Macmillan
4. Journal of Product & brand Management ,Emerald Publishing
References Books
1. Aaker, D., Building Strong Brands, Simon & Schuster, 2010.
2. Chevalier, M. and Mazzalovo, G., Luxury Brand Management: A World of
Privilege, 2nd Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2012.
3. Dutta, K., Brand Management: Principles and Practices, Oxford University
Press, 2012.
4. Gupta, N.R., The Seven Principles of Brand Management, Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, 2011.
5. Kapferer, J.N., The New Strategic Brand Management: Advanced Insights and
Strategic Thinking, 5th Edition, Kogan Page, 2012.
6 Keller, K.L., Strategic Brand Management, 3rd Edition, Pearson, 2011.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S S
CO 2 M S S
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 M S
CO 5 S M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Industrial Marketing Elec Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
tive
Course Objectives
C1 To understand the environment of Industrial Marketing.
C2 To create awareness and understanding of the Organizational buying process.
C3 To provide insights about industrial marketing opportunities.
C4 To have an idea and awareness about Business marketing strategy.
C5 To get familiar about customer relationship management practices and strategies.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I The Environment of Industrial Marketing: A Business 9
Marketing perspective - The Industrial Market: C1
Perspective on the organization buyer.
II Organizational Buying Process: Dimensions of 9
Organizational Buying - Organizational Buying C2
Behaviour.
III Assessing Marketing Opportunities: Business 9
Marketing Intelligence - Segmenting the Organizational
C3
Market - Organizational Demand Analysis: Measuring
Market Potential and Sales Forecasting.
IV Business Marketing Strategy: Business Marketing 11
Planning: Strategic Perspective - Managing the
Business Product Line - Business Marketing Channels -
C4
Business Pricing Function - Advertising Sales
Promotion and Personal Selling Function - Controlling
Industrial Marketing Strategy.
V Customer Relationship Management: Managing your 7
customer service/sales profile - Choosing your CRM
C5
strategy - Tools for capturing customer information -
Managing Relationships through conflict.
Total
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Be aware of the environment of industrial marketing. PO4, PO6
CO2 Possess knowledge of the organizational buying process. PO2, PO6, PO7
CO3 Have insights on industrial marketing opportunities. PO6,PO7
CO4 Learn business marketing strategy. PO6, PO7
CO5 Have better understanding on customer relationship PO4,PO6,PO7
management.
Reading List
1. Milind T.Phadtare ,PHI,Kindle
2. Hory Sarkar Mukerjee, Industrial Marketing ,Kindle
3. Journal of Business and Industrial Marketing,Emerald Group Publishing
4. International Journalmof Industrial Marketing,Macrothink Institute,USA
References Books
1. Phadtare, Milind T., Industrial Marketing, Prentice-Hall, 2nd edition, 2021.
2. Basu, S.K., Sahu, K. C. , Rajiv, B.., Industrial Organization and Management,
Prentice-Hall, 1st edition, 2021.
3. Francis Cherunilam., Industrial Marketing Text and Cases, 1st edition, Himalaya
Publishing House, 2022.
4. Biemans, W.G., Business to Business Marketing; A Value-driven approach, 1st
edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2010.
5. Ghosh, P.K., Industrial Marketing, 1st edition, Oxford University Press, 2005.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M M
CO 2 S M M
CO 3 M M
CO 4 M M
CO 5 S M M

Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Services Marketing Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of Services marketing and
Service Sector
C2 To provide insights on Marketing Mix In Service Marketing
C3 To throw light on Effective Management Of Service Marketing
C4 To elucidate on Quality of Services ,GAPS and factors influencing Services
Marketing
C5 To create awareness and importance of various service sectors like Health,
Hospitality, travel, hotels and Tourism ,Professional Service, Public Utility
Services & Educational Services
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I
Marketing Services: Introduction - Growth of the service
sector - The Concept of Service - Characteristics of
9 C1
Service – Classification of Service – Designing of the
Service, Blueprinting, Using Technology, Developing
Human Resources, Building Service Aspirations.
II Marketing Mix In Service Marketing: The Seven Ps:
Product Decision, Pricing, Strategies And Tactics,
Promotion Of Service And Placing Of Distribution 9 C2
Methods For Services. Additional Dimension In Services
Marketing – People, Physical Evidence And Process.
III Effective Management Of Service Marketing: Marketing
Demand And Supply through Capacity Planning and
9 C3
Segmentation – Internal Marketing of Services –
External versus Internal Orientation of Service Strategy.
IV Delivering Quality Service: Causes Of Service – Quality
Gaps. The Customer Expectations Versus Perceived
Service Gap. Factors And Techniques To Resolve This
Gap Customer Relationship Management.
Gaps in Services – Quality Standards, Factors and
9 C4
Solutions – The Service Performance Gap – Key Factors
and Strategies for Closing the Gap. External
Communication to the Customers – The Promise versus
Delivery Gap – Developing Appropriate and Effective
Communication about Service Quality
V Marketing Of Service With Special Reference: Financial
Services – Health Service - Hospitality Services 9 C5
including travel, hotels and tourism - Professional
Service - Public Utility Services - Educational Services.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Possess knowledge and understanding on the basic
CO1 concepts of managing Services marketing and Service PO4,PO7
Sector
Possess knowledge on Marketing Mix in Service
CO2 PO6
Marketing
Have insights on Effective Management of Service
CO3 PO6,PO7
Marketing
Learn Quality of Services,GAPS and factors influencing
CO4 PO6
Services Marketing
Have better understanding on various service sectors like
Health, Hospitality, travel, hotels and
Tourism,Professional Service, Public Utility Services &
Educational Services
Reading List
R. Srinivasan, Services Marketing: The Indian Context 4th Edition, PHI,Edition,
1.
2014
2. Jayantha Chatterjee Christopher Lovelock,Pearson,2017,Kindle
3. Journal of services marketing,Emerald Insight
4. Journal of service management,Emerald Group Publishing Ltd
References Books
1. Bateman, J.E. and Hoffman, D., Services Marketing, 4thEdition, Cengage
Learning, 2011.
2. Gronoos, C., Service Management and Marketing: Customer Management in
Service Competition, 3rdEdition, Wiley India, 2011.
3. Jauhari, V. and Dutta, K., Services: Marketing, Operations and Management,
Oxford University press, 2009.
4. Lovelock, C., Wirtz, J. and Chatterjee, J., Services Marketing, 7thEdition,
Pearson, 2019.
5. Srinivasan, R., Services Marketing: Indian Context, PHI Learning, 2012.
6. Zeithaml, V., Bitner, M.J., Gremler, D. and Pandit, A., Services Marketing,
5thEdition, Tata McGraw-Hill,2017
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Comprehend overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M S
CO 2 S
CO 3 S M
CO 4 M
CO 5 S S M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Customer Relations Elective 3 0 0 - 3 3 25 75 100
Management
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basics and evolution of CRM
C2 To provide insights on CRM Concepts
To throw light on Planning for CRM and strategy its development in an
C3
organization
C4 To elucidate on CRM and Marketing Strategy
C5 To create awareness and importance of CRM Planning and Implementation
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Evolution of Customer Relationship:
CRM-Definition, Emergence of CRM Practice,
Factors responsible for CRM growth, CRM process,
I framework of CRM, Benefits of CRM, Types of CRM, 9 C1
Scope of CRM, Customer Profitability, Features
Trends in CRM, CRM and Cost Benefit Analysis,
CRM and Relationship Marketing.
II CRM Concepts: Customer Value, Customer 9 C2
Expectation, Customer Satisfaction, Customer
Centricity, Customer Acquisition, Customer
Retention, Customer Loyalty, Customer Lifetime
Value. Customer Experience Management, Customer
Profitability, Enterprise Marketing Management,
Customer Satisfaction Measurements, Web based
Customer Support.
Planning for CRM:
Steps in Planning-Building Customer Centricity,
Setting CRM Objectives, Defining Data
Requirements, Planning Desired Outputs, Relevant
III 9 C3
issues while planning the Outputs, Elements of CRM
plan, CRM Strategy: The Strategy Development
Process, Customer Strategy Grid.
CRM and Marketing Strategy:
CRM Marketing Initiatives, Sales Force Automation,
Campaign Management, Call Centers. Practice of
IV 9 C4
CRM: CRM in Consumer Markets, CRM in Services
Sector, CRM in Mass Markets, CRM in
Manufacturing Sector
CRM Planning and Implementation:
Issues and Problems in implementing CRM,
Information Technology tools in CRM, Challenges of
V 9 C5
CRM Implementation. CRM Implementation
Roadmap, Road Map (RM) Performance: Measuring
CRM performance, CRM Metrics.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
To familiarize the students to the basic and evolution
CO1 PO4,P06,PO7
of CRM
CO2 To provide insights on CRM Concepts PO2,PO3
To throw light on CRM and strategy its development
CO3 PO5,PO6,PO8
in an organization
CO4 To elucidate on CRM and Marketing Strategy PO1,PO5
To create awareness and importance of CRM
CO5 PO3,PO5,PO7
Planning and Implementation
Reading List
1. “How to Win at CRM” Strategy, Implementation, Management,ebook
The Art of CRM: Proven strategies for modern customer relationship
2.
management Kindle Edition
3. Electronic Customer Relationship Management,Kindle Edition
References Books
1. Kincaid, J., Customer Relationship Management: Getting it right, Pearson, 2005.
Kumar, V. and Reinartz, W.J., Customer Relationship Management: A Databased
2.
Approach, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2006.
Makkar, U. and Makkar, H.K., Customer Relationship Management, Tata McGraw-
3.
Hill Education, 2011.
4. Peelen, E., Customer Relationship Management, Pearson, 2008.
Shanmughasundaram, S., Customer Relationship Management: Modern Trends and
5.
Perspectives, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2008.Education, 2010.
6. Kincaid, J., Customer Relationship Management: Getting it right, Pearson, 2005.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M S M
CO 2 S M
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 M S
CO 5 S M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Retail Marketing Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To educate students and enable to understand and analyze current retailing
trends and strategies.
C2 To develop the students towards managing the retail stores and organizations.
C3 To identify the nuances of visual merchandising and its elements.
C4 To know the consumer purchase decision process in the context of organized
retailing.
C5 To emphasis on global retailing strategies.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I Retailing – Definition, scope and importance in the
globalized era, organized and unorganized retailing,
emerging trends in retailing – e-tailing, mega shopping
malls, the modern retail store. Major types of Retail
Organizations, corporate chains, voluntary chains, retail 9 C1
cooperatives, franchise organizations and
merchandizing conglomerates / retail store types / retail
classification of stores, restaurants and service
providing offices.
II The Retail Store - Retail stores management / Roles
and responsibilities of retail store managers / Human
resource management – recruiting, hiring, training and
development, performance management, payroll, work
place scheduling / Store business operations –
materials management, coordination with purchase
department / finance and accounts / Problem solving /
9 C2
Safety and security.Store Essentials – Classification of
grocery items
/ Store Essentials – Location / Store designs / Display
accessories / Store atmospherics / Developing own
brands / The power of mega retailers over manufacturers
/ Dimension attributes and its components that affect
retail outlet selection.
III Visual merchandizing components – merchandize as
focal point, choice of colours, display themes, display to
complement store strategy, spotless cleanliness,
9 C3
frequent change of displays and essentials of good
display, lighting / special display kinds – window,
marquee, freestanding or island, counter, brand corner,
end cap cascade or waterfall displays / Store Exterior –
façade, details, texture.Store Aids – Gadgets that aid
retailing – barcode readers, credit card swipe machines,
money counters, counterfeit detectors, cash register,
coin counter, bill strapping machine, money vacuum
sealing machine. Graphics and Signage / Props / POP’s
/ Planogram.
IV Retail strategies – Supply chain management -
managing material, information and financial flows /
critical success factors /drivers, elements and goals /
basic retail strategies – low price high turnover,
discounted prices across all categories, lifestyle goods
value price / exclusive goods premium price strategy /
retail formatting / retail mix / building customer loyalty 9 C4
/ customer relationship management.Retail Consumer
Behavior – Difference between consumer and shopper /
Frugal, impulsive, compulsive and tightwad buyers /
Sub classification of shopping orientation / Catering to
service consumers – gaps model for improving retail
service quality / retail research.
V Retail Strategies for Global Growth – Building
sustainable global competitive advantage, adapting to
local customs and culture, adopting global culture and
practices / Different entry strategies – direct investment, 9 C5
joint venture, forming strategic alliances and
franchising. Online shopping – different formats, retail
convergence.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be able to enhance knowledge about current retailing
CO1 PO6,PO7
trends and strategies.
The students would be able to develop insights
CO2 PO1,PO2, PO7
towards managing the retail stores and organizations.
Know the significance of visual merchandising
CO3 PO4, PO6,PO7
strategies.
Develop knowledge and Understanding on consumer
CO4 PO4, PO6
buying behavior
Be able to understand the importance of global
CO5 PO4,PO6
retailing strategies.
Reading List
1. The Open University, Retail Marketing, Kindle
2. Barry Berman, Retail Management, Kindle Edition
3. Journal of retailing ,Elsevier
4. International Journal of Sales, Retailing and Marketing,Circle International
References Books
1. Berman, B., Evans, J. and Mathur, M., Retail Management: A Strategic
Approach, 11th Edition, Pearson, 2011.
2. Dunne, P. and Lusch, R., Retail Management, South-Western, 2009.
3. Gilbert, D., Retail Marketing Management, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2006.
4. Goldrick, P., Retail Marketing, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2002.
5. Miller, D., Retail Marketing, Tilde University Press, 2011.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S S
CO 2 M S S
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 M S
CO 5 M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
Externa
Total
CIA
l
Rural Marketing Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To discuss the various aspects of rural marketing as an integral part of marketing
management and develop an understanding of rural marketing.
C2 Differentiate the rural market environment from the urban and semi-urban
markets.
C3 Understand the factors influencing the rural consumer behavior and their
brandloyalty.
C4 To analyze rural markets through marketing mix while applying the marketing
concepts suitable to the rural markets.
C5 To evaluate pricing and distribution strategies for rural consumers.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I Rural Marketing– Definitions, myths and realities of 9
rural marketing, potential of the Indian rural market,
the rate of growth and market share of rural market for
consumer and non durable goods. Needs, Wants and
Demands of the Rural Customer. Values and
satisfaction that spell satisfaction for the rural
C1
customer. The Rural Marketing Environment – Rural
demography – the percentage of youth and their
influence on family buying. Economic capacity and
potential of rural market. Lack of technological support
and infrastructure. Political environment and Rural
Culture and its influence on rural marketing.
II Rural Consumer Behavior – Cultural and sub cultural 9
influences of different regions and within regions.
Caste and social divisions and their influence.
Influence of city educated youth, city bred
daughter/son in law, village heads on rural buying.
Occupation, lifestyle, influence of men over women
C2
and other determinants in rural marketing choice.Rural
Marketing Segmentation – Geographic / Climatic /
Water resources based / Nearness to town based /
Industrialization based / Access by road or railway
based / Demographic based – Population concentration,
Socio Economic Classification, Income based.
III Product – Specifically designed to suit rural environment 9
/ Products that work without electricity on batteries
/Colours to choose rural choice (bright and colourful and C3
not subtle and somber) Smaller packages that are less
priced / Value based but not cheap products that hurt
rural sensitivities. Pricing – Pre conceived notions do not
help / Pricing related to Crop Harvest Times / Special
Occasion Pricing / Pricing relating to rural Festivities
and Fairs (Thiruviza), Easy Payment terms.
IV Place of Sale – Lack of outlets, transportation and 9
warehousing, cost / service dilemma / the village shop
that sells all from groceries to sanitary, cement,
consumer durables and so on. The power of the delivery
cum sales van. Other non conventional delivery
mechanisms such as sales through computer based
kiosks, self help groups, retired army personnel.
Promotion – Logos, symbols and mnemonics to suit rural
understanding. Picture based brands /Packaging should C4
carry pictures for easy identification (Detol Sword /
Nirma dancing girl) Selecting Proper Media Mix – TV /
Radio / Cinema / Outdoor / Audio visual units / Publicity
vans or bullock carts / Contacted Audio visual vans /
Group demonstrations / Puppet Shows / Harikathas /
Music CD’s / Word of Mouth Promotions / Interpersonal
Rural Specific Media through touch, feel and talk modes
of communication.
V Rural Sales Force Management – Importance of Hiring 9
Salesmen willing to work in Rural Environment /
Possess rural culture and congruence / Attitude suited to
Rural Culture / Knowledge of local language, culture and
habits / Ability and willingness to several products at a
time.Corporate and Government Efforts and Innovations
– Mckinsey Study / Hansa Research / National Council C5
of Agricultural and Economic Research / FICCI and
Ernst and Young Studies / DCM Hariyali Kisan Bazar /
ITC Choupal Sagar / Godrej Agrovet (GAVL), HUL’s -
Fair and Lovely, Lipton / Project Shakti / Hindustan
Petroleum’s Rasoi Ghars or community kitchens to
popularize and sell LPG cylinders (cooking gas).
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Have an understanding about basic concepts of rural
CO1 PO4, PO6
marketing.
Be able to Differentiate the rural market environment
CO2 PO6
from the urban and semi-urban markets.
Have In depth understanding the factors influencing the
CO3 PO4.PO6,PO7
rural consumer behavior and their brandloyalty.
Be able to apply the marketing concepts suitable to the
CO4 PO4, PO6
rural markets.
Be able to understand pricing and distribution strategies
CO5 PO2, PO4, PO6
for rural consumers.
Reading List
1. Sanal Kumar Velayudhan, Rural Marketing,Kindle
2. Pradeep Kashyap,Rural Marketing,Kindle
3. International journal of Rural Management,Sage
4. International Journal of trend in scientific research and development,
References Books
1. Bhatia, T., Advertising and Marketing in Rural India, 2nd Edition, Macmillan
Publishers India Ltd., 2007.
2. Dogra, B. and Ghuman, K., Rural Marketing: Concepts and Practices, Tata
McGraw-Hill Education, 2007.
3. Kashyap, P., Rural Marketing, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2012.
4. Krishnamacharyulu and Ramakrishnan, L., Cases in Rural Marketing: An
Integrated Approach, Pearson, 2008.
5. Krishnamacharyulu and Ramakrishnan, L., Rural Marketing: Text and Cases, 2nd
Edition, Pearson, 2011.
6. Velayudhan, S.K., Rural Marketing: Targeting the Non-Urban Consumer, 2nd
Edition, Response Books, 2007.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M S
CO 2 S
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 S S
CO 5 M M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
International Marketing Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To increase globalization by integrating the economies of different countries.
C2 To assist developing countries in their economic and industrial growth by inviting
them to the international market thus eliminating the gap between the developed
and the developing countries.
C3 To assure sustainable management of resources globally.
C4 To propel export and import of goods globally and distribute the profit among all
participating countries.
C5 To enhance free trade at global level and attempt to bring all the countries together
for the purpose of trading.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I International Marketing Environment:
Factors/Dimensions influencing International Marketing
9 C1
– Controllable and Uncontrollable factors in
International Marketing.
II Product Policy – International Product Life Cycle –
Export Pricing.
International Marketing Decision: Marketing
Decision – Market Selection Decision – Market
Entry Decision – Marketing Mix Decision.
International Marketing Research: Marketing
9 C2
Information System – Market Research – Marketing
Research – Methodology for Marketing Research –
International Research Strategy – Desk Research and
Filed Research – Market Oriented Information –
International Marketing Intelligence – Competitive
Intelligence.
III International Sales Contract: Major Laws – INCO
Terms – Standard clauses of International sales Contract
– Role of Indian Council of Arbitration / International
Chamber of Commerce in solving Trade disputes.
International Trade Liberalization: General Agreement
9 C3
on Tariff and Trade (GATT) – World Trade
Organization (WTO) – GATS – UNCTAD – Trade
Blocks: Customs Union – EU – Intra – African Trade:
Preferential Trade Area (PTA) – European Free Trade
Area (EFTA) – Central American Common Market
(CACM) – Latin American Free Trade Association
(LAFTA) – North American Free Trade Agreement
(NAFTA)
– Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN) –
CARICOM – GSTP – GSP – SAPTA – Indian Ocean
RIM initiative – BIM ST – EC – World Bank, IMF,
International Finance Corporation – Multinational
Investment Guarantee Agency (MIGA). World Trade in
Services – Counter Trade – World Commodity Markets
and Commodity Agreements.
IV India’s Foreign Trade: Recent Tends in India’s
Foreign Trade – India’s Commercial Relations and
Trade Agreements with other countries – Institutional
Infrastructure for Export Promotion in India – Export
Assistance – Export Finance – Export Processing
Zones (EPZs) – Special Economic Zones (SEZs) –
Exports by Air, Post and Sea – Small Scale Industries
(SSI) and Exports – Role of ECGC - Role of EXIM
Bank of India – Role of Commodity Boards – Role of
State Trading Agencies in Foreign Trade – STC,
MMTC, etc.
9 C4
Export Regulations: Procedure for export of goods –
Quality control and Pre-shipment Inspection – Excise
Clearance – Customs Clearance – Port Formalities –
Exchange Regulations for Export – Role of Clearing
and Forwarding Agents. Procedure for Executing an
Export Order – Export and Import Documentation -
Export Packing – Containerisation – World Shipping
– Liners and Tramps – Dry ports- Project Exports –
Joint Ventures - Marine Insurance and Overseas
Marketing - Export Payment – Different Modes of
Payment and Letters of Credit.
V World Trade and India: - Globalisation and Role of
Multinational Enterprises (MNEs) - Overview of
9 C5
Export – Import Policy of India – Basic Objectives,
Role and Functions of Export Promotion Councils.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Identify and analyse opportunities within international
CO1 PO4, PO7
marketing environments
Utilise cases, readings and international business reports
to evaluate corporateproblems/opportunities in an
CO2 PO4, PO7
international environment; Select, research, and enter a
new international market;
Prepare an international marketing plan; Develop a
CO3 comprehensive course of action for a business firm PO2, PO4
using formal decision making processes;
CO4 Possess understanding and knowledge on Export trade PO4, PO6, PO7
Have comprehensive knowledge and understanding on
CO5 PO4, PO6
the role and functions of Export Promotion Councils
Reading List
1. R.Srinivasan, International Marketing, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2008
Roger Bennett, Jim Blythe, International Marketing: Strategy Planning, Market
2.
Entry & Implementation, Kogan Page, 2002
3. Journal of International Marketing, SAGE Publications
4. Journal of International Business Studies, Palgrave MmMillan
References Books
1. Baack, D., Harris, E. and Baack, D., International Marketing, Sage Publications,
2012.
2. Cateora, P., Graham, J. and Salwan, P., International Marketing, 13th Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill Education, 2008.
3. Czinkota, M. and Ronkainen, I., International Marketing, 8th Edition,South-
Western, 2007.
4. Onkvisit, S. and Shaw, J., International Marketing: Analysis and Strategy, 3rd
Edition, PHI Learning, 2009.
5. Paul, J. and Aserkar, R., Export Management, Oxford University Press, 2008.
6. Salvatore, D., International Economics: Trade and Finance, 10th Edition, Wiley,
2012.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 S M
CO 4 M S M
CO 5 M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Advanced Selling and
Elective Y 3 3 25 75 100
Negotiation Skills
Course Objectives
To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of selling and sales
C1
organizations
C2 Understand the theories of personal selling and selling strategies
C3 To learn the negotiation skills
C4 The importance of negotiation intelligence and its usefulness
C5 Understand the development of salesforce organization
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Concepts of Selling and Sales Organization:
Sales Management - Evolution of sales function -
Objectives of sales management positions - Functions of
Sales executives - Relation with other executives.
I 9 C1
Sales Organization and Relationship: - Purpose of
sales organization - Types of sales organization
structures - Sales department external relations -
Distributive network relations.
Theories of personal selling and selling strategies:
Theories of personal selling - Types of Sales
executives - Qualities of sales executives -
II 9 C2
Prospecting, pre-approach and post-approach -
Organizing display, showroom & exhibition -Sales
Presentations.
Negotiation strategies and Stages:
Negotiation strategies – Distributive Negotiations-
Integrative Negotiations - Conflict and Dispute
III 9 C3
Resolution - Reasons for negotiations breakdowns -
Legal aspects in Sales & Negotiation - Negotiation
stages - The Preparation Stage - Preparing a range of
objectives - Constants and variables - Researching the
other party - The Discussion Stage - Rapport building
- Opening the negotiation - Questioning techniques -
Listening skills - Controlling emotions - Art of
persuasion and emotions – ethics in sales.
Negotiating Intelligence, Bargaining & Closing:
Negotiating Intelligence - Influencing and
assertiveness skills - Spotting the signs - non-verbal
communication and voice clues - The Proposing Stage
IV - Stating your opening position - Responding to 9 C4
offers – Adjournments - Administering Contracts and
Role of Negotiations - The Bargaining and Closing
Stage - Making concessions - Closing techniques -
Confirming agreement.
Sales force Administration & Management:
Sales Analysis - Sales quotas - sales budget - sales
V territory allocation - sales audit - Sales Force 9 C5
Management - Recruitment and Selection - Sales
Training - Sales Compensation -Contemporary Issues.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
On completion of this course, students will; ProgramOutcomes
Outcomes
Possess the knowledge on the basic concepts of the
CO1 P01, PO3, PO7
sales organization.
CO2 Possess knowledge about theories of selling PO1, PO2, PO7, PO8
CO3 Have insights negotiation strategies PO1, PO3, PO6
CO4 Have understanding about negotiation skills PO2, PO5, PO7
Develop knowledge about salesforce administration
CO5 PO1, PO3, PO8
and management
Reading List
Selling and Negotiation Skills - A Pragmatic Approach - Prashant Chaudhary –
1.
Sage publishing
2. Advanced negotiation techniques, A McCarthy, S Hay - Springer
3. Negotiation Skills, AF Galal - books.google.com
Commercial negotiation skills,
4.
S Ashcroft - Industrial and Commercial Training, - emerald.com
References Books
Naresh K. Malhotra (2019) Marketing Research: An Applied Orientation, 7th
1.
Edition Pearson Education,ISBN-13: 978-0134734842.
Dawn Iacobucci (2014), Marketing Models: Multivariate Statistics and
2. Marketing Analytics, Createspace Independent Publishing Platform, ISBN 13:
9781502901873.
V. Kumar, Robert P. Leone, David A. Aaker, George S. Day and Gopal Das
3. (2018), Marketing Research, 13th Edition, Wiley Publication, ISBN:
9788126577125
4. Hair, J.F., Jr., Black, W.C., Babin, B.J. & Anderson, R.E. (2014). Multivariate
data analysis: Pearson new international edition (7th ed.). Upper Saddle River,
N.J.: Pearson Education. ISBN: 9781292021904.
Sarstedt, M.; Mooi, E. (2019), A Concise Guide to Market Research: The
5. Process, Data, and Methods Using IBM SPSS Statistics. Third Edition, Berlin:
Springer Berlin.
Naresh K. Malhotra (2019) Marketing Research: An Applied Orientation, 7th
6.
Edition Pearson Education,ISBN-13: 978-0134734842.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S M S
CO 2 S S S S
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 S M S
CO 5 S S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Channel Management
Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Strategies
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of Marketing Channels
C2 To provide insights on Channel Design
C3 To throw light on Channel Implementation
C4 To elucidate on Channel Institutions
C5 To create awareness and importance of Channel performance assessment
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Marketing Channels: Meaning –
I Structure – Functions - Importance - Types - Contribution 9 C1
of channel partners to marketers and consumers.
Channel Design: Channel design – Demand, supply and
Channel efficiency - Types of channels based on
II segmentation – Supply side channel analysis – Channel 9 C2
flows and efficiency analysis – Channel Structure and
Intensity – Gap analysis
Channel Implementation: Channel power – Getting it,
using it, keeping it – Managing Conflict to Increase
III Channel Coordination – Strategic Alliances in 9 C3
Distribution – Vertical Integration in Distribution – Legal
Constraints on marketing channel policies.
Channel Institutions:
Retailing, Wholesaling, Franchising, Electronic Marketing
Channel - Logistics and Supply Chain Management -
IV Omni and Hybrid Channels - Channel proliferation – 9 C4
online, offline, business to business, business to
consumer, vertical and backward channel integration.
Channel performance assessment:

Evaluation of Channel members’ performance – Criteria –
V Process - Channel Efficiency – Channel Compensation – 9 C5
Performance Metrics
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of
CO1 P01, PO3, PO7
Marketing Channels
PO1, PO2, PO7,
CO2 To provide insights on Channel Design
PO8
CO3 To throw light on Channel Implementation PO1, PO3, PO6
CO4 To elucidate on Channel Institutions PO2, PO5, PO7
To create awareness and importance of Channel
CO5 PO1, PO3, PO8
performance assessment
Reading List
1. Channel strategy - Springer LINK
2. Channel Management - ResearchGate
3. Channel Management - SAGE Journals
4. Journal of Marketing Channels
References Books
Palmatier, R., Stern, L., & El-Ansary, A., Marketing Channel Strategy Routledge
1.
2016.
2. K. G. Hardy , Allan J. Magrath(1988) , Marketing Channel Management
Meenal Dhotre, Channel Management and Retail Marketing 2010, Himalaya
3.
Publishing House
4. Furey, T., & Friedman, L. (2012). Channel Advantage, The. Routledge.
Fotiadis, T., & Folinas, D. (2017). Marketing and Supply Chain Management:
5.
A Systemic Approach. Routledge.
Anne T. Coughlan, Erin Anderson, Louis W. Stern and Adel I. El – Ansary,
6.
Marketing Channels, 7th Edition 2008, Pearson
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S M S
CO 2 S S S S
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 S M S
CO 5 S S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Customer Engagement
Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Marketing
Course Objectives
C1 Understand how to build good customer relationships
C2 Acquire methods for uncovering the customer’s needs
C3 Understand the importance of making a persuasive case
C4 Learn how to say ‘no’ to unreasonable demands
C5 Master techniques for structuring effective customer meetings
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Concepts and Meaning of Customer Engagement:
Customer Relationship Management, Customer
Experience Management and Customer Engagement –
I Customer Engagement Behaviour: Behavioral 9 C1
perspectives of customer engagement and Theoretical
Foundations – The Process of Customer Engagement -
Metrics for Engaging Customers
Customer Engagement and Brand Relationships:
Connective Brands with Customers - Assessing
Customer Engagement and brand relationship -
II 9 C2
Customer Engagement in virtual brand community –
Social Network platforms - Customer Engagement in
offline brand community.
Conceptualizing and Measuring Customer
Engagement Value: Customer Brand Value, Customer
III 9 C3
Lifetime Value, Customer Referral Value, Business
Reference Value.
Engagement, Interactivity, Social Media and
IV Technology: Customer Influence Value, Customer 9 C4
Knowledge Value - Managing the Customer
Engagement Value Framework - Organizational
Challenges
Emerging Customer Engagement: Antecedents and
outcomes of Customer Engagement - Developing a
V Spectrum of Positive to Negative Citizen Engagement 9 C5
- Negative Customer Brand Engagement in Blogs -
Contemporary Issues in customer engagement.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Explain and illustrate the strategic role of data PO3, PO4, PO7
CO1
analytics in digital marketing.
Identify and evaluate appropriate tools and PO3, PO8
CO2 techniques to analyse digital marketing performance.
Apply a variety of data collection and analysis PO3, PO8
CO3 technologies for the purposes of digital marketing
analysis.
Interpret digital marketing data analysis and PO2, PO5, PO7
CO4 translate it into tangible strategic and tactical
insights.
Consider the ethical considerations of big data in PO4, PO5, PO7
CO5 sustainable businesses.
Reading List
1. A Pansari, V Kumar - Customer engagement marketing, 2018 - Springer
Customer engagement: Contemporary issues and challenges
2.
RJ Brodie, LD Hollebeek, J Conduit - 2015 - books.google.com
Past, present, and future of customer engagement
3. WM Lim, T Rasul, S Kumar, M Ala - Journal of Business Research, 2021 -
Elsevier
Strategic customer engagement marketing: A decision making
framework
4.
A Alvarez-Milán, R Felix, PA Rauschnabel… - Journal of Business …, 2018 -
Elsevier
References Books
Kumar V (2014), Profitable Customer Engagement Concept, Metrics and
1.
Strategies, Sage Publications Pvt. Limited, New Delhi, India
Palmatier, Robert W., Kumar, V., Harmeling, Colleen M. (2018), Customer
2.
Engagement Marketing, Palgrav Macmillan, India
Linda Pophal (2014), The Everything Guide To Customer Engagement:
3. Connect with Customers to Build Trust, Foster Loyalty, and Grow a Successful
Business, Adams Media, Massachusetts, USA.
Roderick J. Brodie, Linda D. Hollebeek and Jodie Conduit (2016), Customer
4.
Engagement, Contemporary Issues and Challenges, Routledge
5. Engagement Marketing by Goodman Gail F. John Wiley & Sons Inc (2018)
Customer Engagement Marketing- Robert W. Palmatier, V. Kumar, Colleen
6.
M. Harmeling (2018)
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S M S
CO 2 S S
CO 3 M S
CO 4 M S M
CO 5 S S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Digital Marketing Elective Y 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
Understand the digital marketing space and acquire knowledge on digital
C1
marketing strategy
C2 To learn and comprehend on SEO and SEM
C3 To acquire knowledge on the various channels of SMM
C4 To learn, understand, and evaluate Search analytics and Web analytics
C5 To create awareness and understanding on google analytics
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Digital Marketing Strategy: Digital vs. Traditional
marketing- Online marketing space - Significance of
digital marketing - Online marketing mix - E-products -
I 9 C1
STP - E-price - E-Promotion - Affiliate marketing -
Online tools for Content Marketing – Market influence
analytics in Digital Eco System.
SEO:Keyword strategy – SEO strategy – SEO success
factors – On page and Off page techniques - Search
II 9 C2
Engine Marketing (SEM) – Working of Search Engine –
SEM Components.
Social Media Marketing: Social Media Channels –
Email marketing – SMS marketing - Social Media
Strategy - Web PR and Online reputation management -
III Adwords - PPC Advertising - Video SEO - Conversion 9 C3
Optimization Monitoring - trends analysis – dashboards -
segmentation - Navigation analysis (funnel reports, heat
maps, etc.).
Search and Web Analytics: Search analytics Current
trends & challenges - web analytics & Web 2.0, multi-
channel marketing management, web mining & predictive
analytics - Understanding the key fabric of the Web -
Sources of data: clickstream data, online surveys, usability
research - Clickstream data collection techniques - web
IV server log analysis - page tagging - Web metrics and Key 9 C4
Performance Indicators (KPIs): simple views, visitor
counts, measuring content, engagement, conversions, etc.
Framework for mapping business needs to web analytics
tasks - Data collection architecture- Introduction to
OLAP, Web data exploration and reporting - Introduction
to Splunk.
Google Analytics: Key features and capabilities of
Google analytics - how Google analytics works -
implementing Google analytics - getting up and running
with Google analytics - navigating Google analytics -
V 9 C5
using Google analytics reports - Google metrics - using
visitor data to drive website improvement - focusing on
key performance indicators- integrating Google analytics
with third-party applications.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
To examine and explore the role and importance of
CO1 digital marketing in today’s rapidly changing business P01, PO3, PO7
environment.
To focusses on how digital marketing can be utilised
PO1, PO2, PO7,
CO2 by organisations and how its effectiveness can
PO8
measured.
To know the key elements of a digital marketing
CO3 PO1, PO3, PO6
strategy
To study how the effectiveness of a digital marketing
CO4 PO2, PO5, PO7
campaign can be measured
To demonstrate advanced practical skills in common
CO5 digital marketing tools such as SEO, SEM, Social PO1, PO3, PO8
media and Blogs.
Reading List
M Bala, D Verma - … (2018). A Critical Review of Digital Marketing …, 2018 -
1.
papers.ssrn.com
Digital marketing: global strategies from the world's leading
2. experts
YJ Wind, V Mahajan - 2002 - books.google.com
Digital marketing: A practical approach
3.
A Charlesworth - 2014 - taylorfrancis.com
Modern trends in the development of digital marketing
4. NI Arkhipova, MT Gurieva - RSUH/RGGU Bulletin. Series …, 2018 -
ideas.repec.org
References Books
Rob Stokes, (2014), e-marketing: The Essential Guide to Digital Marketing,
1.
5thedition, Quirk Education.
Dave Chaffey, Fiona Ellis-Chadwick, Richard Mayer, Kevin Johnston, (2012),
Internet Marketing: Strategy, Implementation and Practice, Prentice Hall.Liana
2.
Evans, (2010), Social Media Marketing: Strategies for Engaging in Facebook,
Twitter & Other Social Media, Que Publishing.
Vandana Ahuja, (2015), Digital Marketing, 1stedition, Oxford University
3.
Press.
Avinash Kaushik, (2009), Web Analytics 2.0: The Art of Online
4.
Accountability and Science of Customer Centricity.
5.
6.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Comprehend overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S M S
CO 2 S S S S
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 S M S
CO 5 S S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Marketing Analytics Elective Y 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of Marketing analytics.
C2 To provide insights on Business Strategies.
C3 To throw light on Product and Price analytics.
C4 To elucidate on distribution analytics.
C5 To create awareness and importance of sales analytics.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Marketing Analytics Framework: Introduction to
Marketing Analytics and Models. Market Insight -
Market Data Source – treatment of outliers, Market
sizing, PESTLE Market analysis, Porter Five Force
I 9 C1
Analysis Market segment identification, targeting and
positioning - Tools and Techniques: Regression,
Cluster Analysis, and Perceptual Mapping
Techniques.
Business Strategy and Operations: Analytics based
strategy selection with strategic models - Strategic
II 9 C2
Scenarios, Strategic Decision Models, and Strategic
Metrics.
Business Operations: Forecasting - Predictive
Analytics - Data Mining - Balanced Scorecard -
Critical Success Factors.
Product and Price Analytics: Product analytics:
Conjoint Analysis model - Decision Tree Model -
Portfolio Resource Allocation - Product/ service Metrics,
III Attribute Preference testing. 9 C3
Price Analytics: Pricing Techniques - Pricing
Assessment - Profitable pricing - Pricing for Business
Markets - Price Discrimination.
Distribution and Promotions Analytics: Distribution
Analytics: Distribution Channel Characteristics - Retail
Location selection, Channel Evaluation and Selection -
Multi-channel Distribution.
IV 9 C4
Promotion Analytics: Promotion Budget estimation -
Promotion Budget Allocation – Ad value equivalence
model - Promotion Metrics for traditional Media -
Promotion Metrics for social media.
Sales Analytics: E commerce sales model, sales
metrics, profitability metrics and support metrics -
V Rapid decision models - data driven presentations - 9 C5
contemporary issues and opportunities in application
of marketing analytics in different sectors.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understand the basic concepts of Marketing
CO1 P01, PO3, PO7
analytics.
CO2 Analyse and Implement Business Strategies. PO1, PO2, PO7, PO8
CO3 Use differential Product and Price analytics. PO1, PO3, PO6
CO4 Compare and employ on distribution analytics. PO2, PO5, PO7
CO5 Use appropriate sales analytics. PO1, PO3, PO8
Reading List
Marketing analytics: Methods, practice, implementation, and links to other fields
1.
SL France, S Ghose - Expert Systems with Applications, 2019 - Elsevier
Marketing analytics for customer engagement: a viewpoint
2. S Nagaraj - International Journal of Information Systems and Social …, 2020 -
igi-global.com
3. Journal of Marketing Analytics - Palgrave Macmillan
4. Applied Marketing Analytics | Henry Stewart Publications
References Books
Stephen Sorger, (2013), MARKETING ANALYTICS, Strategic Models and
1.
Metrics, First Edition, Admiral Press.
Gary L. Lilien and Arvind Rangaswamy (2014), Marketing Engineering:
2. Computer Assisted Marketing Analysis and Planning, 2nd edition, Trafford
Publishing UK.
Wayne L. Winston (2014), Marketing Analytics: Data-Driven Techniques with
3.
Microsoft Excel, First Edition, Wiley, Indianapolis.
Paul W. Farris, Neil T. Bendle, Phillip E. Pfeifer, David J. Reibstein (2010),
4.
Marketing Metrics, 2nd Edition, Pearson USA.
Mike Grigsby (2018), Marketing Analytics: A Practical Guide to Improving
5. Consumer Insights Using Data Techniques, 2nd Edition, NY: Kogan Page
Limited, New York.
Rajkumar Venkatesan, Paul W. Farris, Ronald T. Wilcox, Marketing Analytics
6. Essential Tools for Data-Driven Decisions, University of Virginia Press, 1st
Edition, 2021.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S M S
CO 2 S S S S
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 S M S
CO 5 S S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Marketing Metrics Elective Y 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To understand market share and concept of customer profitability.
C2 To provide fundamental knowledge on product and portfolio management.
C3 To understand the Margins & Profits, Pricing Metrics, price sensitivity.
C4 To provide fundamental knowledge on promotional and Advertising metrics
C5 To expose the students to Linking marketing metrics to financial performance
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Market Share and Customer Profitability: Market
share: Share of Mind, Share of Heart -Market share in
Units – Market share in Revenue, Relative Share -
Competitive analysis - Market Concentration - Market
I Penetration – BDI-CDI. 9 C1
Customer Profitability - the value of individual
customers and Relationships - Customers Regency
and Retention. Prospect Value - Average acquisition
cost - Average retention cost.
Product & Portfolio Management: Trial, Repeat,
Penetration, and Volume Projections ,Growth:
Percentage and Compound Annual Growth Rate,
II Cannibalization Rates and Fair Share Draw - Brand 9 C2
equity metrics -Conjoint utilities and consumer
projections - Segment utilities - Conjoint utilities and
volume projections.
Margins & Profits, Pricing Metrics: Unit Margin-
Margin percentage - Channel Margins - Average Price
per unit - Price per statistical unit - Variable and fixed
costs-Marketing spending- Contribution per unit-
Contribution margin percentage - Break even sales -
III 9 C3
Target volume - Target revenues.
Price sensitivity and optimization - setting prices to
maximize profits - Price Premium, Reservation Price,
Percent Good Value- Price elasticity of demand -
optimal price - residual elasticity
Promotions and Advertising Metrics: Promotion
Metrics: Temporary price promotions - Baseline Sales,
Incremental Sales, and Promotional Lift ‐ Redemption
IV Rates for Coupons / Rebates. The central measures of 9 C4
advertising coverage and effectiveness - Model for
consumer response to advertising –
Advertising Metrics: Impressions, Gross Rating
Points, and Opportunities to See Cost per Thousand
Impressions (CPM) Rates. Reach/Net Reach and
Frequency. Share of Voice Impressions
Sales force and Channel Management: Linking
marketing metrics to financial performance – Workload -
Sales potential forecast - Total sales force effectiveness -
Sales force organization, performance, and
compensation.
Distribution coverage and logistics. Sales Force
V Coverage, Sales Force Goals. Sales Force Results. 9 C5
Sales Force Compensation. Facings and Share of
Shelf Out of Stock and out-of-Service Levels - Direct
product profitability – GMROI - Net profit-Return on
sales-Return on investment - Economic profits – EVA
– payback – NPV – IRR – ROMI - Application of
marketing metrics in organizations.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Able to understand market share and concept of
customer profitability.
Become familiar with fundamental knowledge on
CO2 PO2, PO5, PO6,
product and portfolio management.
Able understand the Margins & Profits, Pricing
Metrics, price sensitivity.
Become familiar fundamental knowledge on
promotional and Advertising metrics
Become familiar about Linking marketing metrics to PO1, PO3, PO5, PO7,
CO5 financial performance PO8
Reading List
Key marketing metrics: the 50+ metrics every manager needs to
1. knowP Farris, N Bendle, P Pfeifer, D Reibstein - 2017 -
books.google.com
Content marketing metrics: Theoretical aspects and empirical
2. evidence
E Rancati, N Gordini - European Scientific Journal, 2014 - core.ac.uk
Marketing metrics: The definitive guide to
measuring marketing performance
3.
PW Farris, N Bendle, PE Pfeifer, D Reibstein - 2010 - books.google.com
Marketing metrics:: Status of six metrics in five countries

4. P Barwise, JU Farley - European Management Journal, 2004 - Elsevier
References Books
1.
Stephen Sorger, (2013), MARKETING ANALYTICS, Strategic Models and
2.
Metrics, First Edition, Admiral Press.
Gary L. Lilien and Arvind Rangaswamy (2014), Marketing Engineering:
3.
Computer-Assisted Marketing Analysis and Planning, Trafford Publishing UK
Wayne L. Winston (2014), Marketing Analytics: Data-Driven Techniques with
4.
Microsoft Excel, Wiley, Indianapolis.
Customer Experience 3.0: High-Profit Strategies in the Age of Techno Service,
5.
john A goodman, Amacom, 2014.
6.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S S S M
CO 2 M S S
CO 3 S S M M
CO 4 S M M S
CO 5 S M S S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
New Product Strategies Elective Y 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of New Product Strategy
To provide insights on Generation of new product ideas and identifying new
C2
market opportunities
To throw light on Selecting Market opportunity and Designing new market
C3
offers
C4 To elucidate on Brand identity development
C5 To hypothesize and implement new product Entry Strategies
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Basics of New Product Strategy: New Product
Strategy-decisions- consumer behavior adoption and
I 9 C1
diffusion of innovations; characteristics, purpose, risk
in new products; PLC.
Idea Generation and Development: Generation of
new product ideas and identifying new market
II 9 C2
opportunities, New Product Planning Process-stage
gate system and its application.
The Product offer: Selecting Market opportunity and
III Designing new market offers-Concept Generation and 9 C3
Evaluation, Developing and Testing Physical offers.
New Product Brand Development and Pricing
Strategies: Importance of Brand decisions and Brand
IV 9 C4
identity development; Pricing of a new product, Pre-
test Marketing.
New Product Launch: Entry Strategies - Pre-launch,
V 9 C5
during launch and Post launch preparations.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be familiar with the basic concepts of New Product
CO1 P01, PO3, PO7
Strategy
Be well versed in Generation of new product ideas
and identifying new market opportunities
Select Market opportunities and Designing new
CO3 PO1, PO3, PO6
market offers
CO4 Develop Brand identity development PO2, PO5, PO7
Hypothesize and implement new product Entry
CO5 PO1, PO3, PO8
Strategies
Reading List
1. Product Strategy & Roadmaps, Kindle Edition, 2017
Roman Picher, Strategize: Product Strategy and Product Roadmap Practices for
2.
the Digital Age, Kindle Edition, 2016
3. Journal of Product Innovation, 2004 - Wiley Online Library
4. Industrial Marketing Management, 2009 - Elsevier
References Books
Ulrich, Karl, Eppinger, Steven, (2012), Product Design and Development,
1.
5thedition, McGraw-Hill.
Crawford, Merle, Di Benedetto, Anthony, (2014), New Products Management,
2.
11th edition, McGraw-Hill.
Robert G.Cooper, (2011), Winning at New Products, Creating Value through
3.
Innovation, 4th edition, Basic Book, Perseus Books Group.
Bettencourt, Lance, (2010), Service Innovation: How to Go from Customer
4.
Needs to Breakthrough Services, McGraw-Hill.
Jaime Levy (2021), UX Strategy: Product Strategy Techniques for Devising
5.
Innovative Digital Solutions, O'Reilly Media, Inc.
Ulrich, Karl, Eppinger, Steven, (2012), Product Design and Development,
6.
5thedition, McGraw-Hill.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S M S
CO 2 S S S S
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 S M S
CO 5 S S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Strategic Marketing Elective Y 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To learn fundamentals of strategic marketing
C2 To have understanding about external environmental analysis
C3 To know about strategic marketing advantage
C4 To have insights about market resource allocation and customer value
To get familiar about implementation and contemporary issues in marketing
C5
strategy
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Strategic Marketing:
Fundamentals of Marketing Strategy - Market scope -
I 9 C1
competitive advantage - strategic target and strategic
advantage - consumer and business markets.
External environmental analysis:
Political, economic, socio cultural, technological
II forces and strategic uncertainty in marketing. Analysis 9 C2
of effects Scenario analysis and forecasting for
marketing.
Strategic marketing advantage:
Strategic marketing group analysis – Types of
Strategic marketing group - Strategic marketing group
III mapping - positional advantage and sources of 9 C3
advantage in marketing – Creating and Challenging
Competitive Advantage – Creating Corporate
Advantage.
Marketing Resource allocation and customer value:
Meaning – Types and Principles of Resource
allocation models – Allocation between advertising
IV and sales promotion – Allocation to new media - 9 C4
Allocation across markets and countries – Allocation
to future research issues - Portfolio methods used for
product market combination for different SBUs.
Implementation issues in marketing strategy and
Contemporary Issues: Marketing mix policies,
V control, implementation and marketing organization 9 C5
issues. Effect of current digital era on marketing
strategy.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
On completion of this course, students will; Program Outcome
Outcomes
CO1 Understand fundamentals of strategic marketing P01, PO3, PO7
Learn and understand about external environmental
analysis
Having knowledge about strategic marketing
CO3 PO1, PO3, PO6
advantage
Derive insights about market resource allocation and
CO4 PO2, PO5, PO7
customer value
Familiar about implementation and contemporary
CO5 PO1, PO3, PO8
issues in marketing strategy
Reading List
1. D. W. Cravens, N Piercy, Strategic marketing, academia.edu, 2006
RMS Wilson, C Gilligan Strategic Marketing Management, taylorfrancis.com,
2.
2012
Strategic marketing and marketing strategy: domain, definition,
3. fundamental issues and foundational premisesR Varadarajan -
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 2010 – Springer
4. Journal of Strategic Marketing, Taylor & Francis,
References Books
Ferrell, O. C., & Speh, T. W. (2017). Marketing Strategy, Loose-Leaf Version.
1.
Cengage Learning.
West, D. C., Ford, J., & Ibrahim, E. (2015). Strategic marketing: creating
2.
competitive advantage. Oxford University Press, USA.
Andaleeb, S. S., & Hasan, K. (Eds.). (2016). Strategic marketing management
3. in Asia: case studies and lessons across industries. Emerald Group Publishing
Limited.
Abratt, R., & Bendixen, M. (2018). Strategic Marketing: Concepts and Cases.
4.
Routledge
Morgan, R. E. (2016). Strategic marketing: New horizons in theory and
5. research. J. Rudd, M. Jaakkola, & G. W. Marshall (Eds.). Emerald Group
Publishing Limited.
Ferrell, O. C., & Speh, T. W. (2017). Marketing Strategy, Loose-Leaf Version.
6.
Cengage Learning.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S M S
CO 2 S S S S
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 S M S
CO 5 S S S
Elective Courses: Human Resource Management
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Human Resources
Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Development
Course Objectives
To understand the requirements of HRD Professional in the present content
C1
with the developmental perspective of HRD.
To analyse and explore the models and factors influencing employee behavior
C2
and Learning.
To explore the developing needs of Human capacity and its impact of HRD
C3
initiatives.
C4 To understand the training need & explore the technique for development.
C5 To explore the recent trends in career planning & development.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction:Definition, Scope and objectives -
I Evolution of HRD - DevelopmentalPerspective of 9 C1
HRD - HRD at macro and micro levels: Outcomes of
HRD in theNational and Organizational
contexts.Qualities and Competencies required in a
HRDprofessional.Importance of HRD in the Present
Context.Development of
HRDMovementinIndia.DifferencebetweenHRMandHR
DOrganisationofHRDFunction.
Human Resource Development System: HRD
Mechanisms – Climate and Culture –Influences of
Employee Behaviour – Model of Employee Behaviour –
External
andInternalFactorsInfluencingEmployeeBehaviour.
II LearningandHRD:LearningPrinciples– 9 C2
MaximizingLearning–
IndividualDifferencesintheLearningProcess–
LearningStrategiesandStyles–
RecentDevelopmentsinInstructionalandCognitivePsych
ology.
Developing Human Capacity:Aptitude -Knowledge -
Values -Skills of HumanRelations -Responsiveness -
Loyalty and Commitment -Transparency -
LeadershipDevelopment.
III 9 C3
Evaluating HRD:Human Resource Accounting -HR
Audit and Benchmarking -
ImpactAssessmentofHRDinitiativesonthe bottom-
lineofanorganization.
TrainingandDevelopment:MeaningandScopeoftrainin
g-educationanddevelopment; Trainingneedanalysis-
TypesoftrainingInternalandexternal– On -job Training
& Job shadowing, SGTA- Outbound Training -
IV 9 C4
Attitudinal training - Principles Involved in Selection
of TrainingMethod–
TechniquesofTrainingDifferentLevels -
Trainingeffectiveness.
CareerPlanningand Development: Definition -
objectives – importance – career development –Career
path defining- principles of theoriescareerplanning–
stepsinvolved–successionplanning.
V Recent Trends in HRD:Training for trainers and HRD 9 C5
professionals – Goal-directed work system behavior-
Dynamics of HR & Employee Engagement-
Sustainable Human Development-
PromotingResearchinHRD.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Understand the need of the HRD professionals. PO1, PO8
Integrate the concept and practical implication of
CO2 PO3, PO5
learning & behavior.
CO3 Understand the developing need of Human capacity. PO3, PO5
CO4 Understand Training need & its development. PO1, PO2, PO4
Have a better understanding of career planning &
CO5 PO6, PO7, PO8
development.
Reading List
Brian Becker, Mark Huselid, Dave Ulrich, ‘The HR Scorecard’, Harvard
1.
Business School Press.
Kirsten & Martin Edwards, ‘Predictive HR Analytics: Mastering the HR
2.
Metric’, Kogan Page.
KirsWayne Cascio, John Boudreau, ‘Investing in people. Financial Impact of
3.
Human Resource Initiatives’.
4. Tomas Chamorro-Premuzic, ‘The Talent Delusion’.
References Books
Gibb,S.,HumanResourceDevelopment:Foundations,Process,Context,3rdEdition,
1.
PalgraveMacmillan,2011.
McGuire,D.andJorgensen,K.,HumanResourceDevelopment,SageSouthAsia,20
2.
11.
Noe,R.andDeo,A.,EmployeeTrainingandDevelopment,5thEdition,TataMcGraw-
3.
HillEducation,2012.
4. Rishipal,Training and DevelopmentMethods,S.Chand,2011.
Saks,A.,PerformanceManagementthroughTrainingandDevelopment,CengageL
5.
earning,2010.
Werner,J.M.andDeSimone,R.L.,HumanResourceDevelopment,5thEdition,Ceng
6.
ageLearning,2012.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M
CO 2 S S
CO 3 M M
CO 4 M M M
CO 5 M M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Performance Management Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To summarize basic concepts of performance management.
C2 To employ, and design performance management process.
C3 To interpret optimal use of performance analysis techniques.
C4 To elucidate role of Performance Management system and standards in place.
C5 To constitute and appraise high performance teams.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction:Performance ManagementDefinition –
History, Dimensions of– Rolein Organizations –
Characteristics of an ideal Performance Management
I 9 C1
Systems –
ChallengesofaPoorlyImplementedPerformanceManage
mentSystem.
Performance Management Process:
DefiningPerformance–DeterminantsofPerformance –
Approaches to Measuring Performance – Performance
II 9 C2
in PerformanceManagement – Process of Performance
Management – Performance Management
andHumanResourceManagement.
Performance Planning:Ongoing support and coaching
Theoriesof Goal-setting –Setting Performance Criteria
– Components of Performance Planning - Objectives
III 9 C3
ofPerformanceAnalysis– Performance standards; BIS,
ISO 9001/27001/14001/18001- Crisis Management-
PerformanceAnalysisProcess.
Performing Review and Discussion:
PerformingReviewandDiscussion:SignificanceofPerfor
IV 9 C4
manceReviewinPerformance Management – Process of
Performance Review. Performance
Ratings:FactorsaffectingAppraisals– MethodsandErrors–
ReducingRaterBiases.Performance ReviewDiscussions:
Objectives– Process – Role of
Mentoring andCoachinginPerformanceReview.
Managing Team Performance:
ManagingTeamPerformance:TypesofteamsandImplicatio
nsforPerformanceManagement – Purpose and Challenge of
Team Performance Management –
V RewardingTeamPerformance 9 C5
Implementing Performance ManagementSystem:
Factors affecting Implementation –
PitfallsofImplementation–
TraditionalPracticesintheIndustry.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Recognize and apply performance management
CO1 PO2, PO6
techniques.
Design performance management process across
CO2 PO2, PO8
various business units.
Formulate, comply and implement performance
CO3 PO2, PO4, PO7
analysis tools and standards.
Construct performance review and employ
CO4 PO1, PO5
Performance Management system.
CO5 Critique team management strategies. PO1, PO5
Reading List
1. Sir John Whitmore, ‘Coaching for Performance’
2. Andrew S Grove, ‘High output Management’
3. Camille Fournier, ‘The Manager’s Path’
4. Christopher D lee, ‘Performance Conversations’
References Books
Aguinis, H., Performance Management, 4th Edition, Chicago Business Press,
1.
2019.
Jason Lauritsen, Unlocking High Performance: How to use performance
2. management to engage and empower employees to reach their full potential, 1st
Edition, Kogan Page, 2018.
T V Rao, Performance Management: Toward Organizational Excellence, 2nd
3.
Edition, SAGE response, 2015.
Armstrong, M., Armstrong’s Handbook of Performance Management, 4th
4.
Edition, Kogan Page, 2012.
Madhu Arora, Poonam Khurana, Sonam Choiden, Performance Management-
5.
Happiness and Keeping Pace with Technology, 1st Edition, CRC Press, 2020.
Hedda Bird, The Performance Management Playbook, 1st Edition, Pearson,
6.
2022.
Internal Continuous Internal Assessment Test 25 Marks
Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 M S
CO 5 M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Organizational Development Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To generalize a fair comprehension of basic concepts on OD.
C2 To assimilate design elements of OD.
C3 To summarize effects of Organizational culture and reinforcing techniques.
C4 To illustrate effectiveness of working in teams.
C5 To interpret constructs of well-being and approaches to achieving a balance.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction:Introduction- evolution- basic values and
I assumptions- foundations of OD- Process of OD - 9 C1
managing the phases of OD- Organizational diagnosis
– OD Techniques - Questionnaire, interview,
workshop, task-force- collecting, analyzing- feedback
of diagnostic information.
Approaches:KeyOrganizationalDesigns–Procedures-
Differentiation&Integration-BasicDesign–
II 9 C2
DimensionsDeterminationofStructure-ForcesReshaping
Organization–LifeCyclesinOrganization.
Organizational culture: Key Role of Organizational
Culture - Functions & Effects ofOrganizational Culture
III 9 C3
- Leaders role in shaping and reinforcing culture,
Developing a GlobalOrganizationalCulture.
Groups & teams: Work Groups & Teams - Preparing
for the world of work Group Behavior -
IV Emergingissues of Work Organization and Quality of 9 C4
Work Life – Career stage model –
Movingupthecareerladder.
Wellbeing: Stress and Well Being at Work: Four
approaches to stress - Sources of stress at
V 9 C5
work,consequencesof stress -
PrevalentStressManagement - Managerialimplications.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Comprehend and justify basic concepts on OD. PO2, PO6
CO2 Assimilate and design OD process. PO4, PO8
Summarize Organizational culture and use reinforcing
CO3 PO3
techniques.
CO4 Illustrate effectiveness of working in teams. PO1, PO5
Interpret constructs of wellbeing and approaches to
CO5 PO1, PO3, PO5
achieving a balance.
Reading List
1. Laslo Bock, ‘Work Rules-Insights from inside Google’
2. Edgar H Schein, ‘Organisational Culture and Leadership’
3. Kirk Blackard, James W Gibson, ‘Capitalizing on conflict’
4. Peter S Cohan, ‘Value Leadership’
References Books
Anderson, D., Organization Development: The Process of Leading
1.
OrganizationalChange, 5th Edition, SagePublication2019.
W. Warner Burke, Debra A. Noumair, Organization Development: A Process
2.
of Learning and Changing 3rd Edition, Pearson FT Press, 2015.
French, W., Bell, C. and Vohra, Organization Development: Behavioral
3. ScienceInterventions for Organization Improvement, 6th Edition, Pearson
Higher Education,2017.
Cummings, T., Theory of Organization Development and Change, 9th
4.
Edition,South-Western,2011.
5. Cheung-Judge, M. and Holbeche, L., Organization Development: A
Practioner’sGuidefor ODandHR,KoganPage, 2nd Edition, 2015.
Ramanarayan,S.andRao,T.V.,OrganizationDevelopment:AcceleratingLearning
6.
andTransformation, 2ndEdition,SageIndia,2011.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 M
CO 4 M S
CO 5 M M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Industrial and Labour
Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Relations
Course Objectives
To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of Industrial Relations in
C1
order to aid in understanding how an industry functions.
C2 To provide insights on Industrial Harmony and Conflicts
C3 To throw light on Labour Relations, Joint consultation
C4 To explicate on Trade Union, Problems and role of Indian Trade Unions.
C5 To elucidate on Collective Bargaining, Tripartite Machinery
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Industrial Relations: The changing concepts of
Industrial relations- Factors
I 9 C1
affectingemployeestability.ApplicationonPsychology
toIndustrialRelations.CodesofConduct.
Industrial Harmony and Conflict: Harmonious
relations in industry- importance andmeans; cause of
industrial disputes- Machinery forsettling of disputes-
Negotiation-Conciliation-Mediation-
II 9 C2
ArbitrationandAdjudication-Strikes-Lock-outs- Lay-off
and Retrenchment- CodeofDiscipline-
Grievanceprocedure-Labourmanagementco-
operation;Worker’sparticipationinmanagement.
Labour Relations: Changing concept of management
labour relations- Statute laws-Tripartiteconventions-
developmentoftheideaofsocialjustice-
III limitationofmanagementprerogativesincreasinglabourre 9 C3
sponsibilityinproductivity. Joint Consultation: Principal
types- Attitude of trade unions and management-
Jointconsultationin India.
Trade Unions: Trade Unions and their growth- economic-
social and political conditionsleading to the development
of trade unionism- Theories of trade unionism- Aim
andobjectivesoftradeunions-
Structureandgoverningoftradeunions.
IV Problems and Role of Indian Trade Unions: 9 C4
Recognition and leadership- Finances andMembership-
Compulsoryversusfreemembership-Politicalactivities-
Welfare-Legislation- Majority and Minority unions-
Social responsibilities-positive role
ineconomicandsocialdevelopment.
Collective Bargaining: Meaning- Scope- Subject matter
and parties- Methods andtactics- Administrations of
collective bargaining agreements- Charter of Demands &
V Counter Demands- Fair and unfair labourpractice. 9 C5
Tripartite Machinery: At the center and in the states-
I.L.O. – Its functions and role inlabourmovement –
Industrialhealthandsafety-Industriallegislations.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Generalize with the basic concepts of Industrial
CO1 PO2, PO6
Relations.
CO2 Enumerate insights on Industrial Harmony and PO4, PO8
Conflicts.
CO3 Have insights on Labor Relations, Joint Consultation PO8
Summarize best practices of Trade Union, Problems
CO4 PO1, PO5
and role of Indian Trade Unions
Demonstrate policies for Collective Bargaining,
CO5 PO1, PO3, PO5
Tripartite Machinery.
Reading List
1. Campbell Balfour, ‘Industrial Relations in the common market’
2. Michael Poole, ‘Theories of Trade unionism’
3. Srikanth Goparaju, ‘Industrial Relations in Modern India’
4. Glenn Diesen, ‘Great Power Politics in the fourth Industrial Revolution’
References Books
Tripathi PC, Gupta C B & Kapoor N D., Industrial Relations and Labour
1.
Laws., 6th Edition 2020.
Sen, R., Industrial Relations: Text and Cases, 2nd Edition, Macmillan
2.
PublishersIndia, 2009.
Monappa, Nambudri and Selvaraj, Industrial Relations and Labour Laws, 2nd
3.
Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2012.
PRN Sinha, and Sinha Indu Bala, Industrial Relations, Trade Unions and
4.
Labour Legislation, Pearson, 3rd Edition, 2017.
Sivarethinamohan R, Industrial Relations and Labour Welfare, PHI Learning,
5.
1st Edition 2010.
VenkataRatnam, C. S., Industrial Relations, Oxford University Press, 2nd
6.
Edition, 2017.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 S
CO 4 M S
CO 5 M M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Career Management Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To comprehend the dimensions of career planning and career development,
C1
career management.
To demonstrate techniques of self-assessment and changing landscapes of
C2
career management.
To discuss and debate on contemporary issues in career management, Career
C3
Anchors, and solutions for working families.
To introspect and design Process of Career planning and career development,
C4
predict and construct Career Road Maps.
To summarize and select appropriate Learning and Development for Career &
C5
Organizational growth
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Career Management: Meaning and
overview of career, career planning, career
development and career management – Differences
I 9 C1
between Career Management, Career Development and
Career Planning. Objectives and importance of career
management.
Self-Assessment and Career Management: Self-
Assessment and Career Management - Understanding
the new career - Changing landscape of careers,
II 9 C2
Protean career, Career and identity, Understanding
lifestyle and personal vision. Managing your career:
Skills assessment and peer coaching.
Contemporary Issues in Career Management:
Contemporary issues in Career Management -
Developing Career and Work-life implications- Work,
III gender and dual career couples. Lifespan career 9 C3
development, Career Anchors, Fast track Careers Vs
Slow track careers, Mid Life career blues. Career
challenges and solutions for working families.
Career Management System in Organization:
Career Management from Organizational Point of
View - Career Planning Vs Succession Planning,
IV Process of Career planning and career development. 9 C4
Career management strategies. Career Management
Systems. Career guidance and counseling. Managers
Role in Career Management. Career Road Maps.
Role of Learning in Career Growth: Learning and
Development for Career & Organizational growth;
V Strategies of getting organizations into learning mode; 9 C5
Expanding your Horizons. Learning Culture - Learning
Management Systems.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Comprehend fairly the dimensions of career planning
CO1 PO4, PO6
and career development, career management.
Demonstrate techniques of self-assessment and
CO2 PO2, PO8
changing landscapes of career management.
Debate and conclude the contemporary issues in
CO3 career management, Career Anchors, and solutions PO3, PO6
for working families.
Introspect and design Process of Career planning and
CO4 career development, predict and construct Career PO1, PO8
Road Maps.
Summarize and select appropriate Learning and
CO5 PO1, PO3, PO6
Development for Career & Organizational growth
Reading List
Ben Horowitz, ‘The Hard Thing About Hard Things: Building A Business
1.
When There Are No Easy Answers’.
2. Angela Duckworth, ‘Grit: The Power Of Passion and Perseverance’.
Elaine Welteroth, ‘More Than Enough: Claiming Space For Who You Are (No
3.
Matter What They Say)’.
Amy Cuddy, ‘Presence: Bringing Your Boldest Self To Your Biggest
4.
Challenges’.
References Books
Bill Burnett, Dave Evans, Designing Your Life: How to Build a Well-Lived,
1.
Joyful Life, Knopf Publisher, 1st edition 2016.
2. John Lees, Career Road Map, Acorn Books Ltd, 1st edition 2016.
Greenhaus, J.H., Callanan, G. A., and Godshalk, V.M. 2009, Career
3.
Management 3rd Edition, The Dryden Press, Harcourt College Publishers
Harrington, Brad and Hall, Douglas T. (2008). Career management and work /
4. life integration: Using Self-Assessment to Navigate Contemporary Careers, 1st
edition Sage Pub.
Dr. Gandham Sri Rama Krishna, Dr. N.G.S. Prasad, Miss Ch. Maheswari
5.
Rambai, Encyclopedia of Personality Development and Career
Management,1st Edition 2016 Himalaya publishing house Pvt. Ltd.
Jonothan P West, Career Planning, Development, and Management: An
6.
Annotated Bibliography Routledge, 1st edition 2017.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 S M
CO 4 M M
CO 5 M M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Emotional Intelligence and
Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Managerial Effectiveness
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of Emotional Intelligence
C2 To provide insights on Emotional Competencies
C3 To throw light on Emotional literacy
C4 To elucidate on significance of Emotional Intelligence
C5 To create awareness and importance of Emotional Learning in organizations
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Emotional Intelligence: Emotional
Brain, Theories of Emotion, Emotional Intelligence,
I 9 C1
concept and its evolution, Differences between
emotional quotient and intelligent quotient.
Emotional Competencies: The emotional competency
framework- Self awareness, self regulation, motivation,
II social awareness (empathy) and Social skill 9 C2
(relationship management), Measuring Emotional
Intelligence- The emotional competency inventory.
Emotional literacy: Emotional intelligence and
emotional literacy, Managing aggression and
III depression, Emotional literacy training- developing 9 C3
emotional skill (awareness), cognitive skills and
behavioural skill.
Emotional Intelligence at work place: The role of EI
IV in leadership, EI and Leadership styles, Need of EI in 9 C4
Building Teams.
Emotional Learning in organizations:Training of EI
in organization, developing emotional competencies
V 9 C5
through relationship at work and implementing EI
programs.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Recognize and apply basic concepts of Emotional
CO1 PO4, PO6, PO7
Intelligence
CO2 Enumerate and chart Emotional Competencies PO3, PO6, PO8
CO3 Annotate and signify Emotional literacy PO6, PO7
CO4 Be aware of using Emotional Intelligence tools PO1, PO7, PO8
Hypothesize and assimilate importance of Emotional
CO5 PO1, PO6, PO7
Learning in organizations
Reading List
1. Goleman, Richard Boyatzis, Annie McKee, ‘Primal Leadership’.
2. Travis Bradberry, Greaves, ‘Emotional Intelligence 2.0’
Colleen Stanley, ‘Emotional intelligence for sales success: Connect with
3.
customers and get results’
4. David R. Caruso, Peter Salovey, ‘The Emotionally Intelligent Manager’.
References Books
Daniel Goleman, Emotional Intelligence, Bloomsbury Publishing India Private
1.
Limited, 25th Anniversary Edition 2020.
2. Rajagopalan Purushothaman, Emotional Intelligence, SAGE Essentials, 2021.
Dalip Singh ,Emotional Intelligence at Work :A Professional Guide, SAGE, 1st
3.
Edition 2015.
4. M S Battacharya, Emotional Intelligence, Excel Publications, 1st Edition 2007.
Deepa R, Unearthing your Emotional Intelligence, Notion Press, 1st Edition,
5.
2020.
Sumner Redstone ,Peter Knoble ,A Passion to Win: An Autobiography ,
6.
Simon & Schuster, 1st Edition 2001.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S S M
CO 2 M S S
CO 3 S M
CO 4 M M S
CO 5 M S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
HR Analytics Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To derive a strong understanding of HR Analytics, Process and impact
C2 To expand the learning on statistics and toolkits of HRM
C3 To summarize the best practices in HR analytics
C4 To collate and appraise optimal methods for measuring HR contribution
C5 To develop and construct HR regulations and reporting requirements
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to human resource analytics:
Understanding HR indicators, metrics and data, HR
Analytics Process, Frameworks for HR Analytics:
I 9 C1
LAMP Framework, HCM 21 Framework. Application
of analytical techniques to evaluate human capital
impact on business.
Statistics for HRM: Statistical analysis for HR,
Toolkits, Compensation KPIs, Power interest
II 9 C2
stakeholder matrix, Data models, Creating dash boards,
analyzing and reporting.
Best Practices in HR analytics:
Staffing, supply and demand forecasting, Total
compensation analyses, Performance Analytics,
III 9 C3
Attrition Analytics, Learning and Development
Analytics, Diversity Analytics, Employee engagement
analytics - Employee satisfaction analytics.
Measuring HR contribution:
Developing HR Scorecard, Developing HR Analytics
IV Unit: Analytics Culture, Analytics for decision making, 9 C4
Analytics for Human Capital in the Value Chain-
Balance Score card – ROI –Predictive Analytics.
HR regulations and reporting requirements: HR
Policies, Procedures and guidelines, Key regulations
and reporting requirements, connecting missions or
V 9 C5
goals to HR Benchmarks and metrics, Reporting &
Advising - the 4 rules of reporting HR analytics -
importance of data visualization.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Gain clarity on the concept of HR Analytics PO1, PO2, PO6
CO2 Explore on statistics and toolkits PO1, PO3, PO6
Contrasting and assimilating best practices in HR
CO3 PO2, PO6
analytics
Demonstrate in analyzing optimal methods for
CO4 PO1, PO6
measuring HR contribution
Design and construct HR regulations and reporting
CO5 PO1, PO2, PO6
requirements
Reading List
Mong Shen Ng, ‘Predictive HR Analytics, Text Mining & Organizational
1.
Network Analysis (ONA)’
Nigel Guenole, Jonathan Ferrar, and Sheri Feinzig, ‘The Power of the People:
2.
Learn How Successful Organizations Use Workforce Analytics to Improve
Business Performance’
Steve van Wieren, ‘Quantifiably Better: Delivering Human Resource (HR)
3.
Analytics from Start to Finish’
Erik van Vulpen, ‘The Basic Principles of People Analytics: Learn How to Use
4.
HR Data to Drive Better Outcomes for Your Business and Employees’
References Books
Martin Edwards, Kirsten Edwards, Predictive HR Analytics: Mastering the HR
1.
Metric, Kogan Page, 2nd Edition, 2019.
Pease G., Beresford B., Walker L., Developing Human Capital: Using
2. Analytics to Plan and Optimize your Learning and Development Investments.
Wiley, 1st Edition, 2014.
Fitz-Enz, J., The New HR Analytics: Predicting the Economic Value of Your
3. Company's Human Capital Investments, American Management Association
Amacom, 1st Edition, 2018.
Bassi, L., Carpenter, R., and McMurrer, D., HR Analytics Handbook, Reed
4.
Business, McBassi & Company, 1st Edition, 2012.
Sesil, J. C., Applying advanced analytics to HR management decisions:
5. Methods for selection, developing incentives, and improving collaboration.
Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Pearson Education, 1st Edition, 2017.
Dipak Kumar Bhattacharyya, Hr Analytics: Understanding Theories and
6.
Applications, Sage Publications India Private Limited, 1st Edition, 2017.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M S
CO 2 M M S
CO 3 M S
CO 4 M M
CO 5 M M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Learning and Development Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To introduce to L&D Organisations, Models, Practices and Experiential
C1
Learning Cycles.
To assimilate arguments towards designing L&D framework, Mapping
C2
organizational learning maturity and Skill Gap Analysis.
C3 To introspect the ethical implications and L&D delivery and Design Thinking.
C4 To demonstrate coaching and implementation of L&D strategies.
To evaluate the L&D approaches, Learning theories, Learning Analytics and
C5
redesign continuous learning
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Learning & Development Foundation:
The Design & Dynamics of Learning- Contemporary
Skills for Efficient Facilitation- Contemporary
Frameworks & Tools to Evaluate L&D Programs-
I 9 C1
Leadership & Management Development-
Organizational Design & Development-Learning Vs
Training, Training Cycle, Experiential Learning
Cycles-Creating Learning ecosystems.
Learning and Development Strategy: Objectives
and learning outcomes-Sequencing learning content-
Training & Learning Methods-Monitoring, Assessing
and Evaluation-Building a Culture of Learning-
II Learning Strategy- Setting Up the Learning 9 C2
Landscape-Mapping organizational learning maturity,
Setting up learning programs and strengthening the
informal learning landscape; Skill Gap Analysis-
Learning Key Techniques.
Delivery: Delivery Styles, L&D activities, Physical
Environment – Tools & Techniques, digital learning
III 9 C3
content, Delivery and Evaluations; Role of Learning
and Development Practitioners-Issues, Design
Thinking; Ethics in Learning and Development.
Coaching Strategy: Introduction to Coaching -
Evidence-Based Coaching-Coaching Process-
Models- Benefits; Mentoring Process- Models-
IV 9 C4
Benefits; Social Media and Collaborative Learning;
Learning & Development In Organisations: Strategy,
Evidence And Practice.
Learning Engagement, Evaluation and Learning
Analytics: Learner Engagement, Factors affecting
Learning, Psychology and Neuroscience of Learning-
Strategies for learning enhancement and engagement.
V Learning Evaluation theory and thinking -process and 9 C5
practice-Evaluation Methods, Approaches, Tools-
Analyzing and reporting recommendations.
Learning Analytics: Collecting Learning Data -
Implementing Learning Analytics.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Comprehend importance of L&D Organisations and
CO1 design Models, Practices and Experiential Learning PO1, PO2, PO6
Cycles.
Assimilate arguments towards designing L&D
CO2 PO1, PO6, PO8
framework and Mapping Organisational Learning.
CO3 Introspect the ethical implications of L&D delivery. PO6, PO8
Illustrate implementation of coaching and
CO4 PO1, PO6, PO8
implementation of L&D strategies.
Design and evaluate the L&D approaches for
CO5 PO1, PO2, PO6
continuous learning and development.
Reading List
1. Boller, Fletcher, ‘Design Thinking for Training and Development’
Sharon Boller, Karl Kapp, ‘Play to Learn: Everything You Need to Know
2.
About Designing Effective Learning Games’
3. Michelle Weise, ‘Preparing for Jobs That Don't Even Exist Yet’
Jaime Roca, Sari Wilde, ‘The Connector Manager: Why Some Leaders Build
4.
Exceptional Talent – and Others Don’t’
References Books
Rebecca Page-Tickell, Learning and Development: A Practical Introduction
1.
(HR Fundamentals Book 15), 2nd edition, 2018 by Kogan Page.
Kathy Beevers, Andrew Rea, David Hayden, Learning and Development
2.
Practice in the Workplace 2019, CIPD - Kogan Page; 4th edition.
Michelle R. Weise, Long Life Learning, Preparing for Jobs that Don't Even
3.
Exist Yet, 1st Edition, Wiley 2020.
Sharon Boller, Laura Fletcher, Design Thinking for Training and
4. Development: Creating Learning Journeys That Get Results, ATD Press, 1st
edition, 2020.
Thomas Garavan, Carole Hogan, Amanda Cahir-O'Donnell & Claire Gubbins,
5. Learning & Development in Organisations: Strategy, Evidence and Practice, 1st
edition, Oak Tree Press, 2020.
Andrew Mayo, Creating a Learning and development strategy, 2nd edition,
6.
Viva CIPD, 2017.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 M M S
CO 2 M S M
CO 3 S M
CO 4 M M M
CO 5 M M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Organizational Change Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To gather meaning and nature of organizational change and change process
C1
and models.
To comprehend management of change and effective ways of managing
C2
change
C3 To familiarize about the change agents
C4 To summarize in-depth analysis of OD interventions
C5 To draw insights on HR management interventions.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Organizational Change: Meaning, Nature, Forces for
change- change agents- Change process-Types and
forms of change- Models of change- Resistance to
I 9 C1
change – individual factors – organizational factors –
techniques to overcome change- Change programs –
job redesign.
Management of Change: Diagnosing the organization,
determining the desired future state, Implementation
Action, Evaluating the Action, Institutional Action
Research.
II 9 C2
Effective Ways of Managing Change: Evolutionary
and Revolutionary change in organization: Continuous
versus discontinuous changes, Uni-directional and
cyclic changes.
Change Agents: ChangeAgents:Skills– External and
Internal Change Agents - Resistancetochange-
III 9 C3
Managingtheresistance to change -
Levin’schangemodel.
OD Intervention: Human process interventions-
Individual, group and inter-group human relations-
structure and technological interventions- strategic
IV 9 C4
interventions – sensitivity training – survey feedback,
process consultation – team building – inter-group
development.
HR Management Interventions:
Performance management, employee development,
Workforce diversity and wellness. Strategic
V interventions - Mergers and acquisitions - 9 C5
Organizational Culture Change - Team Intervention,
third party peace-making, Structural Intervention,
Comprehensive OD Interventions.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Comprehend meaning and nature of organizational PO1, PO2, PO6, PO7,
CO1
change and change process and models. PO8
Gain knowledge about the management of change
and effective ways of managing change
CO3 Contrast and hypothesize the change agents PO2, PO6, PO7, PO8
Gain in-depth knowledge about OD interventions PO1, PO5, PO6, PO7,
CO4 PO8
Draw insights about HR management interventions. PO1, PO2, PO5, PO6,
CO5 PO7, PO8
Reading List
William and Susan Bridges, ‘Managing Transitions: Making the Most of
1.
Change’.
John Kotter and Holger Rathgeber, ‘Our Iceberg Is Melting: Changing and
2.
Succeeding Under Any Conditions’.
Al Comeaux, ‘Change (the) Management: Why We as Leaders Must Change
3.
for the Change to Last’.
4. Spencer Johnson and Kenneth Blanchard, ‘Who Moved My Cheese’.
References Books
Palmer. I, Dunford. R, Akin. G,(2016), Managing organizational change: A
1.
multiple perspectives approach, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill Irwin
R. G. Priyadharshini, Organizational Change and Development, Cengage
2.
Learning, 1st Edition 2015.
Thomas G. Cummings, Christopher G. Worley: Organisation Development
3.
And Change, Thomson Learning, 11th Edition, 2020.
Paul Gibbons, The Science of Successful Organizational Change: How Leaders
4. Set Strategy, Change Behavior, and Create an Agile Culture, Pearson FT Press,
1st Edition 2015.
Organizational, Design, and Change-Gareth R. Jones, Pearson Education, 5th
5.
Edition 2007.
Dipak Kumar Bhattacharya, Organizational Change & Development, OUP
6.
India, 1st Edition, 2011.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M S M M
CO 2 M M S M
CO 3 M S M M
CO 4 M S M M M
CO 5 M M S M M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Strategic HRM Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of Strategic Management
C2 To provide insights on Environmental Forecasting
C3 To throw light on Human Resource Strategy
C4 To elucidate on Strategic Human Resource Processes
To create awareness and importance of New Economic Policy and HRM
C5
Strategy
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Strategic Management: Nature and Significance;
Dimensions of Strategic Decisions;Strategic
Management Model and components; Strategy
I 9 C1
Formulation: Formulating a Company Mission;
Forces Influencing the Strategy Formulation; Porter’s
Model;
Environment Forecasting: Analyzing the Company
Profiles; Formulating Long-Term Objectives and
Grand Strategies; Strategy Implementation;
II 9 C2
Institutionalizing the Strategy; Structure, Leadership
and Culture, Evaluating the Strategy; Corporate
Strategy and Global Strategy.
Human Resource Strategy (HRS): Concept,
Approaches, HRS and Business Strategy;Change
III Management Strategies, Training and Development 9 C3
Strategies; Organizational Performance and HRS:
HRM Strategy and Difficulties in its implantation
Strategic Human Resource Processes: Work force
Utilization and Employment Practices; Efficient
Utilization of Human Resources; Dealing with
employee shortages;selection of employees; Dealing
IV 9 C4
with employee surpluses and special implementation
challenges. Reward and development systems;
Strategically Oriented Performance Management
Systems; oriented compensation systems and
employee development.
New Economic Policy and HRM Strategy: Role of
Human Resources in Strategy Formulation:
V Integrating Human Resources in Strategic Decisions; 9 C5
HRS and HRIS; Human Resource Strategy: Some
Key Issues, HRM Strategy for Future.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Comprehend application of Strategic Management PO1, PO2, PO6, PO7
Evaluate Corporate Strategy & aid in Environment
CO2 PO1, PO6, PO7
Forecasting
Develop strategies, approaches for higher
CO3 PO1, PO2, PO6
Organisational Performance
Elucidate on Strategic Human Resource Processes
CO4 PO1, PO6, PO7
and resource utilization
Analyse and formulate New Economic Policy and
CO5 PO2, PO6, PO7
HRM Strategy
Reading List
J.C. Spender, ‘Business Strategy: Managing Uncertainty, Opportunity, and
1.
Enterprise’.
Mark Schaefer, ‘Return On Influence: The Revolutionary Power of Klout,
2.
Social Scoring, and Influence Marketing’.
3. Niraj Dawar, ‘Tilt: Shifting Your Strategy from Products to Customers’.
W. Chan Kim, ‘Blue Ocean Strategy, Expanded Edition: How to Create
4.
Uncontested Market Space and Make the Competition Irrelevant’.
References Books
Ananda Das Gupta,Strategic Human Resource Management Formulating and
1. Implementing HR Strategies for a Competitive Advantage, Productivity Press
New York-Rouledge, 1st Edition 2020.
Tanuja Agarwala, Strategic Human Resource Management, Oxford University
2.
Press, 1st Edition 2007.
Gary Rees & Paul Smith,Strategic Human Resource Management An
3.
International Perspective,Sage,3rd Edition, 2021.
Marielle G. Heijltjes,Strategic Human Resource Management, Sage
4.
Publications Ltd. (UK), 1st Edition 2000.
Rajib Lochan Dhar : Strategic Human resource Management, Excel Books
5.
New Delhi, 1st Edition 2010.
David Ulrich, Jon Younger, Wayne Brocbank, ‘HR from the Outside In: Six
6. Competencies for the Future of Human Resources (BUSINESS BOOKS)’,
McGraw Hill. 1st Edition, 2012.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 M M S M
CO 2 M S M
CO 3 M M S
CO 4 M M M
CO 5 M M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Talent Management Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To have clear understanding of the concept of talent management and its role
C2 To acquire knowledge on talent planning
C3 To obtain knowledge on talent acquisition and retention
To understand the concept of competency mapping and models of competency
C4
mapping
C5 To understanding the methodology to be followed in competency mapping
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Talent Management: Definition,
Meaning of Talent Management, Objectives & Role
I of Talent Management in building sustainable 9 C1
competitive advantage to a firm, Key Processes of
Talent Management, Benefits of Talent Management,
Talent vs. knowledge people, Source of Talent,
Consequences of failure in managing talent , Tools
for Managing Talent.
Building blocks of talents
management: competencies – performance
management, conducting performance reviews,
Appraising executive talent, selecting the right
appraisal.
Talent Planning – Understanding the needs
and mind set of employees, Succession
management process, Integrating succession
planning and career planning, designing
II succession planning program, talent 9 C2
development budget, contingency plan for talent;
building a reservoir of talent, compensation
management within the context of talent
management.
Talent Acquisition and Retention – Talent
Acquisition- Defining Talent Acquisition, Develop
high potential employees, High performance
workforce, Importance of Talent Development
III 9 C3
Process, Steps in developing talent. Talent Retention:
SMR Model ( Satisfy, Motivate and Reward),
Employee Retention Programs, Career Planning and
Development, Best practices in employee retention.
Competency Mapping: Concepts and definition
of competency; types of competencies, Features of
competency, , approaches to mapping methods,
Competency mapping procedures and steps , 5
level competency model, Developing competency
IV 9 C4
models from raw data- data recording, analyzing
the data, content analysis of verbal expression,
validating the competency models, how
competencies relate to career development and
organizational goals.
Methodology of Competency
Mapping: Competency models people capability
maturity model, developing competency
framework, competency profiling, competency
V mapping tools , use of psychological testing in 9 C5
competency mapping , competency based
interviewing , assessment of competencies
through 360 degree feedback, BEI, CIT,
validation of competencies.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course On completion of this course, students will; Program Outcomes
Outcomes
Have a Clear understanding on the concept of talent
CO1 PO2,PO4,PO5
management and its role
CO2 Have knowledge on talent planning PO1,PO4
CO3 Have Knowledge on talent acquisition and retention PO3,PO5,PO8
Have an understanding the concept of competency
CO4 PO1,PO6
mapping and models of competency mapping
Have an understanding the methodology to be followed
CO5 PO1,PO7
in competency mapping
Reading List
1. Talent management, William J Rothwell
2. Talent Management fo the 21st century, P Cappelli-HBR
3. Strategic Talent Management, Robert J Greene
4. Reinventing Talent Management, Edward E Lawler
References Books
Seema Sanghi, The Handbook of Competency Mapping, Sage Publications, 3rd
1.
Edition, 2016
Lance A. Berger, The Talent Management Handbook, Making Culture a
2. Competitive Advantage by Acquiring, Identifying, Developing, and Promoting the
Best People Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2018.
Edward J Cripe, Competency Development Guide, Workitect Inc., 1st Edition,
3.
2012.
Lyle M. Spencer, Signe M. Spencer, Competence at work: Models for Superior
4.
Performance, John Wiley Publishing,1st Edition 2008.
Rao T.V., Performance Management: Toward Organizational Excellence, SAGE,
5.
2nd Edition, 2015.
Sumati Ray Anindya Basu Roy, Competency Based Human Resource
6.
Management, SAGE, 1st Edition, 2019.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M S M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 M M
CO 5 S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Workplace Counselling Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To familiarize the students to Understanding Workplace Counselling and role of
C1
counsellor.
To summarize and establish setting a counseling ecosystem, Training of
C2
Counsellors, Understanding Burnout and ambiguous decision making.
To extrapolate problems at workplace, Relationship concerns in the Family &
C3
Workplace and counseling interventions.
C4 To interpret counseling evaluation formats, documentations and resolving issues.
To justify ethical code of conduct in counseling and restricting undue influences at
C5
work.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
INTRODUCTION: Meaning and Definition of
Counselling - Counselling process – Building the
counselling relationship and facilitating initial disorder –
In depth exploration - Understanding Workplace
I 9 C1
Counselling – History.
Counsellor Qualities - Confidentiality, Unconditional
Positive regard, Empathy, Active Listening, Six ways
of responding.
SETTING UP COUNSELING IN THE
WORKPLACE: Assessing need for workplace
counselling - Preparing, Assessing, Contracting,
Terminating counselling within an Organization.
II Training of Counsellors: Methods of training 9 C2
counsellors- Dynamics of counselling training- Training
Ecosystem, Culture and tools.
Models - Counselling Orientation - Brief Therapy -
Problem Focused - Work Oriented - Manager Based -
Internal, External based – Welfare -Organizational
Change.
Group counseling, Family Counseling- Preventive and
Proactive Counseling.
Understanding Burnout, compassion fatigue,
dilemma and ambiguous decision making,
professional uncertainty.
DEALING WITH SPECIFIC WORK PROBLEMS:
Employee problem counseling - Problems of
Absenteeism, Turnover, Work Stress, BOSS, ROSS,
Depression, Substance Abuse. Sexual Harassment,
III 9 C3
Work-life balance, Unethical behavior in work place,
Travel stress, Relationship concerns in the Family and
Workplace, Psychosomatic Disorders, Internet
Addiction Disorder, Eating Disorders.
EVALUATIONS: Needs Theory and Self Awareness,
Johari window, learning to use free associations -
Setting boundaries in Counselling - Strategies for the
client to explore, understand and resolve the problem -
IV 9 C4
Formative and Summative Evaluation, Methods of
evaluation- Analyzing, Recording and escalation
procedures. Resolving client issues - Field force
analysis.
ETHICS: Ethical issues in decision making, training,
and counselling - Ethical responsibilities for Employers,
employees and stakeholders - Ethics governing
counselling.
V 9 C5
Understanding undue influences - Setting guidelines
for workplace relations, ethical code of conduct,
whistle blowing mechanisms, EEO, transparent
support system within Organization.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understand Workplace Counselling need and
CO1 PO1,PO5
assume role of a counsellor
Summarize and establish setting a counseling
CO2 PO8
ecosystem
Design solutions to workplace counseling through
CO3 PO4,PO7
interventions
Contrast counseling evaluation formats and
CO4 PO2,PO6
implement appropriately
Compare and justify ethical code of conduct in
CO5 PO3
counseling and construct guidelines
Reading List
1. The effectiveness of workplace counselling, J Mc Leod
2. Guidelines for counselling in the workplace, R Hughes A Kinder
3. Counselling in the workplace, A Coles
4. Counselling in organisations, M Carroll
References Books
S Narayana Rao, Prem Sahajpal, Counselling and Guidance, 3rd edition, TATA
1.
McGraw Hill Education, 2017.
Thomas M. Skovholt, Michelle Trotter-Mathison, The Resilient Practitioner:
2. Burnout and Compassion Fatigue Prevention and Self-Care Strategies for the
Helping Professions, 3rd Edition, Routledge 2016.
Jan Sutton, William Stewart, Learning to Counsel, Develop the Skills, Insight and
3.
Knowledge to Counsel Others, 4th edition, 2017, Robinson Publishing.
Amy Cooper Hakim, Working with Difficult People, Second Revised Edition:
4. Handling the Ten Types of Problem People Without Losing Your Mind, Tarcher
Perigee, 2nd edition, 2017.
5. John Ballard, Decoding the Workplace, Gildan Media, 1st edition, 2018.
Samuel T. Gladding, Counseling: A Comprehensive Profession, Pearson Education,
6.
8th edition, 2018.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S M
CO 2 S
CO 3 M M
CO 4 M M
CO 5 S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Human Capital Planning Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To understand the basic concepts of Human resource planning
C2 To know the sources of recruitment and recent trends in recruitment.
C3 To explore selection and induction processes in an organization.
C4 To know and use various promotions, transfers and separations.
C5 To learn ethical issues in human capital planning.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Human Resource Planning (HRP):
Objectives of HRP - Significance and methods of HRP -
Methods of Forecasting, Demand and supply forecasting
I 9 C1
- Models of HRP, Job Analysis, Job Specification, Job
Description, Job evaluation, linking HRP with strategic
business plan.
Sources of Recruitment:
Recruitment plan and methods, Recruitment policy,
Features of a good recruitment policy, Employee
II 9 C2
Referral Initiatives, E-Recruitment /Online recruitment
Technique - Recent trends in Recruitment, Evaluation of
a recruitment program.
Selection & Induction:
Selection: Selection Process, Selection Methods,
Selection Test, different types of selection tests,
Interview Techniques, Different types of interviews,
III Skill Gap Analysis 9 C3
Placement: Differences between recruitment, selection
and placement
Induction: Purpose – Objectives – Process and
Principles – Factors of Effective Induction
Promotion:
Promotion Procedure & Program, Demotion.
IV Transfer - Purpose and Procedure – Types. 9 C4
Separations – Terminations – Dismissals – Suspension –
Retrenchment – Layoffs – Resignations – VRS.
Ethical Issues:
Ethical issues in Human Capital Planning - Ethical
V issues in Recruitment and Selection, Ethical issues in 9 C5
Attrition and Retention, Ethical issues in Appraisal -
Enhancing the effectiveness of Recruitment & Selection.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understand about the basic concepts of Human
CO1 PO1
resource planning
Know the sources of recruitment and recent trends
CO2 PO2
in recruitment.
Use appropriate selection and induction processes
CO3 PO4
in an organization.
Know various promotions, transfers and
CO4 PO2
separations.
CO5 Learn the ethical issues in human capital planning. PO3,PO8
Reading List
The cumulative nature of the entrepreneurial process: The contribution of human
1. capital, planning and environment resources to small venture performance Sigal
HaberaArie Reichelb
Strategic thinking, strategic planning, strategic innovation and the performance of
2.
SMEs: The mediating role of human capital, Nagwan AlQershi
Beyond HR: The New Science of Human Capital
3.
By John W. Boudreau, Peter M. Ramstad
Human capital and regional development
4.
Alessandra Faggian, Félix Modrego, and Philip McCann
References Books
Heneman III. H.G, Judge. T.A, R.L. Heneman, 1st Edition 2014, Staffing
1.
Organizations, McGraw-Hill Education
Kenneth McBey, Strategic Human Resources Planning, Cengage learning, 5th
2.
Edition, 2015.
3. Dipak Kumar B, Human Resource Planning, Excel, 3rd Edition, 2016.
Stewart. C.J, Cash. C.J. Jr, (2014), Interviewing: Principles and Practices,14th
4.
edition, McGraw-Hill.
H.R. Appannaiah, H.A. Bhaskara, (2021) – Human Capital Management, First
5.
edition – Himalaya publishing house.
William J Rothwell, H. C. Kazanas, Planning & Managing Human Resources:
6.
Strategic Planning for Personnel Management, HRD Press Inc., 2nd Edition, 2014.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Comprehend overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S
CO 2 M
CO 3 M
CO 4 S
CO 5 M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Human Resource Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Information System
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of Data & Information
C2 To provide insights on Data Management for HRIS
C3 To throw light on HR Management Process & HRIS
C4 To elucidate on HR Management Process II & HRIS
To create awareness and importance of Security, Size & Style of Organizations &
C5
HRIS
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Data & Information: Needs for HR Manager – Sources
of Data – Role of IT in HRM – IT for HR Managers –
Concept, Structure, & Mechanisms of HRIS –
Programming Dimensions & HR Manager – Survey of
I Software Packages for Human Resource Information 9 C1
System including ERP Software such as SAP, Oracles
Financials and Ramco’s Marshal [only data input, output
& screens] ,EHRM ,Objectives, Advantages &
Disadvantages.
Data Management for HRIS: Data Formats, Entry
Procedure & Process, Data Storage & Retrieval,
II 9 C2
Transaction Processing , Office Automation,
Information Processing & Control Functions, Design of
HRIS, Relevance of Decision Making, Concepts for
Information System Design
HR Management Process in HRIS: Modules on HR
Planning, Recruitment, Selection, Placement, Module on
Performance Appraisal System, Training &
III 9 C3
Development Module, Module on Pay & other Related
Dimensions, Information System’s support for Planning
& Control.
HRIS Application: HR administration – Outsourcing –
Job shadowing – HR planning Sub System – Data input
IV - Data Capturing for Monitoring & Review – Outflow – 9 C4
Report – Information Processing for Decision Making -
DSS – Overview of HR metrics.
HRIS Security and Privacy: Security - Style of
Organizations – Security of Data and Operations of
HRIS Modules –Problems during IT Adoption Efforts
V 9 C5
and Processes to Overcome – Cyber Security – Needs –
Approaches – Principles – Types – Information Security
Management in HRIS.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be familiarized with the basic concepts of Data &
CO1 PO4
Information
CO2 Have knowledge on Data Management for HRIS PO2
CO3 Know about HR Management Process & HRIS PO1
CO4 Will use HR Management Process II & HRIS PO2,PO5
Will be aware of the importance of Security, Size &
CO5 PO6,PO8
Style of Organizations & HRIS
Reading List
Human resource information systems (HRIS) and technology trust
1.
Susan K. Lippert, Paul Michael Swiercz
Human Resource Information Systems (HRIS) in HR Planning and Development
2.
in Mid to Large Sized Organization, AshaNagendra Mohit Deshpande
Human Resource Information Systems (HRIS) of Developing Countries in 21st
3.
Century: Review and ProspectsG. M. Azmal Ali Quaosar, Md. Siddikur Rahman
Human Resource Information Systems (HRIS): Providing Business with Rapid
4. Data Access, Information Exchange and Strategic Advantage
Dr. Kenneth A. Kovach, Charles E. Cathcart, Jr.
References Books
Michael J. Kavanagh , Mohan Thite ,Human Resource Information Systems:
1. Basics, Applications, and Future Directions ,Sage Publications Pvt Ltd,3rd Edition,
2019.
Sathish.M.Badgi, Practical Guide to Human Resource Information Systems,PHI,
2.
1st Edition 2012.
3. Kavanagh, Human Resource Information Systems: Basics, Applications and
Future Directions, Sage South Asia Edition, 1st Edition 2011.
P.K. Gupta ,Susheel Chhabra ,Human Resource Information System ,Himalaya
4.
Publishing House, 1st Edition, 2015.
Michael J. Kavanagh , Mohan Thite ,Human Resource Information Systems:
5. Basics, Applications, and Future Directions ,Sage Publications Pvt Ltd,3rd Edition,
2019.
Michael Armstrong, A Handbook of Human Resource Management Practice,
6.
Kogan Page,10th Edition, 2006.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S
CO 2 M
CO 3 M
CO 4 M M
CO 5 M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Stress Management Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To understand the concept of stress management
C2 To understand the impact of stress
C3 To analyse the stress reduction techniques
C4 To study the strategies to cope up with stress
C5 To develop resilience to stress
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Stress Management: Introduction to
stress: Meaning, Definition, Eustress, Distress, Stressor-
emotional, intellectual, environmental,
I occupational/educational performance, social, physical, 9 C1
and spiritual stressors- Types of stress: Acute stress,
Episodic Acute stress and chronic stress, Sources of
stress, signs and Symptoms,
Impact of Stress: Physiological Impact of stress,
Psychological Impact of stress, Social Impact of stress,
II Types of intervention, The General Adaptation 9 C2
Syndrome - Fight or flight response, Stress warning
signal
Stress Reduction Techniques: Challenging Stressful
Thinking, Problem Solving and Time Management,
III Psychological and Spiritual Relaxation Methods, 9 C3
Physical Methods of Stress Reduction, Preparing for the
Future: College and Occupational Stress
Coping Strategies: Coping Mechanisms: Appraisal
focused, Emotional focused and Problem focused -
IV 9 C4
Stress problem solving Sequence - ABCDE problem
solving Model
Developing Resilience to Stress: Understanding stress
level, Role of Personality Pattern, Self Esteem, Locus of
V Control, Role of Thoughts Beliefs and Emotions, Life 9 C5
Situation Intrapersonal: Assertiveness, Time
Management
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Have a clear understanding on the concept of stress PO3
management
Illustrate the impact of stress and predict Stress
CO2 PO2
warning signals
Develop ability to analyse the stress reduction
CO3 PO1, PO4
techniques
Acquire the ability to identify the strategies to cope
CO4 PO5,PO6
up with stress
CO5 Develop resilience strategies to stress PO7,PO8
Reading List
Family stress management: A contextual approach, P Boss, CM Bryant, JA
1.
Mancini
Preventive Stress Management in Organizations, Thomas A. Wright, PhD, Joyce
2.
A. Adkins, PhD, Debra L. Nelson
3. Stress Management, Richard Pettinger
Stress and stress management,
4.
Crampton, Suzanne M; Hodge, John W; Mishra, Jitendra M; Price, Steve.
References Books
Kajal A. Sharma, Cary L. Cooper, D.M. Pestonjee, Organizational Stress Around
1.
the World Research and Practice, Routledge, 1st Edition, 2022.
Rachel Lewis, Joanna Yarker, Emma Donaldson-Feilder, Preventing Stress in
2. Organizations: How to Develop Positive Managers, Wiley Blackwell, 1st Edition,
2011.
Joe Martin - Managing Stress in the Workplace How to Get Rid of Stress at Work
3.
and Livea Longer Life, 1st Edition, 2014.
Emily Nagoski , Amelia Nagoski , Burnout: The Secret to Unlocking the Stress
4.
Cycle, Ballantine Books, 1st Edition, 2019.
Kelly McGonigal, The Upside of Stress: Why Stress Is Good for You, and How to
5.
Get Good at It, Avery Publishers, 1st Edition 2016.
Ashley Weinberg, Valerie Sutherland, Organizational Stress Management: A
6.
Strategic Approach, Palgrave Macmillan, 5th Edition 2010.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M
CO 2 M
CO 3 M S
CO 4 M M
CO 5 M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Competency Mapping Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To recognize and identify importance of competency-based framework
C2 To comprehend types and methods of competency
C3 To demonstrate use of competency tools, framework and clusters
C4 To audit competency implementation cycles and drive high performance
C5 To steer stakeholders’ confidence and implement competency model
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction:History and Origin of Competency -
KSA Vs Competency - Reasons for Popularity of
I Competency - Competency & EVA -Criticisms- 9 C1
Iceberg Model of Competency - Operant &
Respondent Traits of Competency.
Functions: Types: Threshold Competencies -
Differentiating Competencies - Generic or Key
II Competencies - Functional or Technical Competencies - 9 C2
Leadership or Managerial Competencies- developing a
Competence Matrix.
Framework: Sources of competence information- Tools
of competencies: Behavioural Event Interview-
Behavioural Description Interview- Benchmarking
III Established Models. 9 C3
Competency Clusters - HR Generic Competency
Model -Supervisory Generic Competency Model-
Industry Specific Models.
Assessment: HR Competence audit-Role of Assessment
IV 9 C4
centres- Strategies to address the gaps - Integrating the
Competency Model - Competency based Recruitment
and Selection - Competency Based Performance
Appraisal - Competency Based Succession & Career
Planning - Competency Based Compensation and
Benefits - Competency based Training & Development
- Reassess competencies and evaluate ROI.
Resistance and Implementation: Understanding
Resistance -Strategies to acquire stakeholder
confidence-Stakeholder’s Map-Resolving resistance.
Clarifying Implementation Goals & Standards - Action
V 9 C5
Plan - Define Performance Effectiveness Criteria -
Identify a Criterion Sample - Data Gathering & Interim
Competency Model - Finalize & Validate Competency
Model.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Recognize the importance of competency-based
CO1 PO2
framework
CO2 Comprehend types and methods of competency PO1,PO4
CO3 Demonstrate use of competency tools and clusters PO5
Schematize audit plans for competency
CO4 PO6
implementation cycles
Negotiate stakeholders’ confidence and implement
CO5 PO7,PO8
competency model
Reading List
1. Competency Mapping – A Drive For Indian Industries, Rajeshwaree A
2. Competency Mapping of the Employees, N. Anisha
Competency Mapping in Indian Industries -A Case Study,
3.
Amey Choudhari
4. Competency Measurement Model, Dario russo
References Books
Seema Sanghi, The Handbook of Competency Mapping: Understanding,
1. Designing and Implementing Competency Models in Organizations, SAGE
Publications India, 3rd edition, 2016.
Sumati Ray Anindya Basu Roy, Competency Based Human Resource
2.
Management, SAGE Publications India Pvt Ltd, 1st Edition, 2019.
Sudhir Warier, Competency Management – A Practitioner's Handbook:
3. Develop Self, Businesses, Communities & Societies, Notion Press, 1st Edition,
2019
Mahesh Kuruba, Role Competency Matrix: A Step-By-Step Guide to an
4.
Objective Competency Management System, Springer,1st Edition, 2019.
David D Dubious, Competency-Based Human Resource Management:
5. Discover a New System for Unleashing the Productive Power of Exemplary
Performers, Davies-Black Publisher, 1st Edition, 2010.
6. Lyle M Spencer, Signe M Spencer, Competence at Work: Models for Superior
Performance, Wiley India, 1st Edition, 2008.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 S
CO 4 M
CO 5 M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
International HRD Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To summarize and comprehend the expanding role of global corporations
C2 To demonstrate the functioning of international assignments
C3 To elucidate development of global IHRM practices
C4 To interpret compliance norms of global organizations
C5 To introspect future of sustainable IHRM practices
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I IHRD: Scope of IHRD- Positivist and Interpretive 9 C1
views on Culture, Values, Power-Cross Cultural
Management, Model, Dimensions; Comparison between
HRD India and Globalization.
Learning Theories globally and implications-Career
development in multinational and multicultural
environment-Schein’s career anchors-Holland’s
vocational preference inventory.
Processes: Transfer of employment practices across
borders-The four influences framework-IHRM
approaches-Factors affection-Implications.
International Assignments and Employment
II 9 C2
practices- motives-Process-Dimensions of success
and failure. Expatriation- Developing International
Staff and Multinational Teams, Approaches to
International Compensation.
Development & Practices: Multinational companies
and Host companies-Sustainable practices of host and
divergent country employment arrangements-Global
Employment Relations.
III Training & Development in global environment- 9 C3
Krikpatrick’s Taxonomy-Expatriate Training, PMS -
Transition of Expats to global leaders-Global and local
sourcing-Compliance to Labour Market-Capitalist Vs
Socialist Market economies.
Practices in Economies: PMS in different economies-
Total Rewards in International Context-Components-
Complexities-approaches.
IV 9 C4
Global Context: EEO-Gender Sensitivity-Diversity-
Inclusivity- Onshoring, offshoring, Friendshoring-
Models of strategic HRD.
Sustainability: Repatriation-issues-best practices;
Sustainable practices through Ethics and CSR; Green
HRD; Ethical Issues-dispute settlement-International
labour contract.
V 9 C5
Knowledge Management-Transfer; Changing and
Future Trends: International labour standards,
Managing Remote Work -issues-digital privacy and
decent work.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Demonstrate IHRM factors influential in global
CO1 PO2,PO4
corporations
CO2 Design IHRM elements for global assignments PO1,PO5
Critique and conclude developmental strategies for
CO3 PO2
IHRM practices
CO4 Implement and audit compliance IHRM norms PO6
CO5 Predict and appraise sustainable IHRM practices PO8
Reading List
International HRD: context, processes and people – introduction
1.
Thomas Garavan, Alma McCarthy, and Ronan Carbery
Theoretical frameworks for comparing HRD in an international context, Jean
2.
Woodall
The Issue of International Values and Beliefs: The Debate for a Global HRD Code
3.
of Ethics, Darlene Russ-Eft, Timothy Hatcher
International Technology Transfer For Competitive Advantage: A Conceptual
4.
Analysis Of The Role Of HRD, A. Ahad M. Osman‐ Gani
References Books
K Ashwathappa, International Human Resource Management, TATA McGraw
1.
Hill, 2nd Edition, 2017.
Anne-Wil Harzing, Ashly Pinnington, International Human Resource
2.
Management, SAGE, 4th Edition, 2014.
Thomas Garavan, Alma McCarthy, Ronan Carbery, Handbook of International
3. Human Resource Development: Context, Processes and People, Edward Elgar
Publishing, 3rd Edition, 2017.
Peter J. Dowling | Marion Festing | Allen D. Engle, International Human
4.
Resource Management, CENGAGE INDIA,7th Edition , 2017.
Edwards Tony, Chris Rees, International Human Resource Management:
5. Globalization, National Systems and Multinational Companies, Pearson
Education India, 3rd Edition, 2016.
Yongsun Paik , Charles M. Vance, Managing A Global Workforce :
6. Challenges And Opportunities In International Human Resource Management,
PHI Learning, 2nd Edition, 2013.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6) Check knowledge in specific or offbeat situations, Discussion, Debating or
Presentations
CO 1 M M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 S
CO 4 M
CO 5 M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Compensation and Rewards Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Management
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of compensation
C2 To provide insights on compensation planning
C3 To throw light on compensation Pay
C4 To elucidate on Executive compensation
C5 To create awareness and importance of Wage administration in India:
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Compensation: types of compensation, conceptual
framework of compensation management, Theories of
wages – criteria of wage fixation – Institutional and
I cultural factors on compensation practices – National 9 C1
differences in compensation – Compensation system
design issues: Compensations Philosophies,
compensation approaches – Strategic
Compensation Planning: Developing a total
compensation strategy – Competitive Advantage – Job
evaluation systems, the compensation structure- Wage
II 9 C2
and salary surveys, the wage curve, pay grades and rate
ranges, preparing salary matrix, fixing pay, significant
compensation issues.
Variable Pay: Strategic reasons for incentive plans,
administering incentive plans, individual incentive
plans, group incentive plans ,team compensation,
III ESOPs, Performance measurement issues, incentive 9 C3
application and globalization, Managing Employee
Benefits: Nature and types of benefits, employee
benefits programs security benefits, retirement security
benefits, health care benefits, time–off benefits, benefits
administrations, employee benefits required by law,
discretionary major employee benefits, employee
services designing a benefits package.
Executive Compensation: Elements of executive
compensation and its management, Executive
compensation in an international context , Wage
IV 9 C4
Determination: Principles of wage and salary
administration, methods of wage determination in India;
internal and external equity in compensation systems.
Wage Administration in India: wage policy in India,
wage boards: structure, scope and functions, Pay
Commissions. International Compensation, global
V convergence of compensation practices - Pay for 9 C5
performance for global employees -practices in different
industries, Employee benefits around the world, CEO
pay in a global context,Beyond compensation.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Be familiarized with compensation PO4,PO8
CO2 Understand Compensation Planning PO1,PO2
CO3 Design Executive Compensation PO2,PO6
CO4 Understand Wage administration in India PO6,PO7
Be aware of the importance of Wage administration in
CO5 PO8
India
Reading List
1. A Strategic Perspective on Compensation Management, Milkovich, George T.
2. Compensation Management, Dipak Kumar Bhattacharyya
Employees Perception Towards Compensation Management Practices in Software
3.
Industry: An Indian Evidience,Dr. Das Kishore Kumar
4. Compensation in Organizations, Sara L. Rynes, Barry Gerhart
References Books
1. B. D. Singh ,Compensation and Reward Management ,Excel Books,2012.
Richard I. Henderson, Compensation Management in a Knowledge-Based World,
2.
Pearson Education,10th Edition, 2011.
Tapomoy Deb, Compensation Management, Text and Cases, Excel Books, 1st
3.
Edition, 2009.
4. Milkovich, Newman & Gerhart, Compensation, TMH, 10th Edition, 2011.
Jerry M. Newman ,Barry Gerhart & George T. Milkovich ,Compensation,
5.
McGrawHill,12th Edition, 2020.
6.
Internal
Assignments 25 Marks
Evaluation
Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 M M
CO 4 M M
CO 5 S
Inst. Hours Marks

Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Data Base Management

System Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To provide insights to the database concepts and modeling.
C2 To throw light on RDBMS and basic structure of SQL.
To familiarize on integrity & domain constraints and normalization using
C3
functional, multivalued, join dependencies.
C4 To create awareness and importance of object oriented data model.
C5 To elucidate on database system architectures.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction – Data Models – Database languages –
I 9 C1
Transaction – Storage management – Database
Elective Courses: Systems Management
administrator – Users – overall system structure – Entity

– Relationship
Model – Basic concepts –Mapping constraints – keys
– E - R Diagram – Weak Entity Sets –reduction of E-
R Diagram to tables.
Relational Model – structure – relational algebra –
extended operations – Modifications on a database –
II views – SQL – basic structure – set operations – 9 C2
aggregate functions – Nested Sub queries – derived
relations, views.
Integrity constraints – Domain constraints –
referential integrity – assertions – triggers – functional
dependencies – relational database design –
III 9 C3
decomposition – normalization using functional,
multivalued, Join dependencies– Domain – Key
Normal form – alternative approaches.
Object Oriented data Model – Languages – Object
Relational databases: Nested Relations – Complex
IV types and object Orientation – Querying with complex 9 C4
types – creation of complex values and objects –
comparison.
Database System Architectures : Centralized Systems,
Client server systems, Distributed systems, Parallel
databases – introduction –inter query –intra query,
intra-operation –interoperation parallelism –
V distributed databases –distributed data storage– 9 C5
network transparency –Query processing –Transaction
model–Commit protocols –coordinator selection –
concurrency control –deadlock handling –multi
database systems.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
CO1 Have insights to the database concepts and modeling. P02, P06
Possess knowledge on RDBMS and basic structure P01, P06
CO2
of SQL.
Possess knowledge on integrity & domain P01, P05, P06
CO3 constraints and normalization using functional,
multivalued, join dependencies.
Have better understanding on object oriented data P01, P06
CO4 model.
Learn and understand on database system P02, P05, P06
CO5 architectures.
Reading List
T. William Olle, Database management system, Encyclopedia of Computer
1.
Science
Journal of Intelligent Information Systems - Integrating Artificial Intelligence and
2. Database Technologies, Springer
3. Knowledge and Information Systems, Springer
4. Journal of Network and Systems Management, Springer
References Books
A Silberschatz, H Korth, S Sudarshan, “Database System and Concepts ”,
1.
McGraw-Hill, 6th Edition, 2013
Raghurama Krishnan, Johannes Gehrke, Data base Management Systems,
2.
McGraw-Hill 3rd Edition, 2014.
Elmasri Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, Pearson Education, 7th
3.
Edition, 2015
C.J. Date, A.Kannan, S.Swami Nadhan, An Introduction to Database systems, ,
4.
Pearson, 8th Edition, 2003
5. Rob, Coronel, “Database Systems”, Seventh Edition, Cengage Learning, 2006.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 S S
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M S M
CO 4 S M
CO 5 S S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
System Analysis and Design Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students on the fundamentals of system analysis and design.
C2 To provide insights on computer-assisted tools and types of automated tools.
C3 To throw light on review and selection fact-finding techniques.
C4 To elucidate on the essentials of design designing effective output.
To create awareness and importance on software design & documentation and
C5
case studies on various domains.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
System Analysis Fundamentals: Introduction to
System, System Analysis and Design, Need for
System Analysis and Design, Role of the System
I 9 C1
Analyst System Development Strategies: SDLC,
Structured Analysis Development Method, System
Prototype Method.
Case Tools:Benefits of Computer-Assisted Tools,
Categories of Automated Tools, Case Components
II Organizations as System: Interrelatedness and 9 C2
Interdependence of System, System Process,
Boundaries, System Feedback, Managing Project.
Review and Selection Fact-Finding
Techniques:Interview, Questionnaire, Record Review,
Observation Data Flow Diagram: Advantages,
Notations, Rules, Leveling, Logical and Physical
III 9 C3
DFD. Data Dictionary: Importance, Data Elements,
Describing Process Specification Structured
Decisions: Decision Tree, Decision Tables, Structured
English.
The Essentials of Design Designing Effective
Output:Objectives, Types of Output, Method, Factors
to consider - Designing Effective Input: Objectives,
Guideline for Form design, Screen and Web Forms,
IV Designing User Interface: Objectives, Types of user 9 C4
interface, Designing Accurate Data – Entry
Procedures: Objectives, Effective coding, Data-Entry
Method, Ensuring data quality through input
validation
Quality Assurance through Software Engineering -
Design of Software, Software design and documentation:
Structured Flowcharts, HIPO, Warnier /Orr Diagrams
Managing Quality Assurance: Level of Assurance, Level
of Test Implementation of Information System: Training
V 9 C5
Strategies, Conversion, Post Implementation Review -
Case Studies - Financial Accounting System - Payroll
System – Library System - Inventory System - Online
Banking System - Railway Reservation system(Input,
Output, DFD)
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Possess the knowledge on the fundamentals of
CO1 system analysis and design. P01, P02
Have insights on computer-assisted tools and types P02, P06
CO2 of automated tools.
Possess knowledge on review and selection fact- P01, P04
CO3 finding techniques.
Learn about the essentials of design designing P02, P06
CO4 effective output.
Have better understanding on software design & P01, P06
CO5 documentation and case studies on various domains.
Reading List
1. Finite Elements in Analysis and Design, Elsvier
2. Formal Methods in System Design, Springer
3. Journal of Systems and Software, Elsevier
Telecommunication Systems - Modelling, Analysis, Design and Management,
4.
Springer
References Books
Hoffer J. A, George J.F, Valacich J.S, Modern Systems Analysis and Design,
1. Pearson Education, 6th Edition, 2011
Alan Dennis and Barbara Wixom, Roberta M. Roth, Systems Analysis and
2. Design, Wiley, 2018.
Whitten J. L, Bentley L. D, Systems Analysis and Design Methods, McGraw Hill,
3. 2005.
4. Kenneth E. Kendall,
th
Julie E. Kendall, Systems Analysis and Design, Pearson
5. Elias M. Awad, System Analysis and Design, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd, 2010
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S S
CO 2 S S
CO 3 M S
CO 4 M M
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Decision Support System Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To provide insights on components and characteristics of DSS.
To throw light on modeling process, model directory and model base
C2 management system.
C3 To familiarize on data structure and data base languages.
C4 To create awareness and importance of dialog management, user interface and
To elucidate on development of decision support system.
C5
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Decision concept – Steps – Decision
I Support System – Components – Characteristics – 9 C1
Classifications and Applications.
Model Management: Model – Modeling Process – Types
of Models – Optimization – Simulation – Heuristic:
Descriptive – Predictive Model Base – Modeling
II 9 C2
Languages – Model Directory, Model Base Management
System – Model Execution, Integration and Command
Processing – Model Packages.
Data Management System: Data Base – Sources of Data
– Data Directory – Data Structure and Data Base
III 9 C3
Languages – Query Facility – Data Management System
– DBMS as DSS Development Tool.
Dialog Management: User Interface – Graphics –
Multimedia – Visual Interactive Modeling – Natural
IV 9 C4
language processing – Speech Recognition and
Understanding – Issues in User interface.
Development of Decision Support System: Development
Process – Software and Hardware; Data Acquisition –
V Model Acquisition – Dialog development – Integration – 9 C5
Testing and Validation – Training and Implementation.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Have insights on components and characteristics of
CO1 P01, P02
DSS.
Possess knowledge on DSS architecture; approaches P02, P04
CO2 to development; and models in DSS.
Possess knowledge on Group DSS and Executive P01, P05
CO3
Information Systems (EIS).
CO4 Have better understanding on AI and expert systems. P02, P06
Learn and understand on development of decision P01, P06
CO5
support system.
Reading List
1. Decision Support Systems and Electronic Commerce, Elsevier
2. Decision Support Systems, Science Direct
3. Decision Sciences – Wiley Online Library
Soft Computing - A Fusion of Foundations, Methodologies and Applications
4.
Springer
References Books
Efraim Turban, Jay E. Aronson, Ting-Peng Liang, Ramesh Sharda, Decision
1. Support & Business Intelligent Systems, Pearson Education, 8th Edition, 2007
Mallach, Efrem G, Decision Support & data Warehouse Systems –McGraw-Hill,
2. 2002
Marakas, George. M, Decision Support Systems in the 21st century – Pearson
3. Education, 1999
Daniel J Power, Decision Support Systems – Concepts and Resources for
4. Managers: Quorum Books, 2002
Efraim Turban, Ramesh Sharda, Dursun Delen, Business Intelligence and
5. Analytics – Systems for decision support, Pearson, 2018
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S M
CO 2 S S
CO 3 M S
CO 4 M S
CO 5 S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
E-Business Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students on the web designing software tools.
To provide insights on data warehousing and application of e-commerce in
C2 various sectors.
C3 To throw light on E-Marketing and ERP tools & modules
C4 To elucidate on E-security, Internet governance and cyber law issues.
C5 To create awareness and importance of E-commerce in service sector; and
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction : Introduction to World Wide Web –
Intelligent Web Designing – Software Tools – IP, TCP,
I 9 C1
HTTP, HTML, Cryptography – Consumer Interface
Technologies – OLAP and Data Mining
Principles – Potential – Knowledge Management – Data
Warehousing – Application of E-Commerce in Different
II Sector – Service, Industry, Domestic – Multidisciplinary 9 C2
Approach to E-Commerce, Customer Relation
Management.
Business Model – E-Marketing – Intelligent Agents –
Economics in E-Commerce – Equilibrium Price – Supply
III 9 C3
Chain Management – ERP Tools and Modules –
Opportunities and Challenges – Mobile Commerce
Online Payment – E-Security – Security Protocols – How
sites are hacked – Internet Governance – Firewall
IV Legal Issues: Software Intellectual Property Law – 9 C4
Contract Law for E-Business – Cyber Law Issues -
Interpol
E-Commerce Industries: Online Retail Sector – Online
Financial Services – Online Travel Services – Online
V Career Services – Online Publishing – Online 9 C5
Entertainment Consumer Protection: Privacy and
Information Rights – Warranties and New Products.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Possess the knowledge on the web designing
CO1 software tools. P05, P06, P07
Have insights on data warehousing and application P02, P04
CO2 of e-commerce in various sectors.
Possess knowledge on E-Marketing and ERP tools & P02, P06
CO3 modules.
Learn about E-security, Internet governance and P02, P03, P06, P07
CO4 cyber law issues.
Have better understanding on E-commerce in service P04, P06

CO5 sector; and privacy & information rights
Reading List
1. Information Systems and e-Business Management, Springer
2. Electronic Commerce Research, Springer
Dien D. Phan , E-Business Management Strategies: A Business-To-Business
3.
Case Study, Information Systems Management, Taylor & Francis
E-business model design, classification, and measurements, Thunderbird
4.
International Business Review, Wiley Online Review
References Books
David Whiteley, “E-Commerce: Strategy, Technologies and Applications”, Indian
1. Edition, McGraw Hill Publications, 2017.
Jelassi, Tawfik, Martínez-López, Francisco J, “Strategies for e-Business -
2. Concepts and Cases on Value Creation and Digital Business Transformation”,
Joseph P T, “E-Commerce: An Indian Perspective”, PHI Publications, 5th Edition,
3. 2015.
Kenneth C Laudon and Carol Guercio Traver, “E-Commerce – Business,
4. Technology, Society”, Pearson Publication, 15th Edition, 2019.
Urmi Datta & Neha Somani, “E-commerce and Business Communication”,
5. Oxford University Press, 1st Edition, 2017
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M M
CO 2 S M
CO 3 M S
CO 4 S S S S
CO 5 M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Internet of Things (IoT) Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To provide insights to the students on the basic concepts of IoT
C2 To throw light on the various models related to IoT architecture.
C3 To familiarize on the design and building blocks of IoT.
C4 To create awareness and importance of data analytics tools for IoT.
C5 To elucidate on IoT related case-studies and real world applications.
Details No. of Course
UNIT
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Evolution of Internet of Things - Physical
Design of IoT - Logical Design of IoT - IoT Enabling
I 9 C1
Technologies - IoT Levels and Deployment Templates -
Domain Specific to IoTs.
IoT Architecture: ETSI, IETF, OGC architectures - IoT
reference model - Domain model - information model -
II 9 C2
functional model - communication model - IoT reference
architecture.
Building IoT: IoT Systems - Logical Design using Python -
IoT Physical Devices and Endpoints: What is an IoT Device -
III Basic building blocks of an IoT device - Exemplary Device: 9 C3
Raspberry Pi - Programming Rashberry Pi with Python - Other
IoT Devices.
IoT Data Platform: Data Analytics for IoT: Introduction -
Apache Hadoop - Using Hadoop Map Reduce for Batch Data
IV Analysis - Apache Oozie - Apache Spark - Tools for IoT - 9 C4
Introduction - Chef: Setting up Chef.
Case Studies and Real-World Applications: Real world
design constraints - IoT Physical Servers & Cloud Offerings -
V Case Studies Illustrating IoT Design: Introduction - Asset 9 C5
management – Smart Cities - Environment - Productivity
Applications.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course On completion of this course, students will; Program
Outcomes Outcomes
CO1 Have insights on basic concepts of IoT. P04, P06
Possess knowledge on the various models related to IoT P02, P04, P05
CO2
architecture.
CO3 Possess knowledge on the design and building blocks of P01, P02, P06, P07
Have better understanding on the importance of data P02, P06, P07
CO4
analytics tools for IoT.
Learn and understand IoT related case-studies and real P01,P02,P03,P06, P07
CO5
world applications.
Reading List
1. Internet of Things – Science Direct
2. International Journal of Internet of Things and Cyber-Assurance, Inderscience
S Li, LD Xu, S Zhao, The internet of things: a survey, , Information systems frontiers,
3.
Springer
F Wortmann, K Flüchter ,Internet of things - Business & Information Systems
4.
Engineering, Springer
References Books
Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti, - Internet of Things – A hands-on approach,
1.
University Press, 2015
Dieter Uckelmann, Mark Harrison, Michahelles, Florian (Eds), ―Architecting the
2. Internet of Things‖, Springer, 2011.
Honbo Zhou, ―The Internet of Things in the Cloud: A Middleware Perspective‖, CRC
3. Press, 2012.
Jan Holler, VlasiosTsiatsis , Catherine Mulligan, Stamatis , Karnouskos, Stefa Avesand.
4. David Boyle, "From Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things – Introduction to a
Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi , ―The Internet of Things – Key
5.
applications and Protocols‖, Wiley, 2012
Adrian McEwen and Hakim Cassimally, “Designing the Internet of Things”, John Wiley
6.
& Sons, 2013.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External End Semester Examination
75 Marks
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/ MCQ, True/False, Short essays, Concept explanations, Short summary or overview
Comprehend
(K2)
Application Suggest idea/concept with examples, Suggest formulae, Solve problems, Observe,
(K3) Explain
Problem-solving questions, Finish a procedure in many steps, Differentiate between
Analyze (K4) various ideas, Map knowledge
(K5)
CO 1 S S
CO 2 M S S
CO 3 S S M M
CO 4 M S S
CO 5 S S S M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Cloud Computing Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students on the history and models of cloud computing.
To provide insights on characteristics, challenges and virtualization concepts
C2 of cloud computing.
To throw light on cloud computing applications such as Amazon AWS,
C3 Microsoft Azure and Google App Engine.
C4 To elucidate on cloud access, cloud provenance and cloud security.
To create awareness and importance of governance and the future of cloud
C5 based system in organization.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
History of Cloud Computing: History of Centralized
and Distributed Computing - Overview of Distributed
I 9 C1
Computing, Cluster computing, Grid computing.
Technologies for Network based systems- System
models for Distributed and cloud computing- Software
environments for distributed systems and clouds.
Introduction to Cloud Computing: Introduction to

Cloud Computing- Cloud issues and challenges -
Properties - Characteristics - Service models,
Deployment models. Cloud resources: Network and API
II - Virtual and Physical computational resources - Data- 9 C2
storage. Virtualization concepts - Types of
Virtualization- Introduction to Various Hypervisors -
High Availability (HA)/Disaster Recovery (DR) using
Virtualization, Moving VMs .
Cloud Computing Applications: Cloud Programming
and Software Environments – Parallel and Distributed
III Programming paradigms – Overview on Amazon AWS 9 C3
and Microsoft Azure – Overview on Google App Engine
– Emerging Cloud software Environment.
Cloud Security: Cloud Access: authentication,
authorization and accounting - Cloud Provenance and
IV metadata - Cloud Reliability and fault-tolerance - Cloud 9 C4
Security, privacy, policy and compliance Cloud
federation, interoperability and standards.
Governance and the future of Cloud: Organizational
Readiness and Change Management in the Cloud Age,
Legal Issues in Cloud Computing, Achieving Production
V Readiness for Cloud Services, How Cloud Will Change 9 C5
Operating Systems, Future of Cloud TV & Cloud-Based
Smart Devices, Cloud and Mobile, Home-Based Cloud
Computing.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Possess the knowledge on the history and models of
CO1 cloud computing. P04, P06, P07, P08
Have insights on the characteristics, challenges and P01, P04, P05

CO2 virtualization concepts of cloud computing.
Possess knowledge on cloud computing applications P01, P02, P03, P06,
CO3 such as Amazon AWS, Microsoft Azure and Google P07
App Engine.
Learn about cloud access, cloud provenance and P05, P06, P07. P08
CO4 cloud security.
Have better understanding on governance and the P01,P02,P03,P04, P07
CO5 future of cloud based system in organization.
Reading List
1. Journal of Cloud Computing, Advances, Systems and Applications, Springer Open
Special Issue on Cloud-based Media Computing and Communications, Computer
2.
Communications, Elseiver
L Qian, Z Luo, Y Du, L Guo , Cloud computing: An overview, international
3.
conference on cloud computing, 2009 - Springer
Lizhe Wang, Gregor von Laszewski, Andrew Younge, Xi He, Marcel Kunze, Jie
4. Tao & Cheng Fu, Cloud Computing: a Perspective Study, New Generation
Computing, Springer
References Books
RajkumarBuyya, James Broberg and Andrzej Goscinski, Cloud Computing –
1. Principles and Paradigms, John Wiley & Sons, 2011
2. Kris Jamsa, Cloud Computing, Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2013
Kumar Saurahb, Cloud Computing – Insights into new era infrastructure, Wiley
3. India, 2nd Edition, 2012
4. Barrie Sosinsky, “ Cloud Computing Bible” John Wiley & Sons, 2011
Tim Mather, Subra Kumaraswamy, and Shahed Latif, Cloud Security and Privacy
5. An Enterprise Perspective on Risks and Compliance, O'Reilly, 2009
Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C. Fox and Jack J. Dongarra, Distributed and cloud
6. computing from Parallel Processing to the Internet of Things, Morgan Kaufmann,
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S M S S
CO 2 S M S
CO 3 M S S S M
CO 4 S M S S
CO 5 S M M S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Enterprise Resource
Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Planning (ERP)
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basics of ERP models, structures and
C2 To brief the advancement of IT and data management
C3 To throw light on ERP marketplace dynamics
C4 To elucidate on implementation of ERP
C5 To orient to open source ERP and future directives
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
ERP Introduction: Origin, Evolution and Structure and
Benefits: o Conceptual Model of ERP, Scenario and
I 9 C1
Justification of ERP in India, Various Modules of ERP,
Advantage of ERP.
Advancement of IT and Impact on organizations data
management: Data warehousing, Data Mining, Online
II 9 C2
Analytic Processing (OLAP), Product Life Cycle
Management (PLM).
ERP Marketplace and Marketplace Dynamics: Market
Overview, Marketplace Dynamics, and The changing
ERP Market. ERP- Functional Modules: Introduction,
III 9 C3
Functional Modules of ERP Software Integration of
ERP, Supply chain and Customer Relationship
Applications.
ERP Implementation: Business Process mapping and re-
engineering, ERP Implementation Life Cycle, Role of
Consultants, Vendors and Employees. Critical Success
IV Factors: Guiding Selection and Evaluation of ERP, 9 C4
Strategies and CSF for Successful ERP Implementation,
Causes of ERP Failure.
Practical Module: ERP & E-Commerce, Future

Directives- in ERP, Integrating ERP into organizational
V culture. Using an open source ERP tool for orienting 9 C5
students to ERP.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Be familiar with the basics of ERP models,
CO1 structures and advantages P01, P02, P07
Comprehend and categorize the advancement of IT P05, P06, P07

CO2 and data management
CO3 Have insights on ERP marketplace dynamics P01, P02, P07
CO4 Compare and design implementation of ERP P01, P02, P05. P06
Contrast and use open source ERP towards future P03, P04,P05, P07,
CO5 directives P08
Reading List
1. Business Process Management Journal, Emerald insight
2. Journal of Business Research, Elsevier
T Huang, K Yasud, Comprehensive review of literature
3.
survey articles on ERP - Business Process Management Journal, Emerald
H Klaus, M Rosemann, GG Gable, What is ERP?, Information systems
4.
frontiers, Springer
References Books
Dr. Ashim Raj Singla, Enterprise Resource Planning 2nd Edition, Cengage
1. Learning, 2019.
2. Alexis Leon , Enterprise Resource Planning McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2018
David L. Olson , Managerial Issues of Enterprise Resource Planning Systems,
3. McGraw Hill, 2008.
4. S. Sadagopan, ERP-A Managerial Perspective, McGraw Hill,1999.
F. Robert Jacobs and D. Clay Whybark, Why ERP? A primer on SAP
5. Implementation, McGraw Hill, 2000.
Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) Text and Case Studies, Mr. C.S.V. Murthy,
6. Himalaya Publication, 2008.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Comprehend overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S S M
CO 2 S S M
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 S M S S S
CO 5 S M M M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Software Project and Quality
Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
management
Course Objectives
To comprehend and reflect on overview of project planning, project
C1 evaluation, project analysis and technical planning, software estimation
To elaborate and critically analyze Resource scheduling and management,
C2 CMM, key process indicators, process monitoring and control.
To generate and align Critical Chain Project Management, Test Maturity
C3 Model & Six Sigma and collate reports.
To evaluate existing Adaptive Project Framework and build quality models
C4 based on Six Sigma & Lean Process Model.
To contrast Software configuration management processes and audit quality
C5 standardisations.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction:Project Overview - Traditional Project
Management - Scoping the Project - Identifying Project
Activities-An overview of project planning, project
I evaluation, project analysis and technical planning, 9 C1
software estimation. Organizational quality goals, policy,
quality plans, certification, accreditation, process
measurements, audits.
Requirements: Estimating Duration, Resource
Requirements and Cost - Constructing and Analyzing
the Project Network Diagram - Finalizing the
Schedule and Cost Based on Resource Availability -
II Organizing and Conducting the Joint Project Planning 9 C2
Session. Capability Maturity Model: CMM & CMMI,
goals, commitment, ability, measurement &
verification, maturity levels, key process areas, key
process indicators, process monitoring and control.
Project Teams: Recruiting Organizing and Managing
the Project Team - Monitoring and Controlling Progress -
Closing out the Projects - Critical Chain Project
Management - Activity planning, project schedules,
III 9 C3
sequencing and scheduling projects. Test Maturity Model
& Six Sigma: Overview, Key Process Areas, TPI
framework of test quality, levels of maturity, assessment,
analysis, reporting.
Framework: Introduction to the Adaptive Project
Framework - Version Scope - Cycle Plan - Cycle
Build - Client Checkpoint - Post-Version Review -
network planning model, shortening project duration,
IV 9 C4
Identifying critical activities. Six Sigma & Lean
Process Model: quality criteria, quality metrics,
frameworks, process wastages, operational processes,
guidelines and templates
Standardisations: Variations to APF- Software
configuration management, Basic functions,
Responsibilities, standards configuration management,
prototyping, models of prototyping. Organizational
V 9 C5
Considerations - Project Portfolio Management -
Project Support Office Case study - PRINCE Project
management standards. Audits: ISO, CMM, People
CMM, TMM, Six Sigma.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Comprehend and reflect on overview of project
CO1 planning, project evaluation, project analysis and P01, P02, P06, P07
technical planning, software estimation
Critically analyze Resource scheduling and P05, P06, P07
CO2 management, CMM, key process indicators, process
monitoring and control.
Generate and align Critical Chain Project P01, P02, P06
CO3 Management, Test Maturity Model & Six Sigma and
collate reports.
Evaluate existing Adaptive Project Framework and P01, P02, P05. P06
CO4 build quality models based on Six Sigma & Lean
Process Model.
Contrast and conclude Software configuration P04, P05, P07, P08
CO5 management processes and audit quality
standardisations.
Reading List
1. Software Quality Journal, Springer
2. International Journal of Project Management, Elsevier
MJ Parzinger, R Nath, A study of the relationships between total quality
3. management implementation factors and software quality, Total quality
management, Taylor & Francis
K Kautz, EÅ Larsen Diffusion theory and practice: Disseminating quality
4. management and software process improvement innovations, Information
Technology & People, Emerald
References Books
Richard L. Chamberlain, Planning Quality Project Management of
1. (EMR/EHR) Software Products (HIMSS Book Series), CRC Press, 1st Edition
Ronald Cummings - John, Owais Peer, Leading Quality: How Great Leaders
2. Deliver High Quality Software and Accelerate Growth, ROI Press,1st Edition
2019.
Greg Caldwell, Lean Mastery: 8 Books in 1 - Master Lean Six Sigma & Build
a Lean Enterprise, Accelerate Tasks with Scrum and Agile Project
3. Management, Optimize with Kanban, and Adopt The Kaizen Mindset, Greg
Caldwell Publishing, 1st Edition 2020.
Tom C. Witt, IT Best Practices: Management, Teams, Quality, Performance,
4. and Projects, CRC Press,1st Edition 2018.
Linda Westfall, The Certified Software Quality Engineer Handbook, ASQ
5. Quality Press, 2nd Edition, 2017.
Stephan Goericke, The Future of Software Quality Assurance, 1st 2020,
6. Springer Open.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Comprehend overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S M M S
CO 2 S M S
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 S M S S
CO 5 S M S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Data Warehousing Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To provide insights to the characteristics and architecture of data warehouse.
To throw light on the fundamentals, classification and major issues in data
C2 mining.
C3 To familiarize on APRIOIRI principle & Algorithm and Association rule
C4 To create awareness and importance of classification techniques, decision tree
C5 To elucidate on the various clustering techniques.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Data warehouse: Introduction to Data warehouse,
Difference between operational database systems and
data warehouses, Data warehouse Characteristics, Data
warehouse Architecture and its Components, Extraction-
Transformation-Loading, Logical(Multi-Dimensional),
I Data Modeling, Schema Design, Star and Snow-Flake 9 C1
Schema, Fact Constellation, Fact Table, Fully Addictive,
Semi-Addictive, Non-Addictive Measures; Fact-Less-
Facts, Dimension Table Characteristics; OLAP Cube,
OLAP Operations, OLAP Server Architecture-ROLAP,
MOLAP and HOLAP.
Data Mining: Fundamentals of data mining, Data
Mining Functionalities, Classification of Data Mining
systems, Data Mining Task Primitives, Integration of a
Data Mining System with a Database or Data Warehouse
II System, Major issues in Data Mining. Data 9 C2
Preprocessing: Need for Preprocessing the Data, Data
Cleaning, Data Integration &Transformation, Data
Reduction, Discretization and Concept Hierarchy
Generation.
Association Rules: Problem Definition, Frequent Item
Set Generation, The APRIORI Principle, Support and
Confidence Measures, Association Rule Generation;
III APRIOIRI Algorithm, The Partition Algorithms, FP- 9 C3
Growth Algorithms, Compact Representation of
Frequent Item Set- Maximal Frequent Item Set, Closed
Frequent Item Set.
Classification: Problem Definition, General Approaches
to solving a classification problem, Evaluation of
Classifiers , Classification techniques, Decision Trees-
Decision tree Construction, Methods for Expressing
attribute test conditions, Measures for Selecting the Best
IV Split, Algorithm for Decision tree Induction; Naive- 9 C4
Bayes Classifier, Bayesian Belief Networks; K- Nearest
neighbor classification-Algorithm and Characteristics,
prediction: Accuracy and Error measures, Evaluating the
accuracy of a classifier or a predictor, Ensemble
methods.
Clustering: Clustering Overview, A Categorization of
Major Clustering Methods, partitioning methods,
hierarchical methods, , partitioning clustering-k-means
algorithm, pam algorithm; hierarchical clustering-
V 9 C5
agglomerative methods and divisive methods, Basic
Agglomerative Hierarchical Clustering Algorithm, Key
Issues in Hierarchical Clustering, Strengths and
Weakness, Outlier Detection.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Have insights to the characteristics and architecture
CO1 of data warehouse. P05, P06, P07
Possess knowledge on the fundamentals, P01, P02, P06

CO2 classification and major issues in data mining.
Possess knowledge on APRIOIRI principle & P01, P02, P06, P07
CO3 Algorithm and Association rule generation.
Have better understanding on classification P01, P05. P06
CO4 techniques, decision tree and Bayesian Belief
Networks.
Learn and understand the various clustering P04, P05, P07,
CO5 techniques.
Reading List
1. Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery, Springer
2. International Journal of Information Management, Science Direct
BH Wixom, HJ Watson, An empirical investigation of the factors affecting data
3.
warehousing success, MIS quarterly, JSTOR
P Chandra, MK Gupta, Comprehensive survey on data warehousing research,
4.
International Journal of Information Technology, Springer
References Books
George M. Marakas, Modern Data Warehousing, Mining and Visualization,
1. Pearson Publications. 3rd Impression, 2009
Paulraj Ponniah, Data warehousing Fundamentals, Wiley Publications. 2nd
2. Edition, 2012
Jaiwei Ham and Micheline Kamber, Data Mining concepts and techniques,
3. Kauffmann Publishers, 2006
4. W.H.Inmon, Building the Data Warehouse, 4th edition Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2005.
Michel Berry and Gordon Linoff, Data mining techniques for Marketing, Sales
5. and Customer support, John Wiley, 2011
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S M S
CO 2 M S M
CO 3 S S S M
CO 4 S S S
CO 5 S M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Deep Learning And Artificial
Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Intelligence
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students on the modern practices of deep forward networks.
To provide insights on deep models, optimization techniques and algorithms
C2 with adaptive learning rates.
C3 To throw light on foundation and applications of AI.
C4 To elucidate on the approaches to knowledge representation.
To create awareness and importance of applications of expert systems and
C5 machine learning paradigms.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Deep Networks: Deep Networks: Modern Practices:
Deep Forward Networks: Example: Learning XOR -
I 9 C1
Gradient-Based Learning - Hidden Units - Architecture
Design - Regularization for Deep Learning.
Models: Optimization for Training Deep Models: How
Learning Differs from Pure Optimization -Challenges in
Neural Network Optimization - Basic Algorithms -
II 9 C2
Parameter Initialization Strategies - Algorithms with
Adaptive Learning Rates - Approximate Second-Order
Methods - Optimization Strategies and Meta-Algorithms
Intelligent Systems: Introduction to Artificial
Intelligence: Intelligent Systems - Foundations of AI -
Applications -Tic-Tac-Toe Game Playing - Problem
III 9 C3
Solving: State-Space Search and Control Strategies:
Introduction - General Problem Solving - Exhaustive
Searches - Heuristic Search Techniques.
Knowledge Representation: Advanced Problem-
Solving Paradigm: Planning: Introduction - Types of
IV 9 C4
Planning Systems -Knowledge Representation:
Introduction - Approaches to Knowledge Representation
-Knowledge Representation using Semantic Network -
Knowledge Representation using Frames.
Applications: Expert Systems and Applications:
Blackboard Systems – Truth Maintenance Systems –
V Applications of Expert Systems – Machine-Learning 9 C5
Paradigms: Machine-Learning Systems – Supervised and
Unsupervised Learnings.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Possess the knowledge on the modern practices of
CO1 deep forward networks. P01, P02, P05, P07
Have insights on deep models, optimization P01, P02, P04, P06
CO2 techniques and algorithms with adaptive learning
Possess knowledge on the foundation and P04, P05, P06, P07
CO3 applications of AI.
CO4 Learn about the approaches to knowledge P02, P06. P07
Have better understanding on the applications of P04, P05, P07, P08
CO5 expert systems and machine learning paradigms.
Reading List
1. Artificial Intelligence – Elsevier
2. International Journal of Machine Learning and Cybernetics, Springer
DM Dimiduk, EA Holm, SR Niezgoda, Perspectives on the impact of
machine learning, deep learning, and artificial intelligence on materials, processes,
3.
and structures engineering, Integrating Materials and and Manufacturing
Innovation volume 2018 - Springer
A Sujith, GS Sajja, V Mahalakshmi, S Nuhmani, Systematic review of smart
4. health monitoring using deep learning and Artificial intelligence, Neuroscience
Informatics, Elsevier
References Books
Ian Goodfellow, YoshuaBengio, Aaron Courville, “Deep Learning”, MIT Press,
1. 2016.
Li Deng and Dong Yu, "Deep Learning Methods and Applications", Foundations
2. and Trends in Signal Processing, 2014.
Yoshua Bengio, "Learning Deep Architectures for AI", Foundations and Trends in
3. Machine Learning, 2009
4. Saroj Kaushik, "Artificial Intelligence", Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd, 2011
Deepak Khemani, "A First Course in Artificial Intelligence", McGraw Hill
5. Education (India) Private Limited, New Delhi, 2013
Elaine Rich, Kevin Night, Shivashankar B Nair, "Artificial Intelligence" 3rd
6. Edition, McGraw Hill, 2008.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S S S M
CO 2 M S S S
CO 3 M S M S
CO 4 S S S
CO 5 S M M S
Elective Courses: Logistics and Supply Chain Management
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Supply Chain Management Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of Supply Chain management
C2 To provide insights on Supply chain synergies
C3 To throw light on Sales & Operation Planning
C4 To elucidate on Customer value and supply chain management
C5 To create awareness on supply chain analytics
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Supply Chain: Historical perspective
Understanding Supply Chain key issues in supply
chain management Objectives, importance, Decision
I 9 C1
phases -Examples of supply chains Supply chain
strategies, The supply chain becomes value chain
Supply chain as a competitive weapon
Supply chain synergies: Collaborate with supply
chain partners Supply Chain Drivers and Design
Drivers of supply chain performance: Framework for
II 9 C2
structuring Facilities, including warehouse,
Inventory, Transportation, Information, Sourcing, and
Pricing – Yield management /Revenue management
Sales and Operations Planning: Demand management
Demand forecasting, Aggregate Planning and
Managing Supply, Demand and Inventory Aggregate
Planning in a Supply Chain: role, aggregate planning
III problems, strategies, role of IT, Implementation 9 C3
Responding to predictable variability in supply chain
– Types of supply chains-creating responsive supply
chains lean and agile supply chain their
characteristics.
Leadership and Control:
Customer value and supply chain management:
Dimensions of customer value-value added services –
customer value measures Push-pull boundary –mass
IV 9 C4
customization and supply chain management
outsource - Third and Fourth - Party Logistics
providers – managing risk in supply chains Creating a
sustainable supply chain.
Supply chain analytics: Use of computer software in 9 C5
supply chain problems -Electronic commerce –
V emerging mega trends supply chain of the future –
seeking structural flexibility–The multi-channel
revolution 2020 vision.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Be able to familiarize the students to the basic
CO1 PO4, PO6, PO8
concepts of Supply Chain management.
CO2 Possess insights on Supply chain synergies. PO1, PO2
CO3 Have insights on Sales & Operation Planning. PO5, PO6, PO7
Learn about Customer value and supply chain
CO4 PO4, PO5
management.
Have better understanding on supply chain
CO5 PO3, PO8
analytics.
Reading List
1. Supply chain management and advanced planning, Springer.
2. Supply chain management: An international journal, Emerald.
3. Industrial marketing management, Elsevier.
4. Journal of Business logistics, Wiley online.
References Books
1. Supply Chain Metrics that Matter, Lora M. Cecere , 2014,wiley publication.
2. The Supply Chain Revolution, suman sarkar,2017, Amacom
Supply Chain Strategy, Second Edition Unleash the Power of Business
3. Integration to Maximize Financial, Service, and Operations
Performance,Edward Frazelle, 2017,McGraw hill.
Managing Supply Chain Operations, Lei Lei , 2017, World scientific
4.
publications
Essentials of Supply Chain Management, Michael H. Hugos ,2018,wiley
5.
publication
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M M M
CO 2 M S
CO 3 S M M M
CO 4 S S S
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Principles and Practice of Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Logistics Management
Course Objectives
C1 To create an understanding on the concepts & functions of logistics.
C2 To explore the element of logistics & Inventory
C3 To explore the functions of transportation warehousing and distribution
C4 To understand the operational need on effective logistic performance.
C5 To understand logistics cost and need for integration.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Concepts of Logistics – Evolution – Nature and
Importance – Components
ofLogisticsManagement–
I 9 C1
CompetitiveAdvantagesofLogistics–
FunctionsofLogistics management – principles –
Logistics Network – Integrated Logisticssystem.
ElementsofLogisticsandInventorycarrying–
Warehousing– Materialhandling–
Orderprocessing–Transportation–
II 9 C2
DemandForecasting–
ImpactofForecastsonLogisticsandPerformanceme
asurements.
Transportation–
participantsinTransportationDecisions–
ModesofTransportation – Factors influencing
Transport economics – documents
inTransportDecisionMakingWarehousing/Distr
III 9 C3
ibution–FunctionsofWarehouse – benefitsof
Warehouse – Service – Warehousing
Alternatives –Warehouse site selection –
Factors while initiating Warehouse Operations
–WarehouseManagementSystem.
PackingandMaterialsHandling–
Functionsofpackaging–Communication–
Packagingcost–TypesofPackaging Material –
IV Unitization – Containerization – Designing a 9 C4
packagefactorsaffectingchoiceofpackagingmate
rials.
Organizationforeffectivelogisticsperformance –
centralized anddecentralizedstructures–
stagesoffunctionalaggregationinorganization,fina
ncial issues in logistics performance – Measures
V 9 C5
– Steps in ABC costing –Financial Gap Analysis
integrated Logistics–Need for Integration-
ActivityCentersinIntegratedLogisticsRoleof3PLa
nd4PL–PrinciplesofLIS.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Have familiar about concepts, evolution and functions
CO1 PO1, PO2
of logistics management.
Be able to understand the elements of logistics,
warehousing and material handling
Have better understanding about transportation,
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
distribution, packaging etc
Possess better understanding and knowledge about
CO4 PO4, PO5
integrated logistics and linguistic information system.
To understand logistics cost and need for integration
CO5 PO3, PO8
in logistics facilities.
Reading List
1. Journal of Logistics Management, ingenta.
2. Periodicals of Engineering and Natural Sciences
3. The International Journal of Logistics Management, emerald.
4. Advances in Logistics and Supply Chain Management, springer.
References Books
1st Edition Logistics Principles and Practice By Hessel Visser, 2007,
1.
Routledge.
Logistics and Supply Chain Management by Saikumari V. (Author),
2.
Purushothaman S (Author), Sultan Chand.
Logistics Management 1St Edn 2014 Edition by GANAPATHI AND NANDI,
3.
OXFORD
Textbook of Logistics and Supply Chain Management Agarwal D K, Trinity
4.
publications, 2018.
Logistics Management 3rd ED Paperback,2012 by V.V Sople ,Pearson
5.
publication.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S S
CO 2 M S S S
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 S S
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Inventory & Warehousing Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Management
Course Objectives
To enable the students to understand the fundamentals of Inventory
C1
Management and its impact on Logistics
To acquaint the students with various models, tools and techniques of Inventory
C2
control and inventory management
To impart the students, knowledge of various inventory ranking methods, and
C3
how to use technology in inventory control
To acquaint the students with basics of warehouse management, its location,
C4
layout and principles of warehouse design
To impart knowledge about the standardization, codification, safety and
C5 security of inventory and the role of Information technology in warehouse
management
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
IntroductiontoInventory–
I 9 C1
Definition,principles,role,functions
andimportanceofInventory,TypesofInventory,
Inventory Policy, CostsAssociated with
Inventory, Inventory and Profitability, Impact of
Inventory ontotallogicalcost–
Inventorymanagement– objectives /
importance,symptomsofpoorinventorymanageme
nt,Improving effectiveness
ofinventorymanagement.
Inventory Control and models – Importance and
scope of Inventory
control,SelectiveInventorycontrol,InventoryMod
els–
EconomicLotsize,EOQ,EconomicBatchQuantity
II [EBQ],ROL– 9 C2
reorderlevel,Pmodel,Qmodel,twobinsystem,fairs
hare allocation model, MRP, ABC analysis,
Just in
Time(JIT).ModernmethodsKanban,DRPandERP
.
Inventory Methods – Inventory ranking
methods and Quadrant
technique,FIFO.LIFC,Weightedaveragemetho
d,Inventoryundercertainlyanduncertainly,Risk
III 9 C3
Management,Workinprogressinventories,Finis
hedGoodsInventories,Sparepartsinventories,U
seofComputersinInventoryManagement–
RFID,EDI,Satellitetrackingsystem.
WarehouseManagement–
Definition,Principles,Roles,ImportanceofWare
houses,NeedforWarehousing,Warehouseselect
IV ionandplanning,functionsandoperationsofawar 9 C4
ehouse,Warehouselocation,AreaofWarehouse,
Factors affecting warehousing cost,
Warehouse layout, Designprinciples.
Planning–
codificationandstandardizationoftheMaterials,I
ncomingMaterials Receipts, Retrieval and
Transaction Processing System,
SecurityandLossPrevention,ConsumptionBased
V Planning–MRPandlotsixingprocedure, 9 C5
Forecasting parameter and result, planned order
planning fileconsolidation,Break bulk,Cross
docking,Mixing,Assembly–
competitiveadvantage,production support
warehouse – ERP, Roleof ITinwarehousing.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Understand the fundamentals of Inventory
Management and its impact on Logistics.
Become familiar with various models, tools and
CO2 techniques of Inventory control and inventory PO3, PO4
management.
Have knowledge of various inventory ranking
CO3 methods, and how to use technology in inventory PO5, PO6, PO7
control.
Will become acquainted with basics of warehouse
CO4 management its location, layout and principles of PO4, PO5
warehouse design.
Possess knowledge about the standardization,
codification, safety and security of inventory and the
CO5 PO3, PO8
role of Information technology in warehouse
management
Reading List
1. International Journal of Supply Chain and Inventory Management, Inderscience.
2. International Journal of Logistics Systems and Management, Inderscience.
3. Journal of Operations Management, wiley.
4. International Journal of Logistics Research and Applications,Taylor and francis
References Books
Basics of Warehouse and Inventory Management: (The pillars of business
1. Logistics) INDIA SPECIFIC EDITION 2022, by Villivalam Rangachari
Rangarajan, Notion Press
Inventory Management: Principles and Practices Paperback 2008, by P.
2.
Narayan (Author), Jaya Subramanian (Author), Excel books
Best Practice in Inventory Management Hardcover, 1997 by Tony Wild
3.
(Author), Publisher A Butterworth-Heinemann Title.
Hands-On Inventory Management (Resource Management) Hardcover 2007,
4.
Ed C. Mercado, Auer Bach Publications.
Inventory Management,2006, Chandra bose, Prentice Hall India Learning
5.
Private Limited.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M M M
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 S S
CO 5 M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Domestic and International Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Logistics
Course Objectives
To familiarize students with the basic logistics concepts and the terminology used
C1
in the logistics field and various types of vehicle selection.
To provide insights on planning & Decision making. To examine the role that
C2
logistics plays with the rest of the corporate functions.
To throw light on legislation such as licensing, drivers working hours and vehicle
C3
dimensions.
To examine logistics functions interface with Order Management, Inventory
C4 Control, Transportation, and Distribution channels as integral part of the supply
chain.
To provide a general understanding of strategic challenges of the material
C5 sourcing, reverse logistics and material production as a means of supply chain
strategies.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Vehicle Selection – Types of Vehicles – Types of
Operations – Load types and characteristics – main
I 9 C1
types of vehicle body – Implications of vehicle
selection – vehicle acquisition.
Need for planning – fleet management – main types of
II road freight transport – transport resource requirements 9 C2
– vehicle routing and scheduling issues – data
requirements – computer routing and scheduling –
information system applications – GPS – RFID.
Legislation – Operator licensing – Driver licensing –
III Driver’s Hours regulations – Road transport directive – 9 C3
tachographs – vehicle dimensions.
Introduction to Air Cargo; Aviation and airline
terminology – IATA areas – Country – Currency –
Airlines – Aircraft layout – different types of aircraft –
IV 9 C4
aircraft manufacturers – ULD – International Air
Routes – Airports – codes – Consortium – Hub and
spoke – Process Flow.
Air freight forwarding; Air Freight Exports and Imports
– Special Cargoes – Consolidation – Documentation –
V Air way Bill (AWB) – Communications – Handling 9 C5
COD Shipments – POD – conditions of contract –
Dangerous (DGR) or Hazardous goods.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Be aware of the basic logistics concepts and the
CO1 terminology used in the logistics field and various types PO1, PO2, PO6
of vehicle selection.
Possess knowledge on planning & decision making.
CO2 They will examine the role that logistics plays with the PO1, PO5
rest of the corporate functions.
Have insights on legislation such as licensing, drivers
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
working hours and vehicle dimensions.
Examine logistics functions interface with Order
Management, Inventory Control, Transportation, and
CO4 PO3, PO5
Distribution channels as integral part of the supply
chain.
Have better understanding of strategic challenges of the
CO5 material sourcing, reverse logistics and material PO3, PO8
production as a means of supply chain strategies.
Reading List
1. Journal of Marketing Theory and Practice, Taylor and francis.
2. International Journal of Physical Distribution, emerald.
3. Management Decision, emerald.
4. Periodicals of Engineering and Natural Sciences (PEN)
References Books
Wendy L Tate, The Definitive Guide to Supply Management and Procurement,
1.
1st Edition, Pearson, 2020.
2. T. A. S. Vijayaraghavan, Supply Chain Analytics, Wiley, 2021
Business Logistics; Supply chain management (5th edition) L Ronald Ballou,
3.
Pearson, 2007.
Warehouse management; a complete guide to improving efficiency and
4.
minimizing cost (2nd Edition); Gwynne Richards, 3rd Edition, Kogan Page. 2017.
Pierre A. David and Richard D. Stewart, International Logistics: The
5.
management of International Trade Operations, Cengage Learning, 2013
Fundamentals of air transport management by P.S. Senguttuvan, Excel Books,
6.
2006.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M S
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 S S
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Purchasing Management Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 Understand established principles, theories and practices of purchasing and
supply management, critically evaluate these, and link to various aspects of
performance (financial measures as well societal (e.g. ethical and
environmental) aspects)
C2 Understand the role of purchasing and supply management in the organization,
and also relative to other supply chain management processes
C3 Understand supply strategies and supplier relationships in various contexts
C4 Analyze and critical assess robustness of supplier relationship strategies
C5 Relate supply strategy to externalities such as scarcity of natural resources,
climate change, ethicial and environmental issues and costs.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to purchasing: Introduction to purchasing,
I Importance of purchasing, change role of purchasing 9 C1
Purchasing policies and activities: Importance of

policies, policies to provide guidance and direction, and
II purchasing procedures. Objectives of purchasing, 9 C2
responsibilities, purchasing process, efficient purchase.
Selection of supplier: Outsourcing or insourcing, supplier

evaluation and selection, supplier evaluation criteria,
III 9 C3
supplier score cards.
Developing and maintaining supplier relationships.

IV 9 C4
Importance of quality in purchasing decisions: overview
V of quality management, purchasing role in managing 9 C5
supplier quality, Total quality management (TQM).
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Students will Understand established principles, theories
CO1 PO4, PO6, PO8
and practices of purchasing and supply management
Understanding the role of purchasing and supply
CO2 PO1, PO2
management in the organization.
Understanding supply strategies and supplier
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
relationships in various contexts
Understanding and analyzing and critical assess
CO4 PO4, PO5
robustness of supplier relationship strategies
Relating supply strategy to externalities and
CO5 PO3, PO8
environmental issues and costs.
Reading List
1. https://www.projectmanager.com/blog/purchase-management
4. https://www.procurementexpress.com/purchase-orders/purchasing-management/
References Books
1. Supply Chain Management 6/e Paperback, 2016, Chopra/Kalra,Pearson.
Purchasing and Supply Chain Management (English, Paperback, Johnsen
2.
Thomas E, 2014, Rutledge publication.
Purchasing and Supply Management, 15 th edition, Anna E. Flynn P. Fraser
3.
Johnson, 2019.Mcgraw hill.
Supply Management, 8th Edition By David Burt and Sheila Petcavage and
4.
Richard Pinkerton, 2010, McGraw hill.
Procurement and Principles Management.11 the edition,2018. Peter
5.
Baily,Barry Crocker, David Farmer, Pearson.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M M M
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 S S
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Logistics Legal Framework
Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
And Maritime Documents
Course Objectives
C1 To create the knowledge of legal perspective.
C2 Able to understand Lawson Carriage of Goods
C3 Able to understand the process of The Cargo Claim Enquiry
C4 Able to understand the Maritime Logistics
C5 Able to understand the Chartering Principles and Practices
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Indian Contract Act,1872-Contract–Meaning–
Essential Elements –Offer and Acceptance–
Consideration–Capacity–Consent–Legality of object–
Quasi contract–Discharge of Contract–Breach of
I Contract– Remedies. Contract of Indemnity and 9 C1
Guarantee - Bailment: Rights and Duties of Bailor and
Bailee–Contract of Agency: – Creation of Agency–
Rights and Duties of Agent and Principal–Termination
of Agency
Lawson Carriage of Goods: The Bills of Lading Act
1855 And The Carriage Of Goods By Sea Act 1992 -
Non-Contractual Actions- Functions Of The Bill Of
II Lading Contracts Of Carriage - Modifications To The 9 C2
Traditional Carriage Contract Model-Third-Party Rights
Under The Initial Carriage Contract Act Common Law
And In Equity - Statutory Transfers.
The Cargo Claim Enquiry- Duties, Rights and
Liabilities of Common Carriers under:(i) The Carriers
Act,186. (ii)TheRailwaysAct,1989,(iii)The Carriage By
III Road Act, 2007 (iv) The Carriage by Air Act, 1972– 9 C3
Indian Consumer Protection Act, 1986: Objects – Rights
of Consumers – Consumer Dispute–Procedure of Filing
Complaint–Procedure for redressal of Complaints.
Maritime Logistics: Concept, objectives, Importance
and relevance to global marketing and Supply chain
management- Coastal and Ocean transportation- World
Sea-borne Transport- Global Sea Routes and the trade
volume- Characteristics of shipping transport. Types of
Ships- Container, Roll-on/roll-off (ro-ro) vessels,
IV 9 C4
General cargo ships, Bulk carriers, Tankers, etc.-
Busiest Sea routes: East-West and North-South and
Intra Region International Maritime Organization
(IMO): Formation and functions-Regulations
concerning dangerous and polluting cargoes, including
the class structure.
Chartering Principles and Practices – Types of
Charters- Voyage, Time and Bare Boat charters- Freight
V Determination and Determinants- Conference System 9 C5
Vs Competitive System- Freight structure and practice –
Rate Dynamics- Multi-modal Transport system-
Technological Developments in ocean transportation:
Size, Tracking, Speed and Security.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
CO1 To understand the knowledge of legal perspective. PO1, PO2
PO1, PO2, PO3,
CO2 To understand Lawson Carriage of Goods
PO8
To understand the process of The Cargo Claim
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
Enquiry
CO4 To understand the Maritime Logistics PO4, PO5
CO5 To understand the Chartering Principles and Practices. PO3, PO8
Reading List
https://www.marineinsight.com/maritime-law/required-documentation-for-
3.
shipping-complete-list/
4. https://uncitral.un.org/en/texts/transportgoods
References Books
1. Alan E. Branch. (2007). Elements of Shipping: Rutledge, 9th Edition
Kapoor N. D. (2020). Mercantile Law. New Delhi: Sultan Chand & Sons, 38th
2.
Edition
Maritime Economics : Rutledge. Pandit M. S., ShobhaPandit. (2010). Business
3.
Law. Mumbai: HPH, 1st Edition
4. Peter Lorange. (2009). Shipping Strategy: Innovating for Success : Rutledge.
5. Shukla M. C. (2011). Mercantile Law. New Delhi: S. Chand & Co, 13th Edition
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S S
CO 2 M S M S
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 S S
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Export & Import Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Management
Course Objectives
The course gives a foundation to participants who seek a career in
C1
International markets.
C2 The course gives participants to understand Exim documentation.
C3 To give abstract on logistics and shipping characteristics.
C4 To give knowledge on logistics and shipping procedures and pricing.
C5 To give knowledge on role of IT in International business.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Export & Import – Introduction, Definitions.
Evolution of Export & Import. Foreign Trade
I Institutional Framework and Basics. Multinational 9 C1
Organizations& Structure, International Business
Scenario.
Export-Import—Documentation and Steps, Export–
Import Strategies and Practice, Export Marketing,
II 9 C2
Business Risk Management and Coverage, Export
Incentive Schemes.
Logistics and Characteristics of Modes of
Transportation, Characteristics of Shipping Industry,
III 9 C3
World Shipping, Containerization and Leasing
Practices.
Export Procedures and Documents, Customs
Clearance of Import and Export Cargo, Methods and
IV 9 C4
Instruments of Payment and Pricing Inco terms,
Methods of Financing Exporters.
V Information Technology and International Business, 9 C5
Export & Import with European continent, Africa,
Middle East Countries, ASEAN Countries, Australia
and New Zealand, China and Japan.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Understanding the role of logistics who seek a career
CO1 PO1, PO6, PO8
in International markets.
CO2 Understand Exim documentation process PO3, PO4
CO3 Understanding logistics and shipping characteristics. PO5, PO6, PO7
Understanding logistics and shipping procedures and
CO4 PO4, PO5
pricing.
CO5 Understanding the role of IT in International business. PO3, PO8
Reading List
3. https://in.sagepub.com/en-in/sas/export-and-import-management/book276434
https://www.ettintl.com/blog/Why-Export-Import-Management-Course-Is-
4.
Important.html
References Books
Justin Paul & Rajiv Aserkar(2010). Export Import Management : Oxford
1.
University Press.
Rama Gopal C.(2007). Export Import Procedures - Documentation And Logistics
2.
:New AgeInternational.
Usha KiranRai.(2007) Export-Import and Logistics Management : PHI Learning
3.
Pvt. Ltd.
Export Business-A Beginner's Guide: A practical guide for starting export
4.
business: Notion Press,2020
5. India's Trade Analytics: Patterns And Opportunities: Sage India Pvt Ltd.2019.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M M M
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M S M
CO 4 S S
CO 5 M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Strategic Logistics
Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Management
Course Objectives
C1 Able to understand the concept of strategy
C2 Able to understand the process of environmental analysis
C3 Able to understand the concept of business level strategy
C4 Able to understand the strategy analysis and choice
C5 Able to understand the strategy analysis and control
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Strategy: Introduction - Strategic planning and
strategic management: Levels of strategic planning -
I 9 C1
Process of strategic planning - dimensions of
strategic decisions - Strategic management process
Environmental analysis: environmental scanning -
Industry analysis - Competitive analysis -Internal
analysis: Resource Based view, SWOT / PEST /
II ETOP analysis, Value Analysis- Strategy 9 C2
formulation/ alternatives: Corporate strategies: grand
strategies- stability, expansion, retrenchment and
combination
Business level strategies: - acquiring core
competencies – Porter’s Generic Strategies Model –
III Functional level strategies: Production and 9 C3
Operations – Finance – HR – Marketing and R & D
Strategies
Strategic analysis and choice: Portfolio Analysis-
IV 9 C4
BCG Growth-Share Matrix, GE Business Screen,
Shell’s Directional Policy Matrix, Hofer’s Product –
Market Matrix Strategic implementation: Steps-
structural issues- behavioral issues- strategic
leadership
Strategic evaluation and control: Balanced Score
Card approach –EVA and MVA - ERP– Stake
V holder analysis – Systems thinking approach, 9 C5
Strategic control - operational control - process and
Techniques.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
CO1 To understand the concept of strategy PO1, PO2, PO6
To understand the process of environmental
CO2 PO1, PO5
analysis
To understand the concept of business level
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
strategy
CO4 To understand the strategy analysis and choice PO3, PO5
CO5 To understand the strategy analysis and control PO3, PO8
Reading List
1. International Journal of Operations & Production Management. Emerald.
2. International Journal of Physical Distribution & Logistics Management, Emerald.
3. Logistics Information Management, Emerald.
4. Journal of business logistics,ProQuest.
References Books
AzharKazmi. (2007). Strategic Management and Business Policy – 3 rd
1.
Edition: Tata McGraw Hill. New Delhi.
R. Srinivasan. (2007). Strategic Management - 3rd Edition: Prentice Hall India,
2.
New Delhi.
Thomson, Strickland & Pearson. (2005). Strategic Management: Tata McGraw
3.
Hill, New Delhi. V.S., 2nd Edition
Ramasamy& S. Namakumari. Strategic Planning-Formulation of corporate
4.
strategy: Macmillan India pvt ltd, 2001
James R Stock, Douglas Lambert Strategic Logistics Management - McGraw-Hill
5.
Higher Education; 4th edition (1 April 2001)
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M M M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 S S
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Distribution Management Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To develop an understanding of logistics operating areas and their
C1
interrelationship.
To develop an understanding of planning and decision making and process
C2
steps.
C3 To study the nature of organizing structure in distribution.
To study the structure of distribution organization and its leadership and
C4
Control
C5 To study Business Ethics of the organization.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Distribution Distribution – Definition

– Need for physical distribution – functions of
distribution – marketing forces affecting
I distribution. The distribution concept – System 9 C1
perspective. Physical distribution trends in India.
Transportation: Scope – principles of transportation
function – relationship of transportation to other
business functions.
Planning & Decision Making: Steps in Planning
Process – Scope and Limitations –Short Term and
Long Term Planning – Flexibility in Planning –
II Characteristics of aSound Plan – Management By 9 C2
Objectives (MBO). Strategic Management
ProcessDecision MakingProcessandTechniques.
Business Models
Nature of Organizing: Organization Structure and
Design - Authority Relationships –
DelegationofAuthorityandDecentralization–
InterdepartmentalCoordinator–emerging Trends in
corporate Structure, Strategy and Culture – Impact
III 9 C3
of TechnologyonOrganizationaldesign–
Mechanisticvs.AdoptiveStructures–
FormalandInformalOrganization.Spanofcontrol–
ProsandConsofNarrowandWideSpansofControl–
OptimumSpan -ManagingChangeandInnovation.
Leadership and Control:
Leadership: Approaches to Leadership
andCommunication.
Control:ConceptofControl–
IV ApplicationoftheProcessofControlatDifferentLevels 9 C4
ofManagement(top,middleandfirstline).Performance
Standards–MeasurementsofPerformance – Remedial
Action - An Integrated Control system in an
Organization –Management by Exception (MBE)
Business Ethics: Importance of Business Ethics –
Ethical Issues and Dilemmas inBusiness - Ethical
V 9 C5
Decision Making and Ethical Leadership – Ethics
Audit - BusinessEthicsand-CSRModels.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Understanding of logistics operating areas and their
CO1 PO4, PO6, PO8
interrelationship.
Understanding of planning and decision making and
CO2 PO1, PO2
process steps.
Understanding the nature of organizing structure in
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
distribution.
Understanding the structure of distribution
CO4 PO4, PO5, PO7
organization and its leadership and Control
CO5 Understanding Business Ethics of the organization. PO3, PO8
Reading List
1. Supply chain management and advanced planning, Springer.
Journal of Business logistics, Wiley online.
4.
References Books
Alan Ruston, Phil Crouches, Peter Baker.(2014)The Handbook of Logistics

1.
and Distribution Management:kogan page India New Delhi.
D K Agrawal. (2007). Distribution and Logistics Management: A Strategic
2.
Marketing Approach: Macmillan publishers. India.
Kapoor Satish K &KansalPurva.(2003) Basics of Distribution Management: A
3.
Logistical Approach: Prentice HALL of India.
Basics of distribution management: a logistics approach by purva kansal and
4.
Satish K. Kapoor, 2003.
5. The strategy of distribution management, by Martin Christopher , 1985
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M M
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 S S S
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Multi-Modal Transportation Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To understand various tariffs applicable in sea/air/rail/road/pipeline
C1
transportation
C2 To examine about Multimodal Trade Route
C3 To understand the corporate structures in Multimodal
C4 Able to understand the concept of International Conventions
C5 Able to understand the marketing of Multimodal Transport
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Multi Modal Transportation: Multi modal
transportation - Introduction, growth and
components, Physical multi modal operations – Inter
relationship of transport mode, Modal interfaces -
I 9 C1
Function of infrastructure in various modes - Ports,
airports, inland depots, railheads - Intermodal
systems – road/rail/ sea - sea/ air - road/ air - road /
rail.
Multimodal Trade Routes: Multimodal trade
routes – factors affecting Mode and Route choices,
II Multimodal transport operators – Types of Vessel 9 C2
Operators –Other provisions through Transport
services.
Corporate Structures In Multimodal: Corporate
structures in Multimodal Transport, Pricing aspects
in transport modes - price measurements –
relationship between price and demand - importance
III 9 C3
of revenue and cash flow - pricing strategies -
Calculation of through transport pricing -
Multimodal carrier service contracts - Modern
Freight Tariffs, Tracking the Container Fleet.
International conventions: pertaining to
multimodal transport - Hague Rules – Hague V is by
Rules - Hamburg Rules - Rotterdam Rules - CMR -
IV 9 C4
CIM - TIR - Warsaw Convention - Montreal
convention -Regulations regarding Carriage of
Dangerous Goods by various modes
Marketing of Multimodal Transport: Indian
Multimodal Act-1993, Conventions related to Multi
V modal transport-Cargo liability conventions, 9 C5
Conventions relating to Dangerous Goods-Customs
conventions-Statutory Regulations and Restrictions-
National and International restrictions on the
movement of goods-WTO. Measurement of quality
of services - Importance of Quality management
systems (ISO 9000) - Application of Total Quality
Management (TQM) - Benchmarking.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Evaluate the multimodal and intermodal
CO1 PO1, PO2
transportation and the maritime transportation.
CO2 To understand about Multimodal Trade Route PO1, PO2, PO3, PO8
To understand the corporate structures in
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
Multimodal
To understand the concept of International
CO4 PO4, PO5
Conventions
To understand the marketing of Multimodal
CO5 PO3, PO8
Transport
Reading List
1. Journal of Logistics Management, ingenta.
2. Periodicals of Engineering and Natural Sciences
3. The International Journal of Logistics Management, emerald.
4. Advances in Logistics and Supply Chain Management, springer.
References Books
Hutchinson B.G. (2013). Principles of Urban Transport Systems Planning:
1.
McGraw Hill Book Company (latest edition).
JotinKhisty C & Kent Lall B. (1998). Transportation Engineering: An
2.
Introduction: Prentice. Hall International, Inc. 12th Edition
A simulation instructor’s handbook: the learning game. Nautical Institute, 2010
3. Clark, Ian. Stability, trim and strength for merchant ships and fishing vessels
(2nd edn). Nautical Institute, 2008
Bray, Capt David. DP operator’s handbook: a practical guide. Nautical
4.
Institute, 2009 Carson-Jackson, Jilian, 3rd Edition
Michiel Spanjaart(2017) multimodal transport law, 1st edition routledge,
5.
Singapore.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Comprehend overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S S
CO 2 M S S S
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 S S
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Logistics Infrastructure Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To study about the salient logistics infrastructure and environment.
C2 To study about the technical infrastructure and web.
C3 To study about the modes of transportation and the infrastructure.
C4 To study about the storage operations and control.
C5 To study about Infrastructure and Layout Of Container Terminals
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Infrastructure: Salient Features - Importance - Types -
Commercialization of Infrastructure - Infrastructure and
I Environment - Infrastructure and the poor-Policy 9 C1
framework -Indian Scenario - Phases of project
development - Slow progress.
Technology Infrastructure :Internet and World Wide
Web, internet protocols-FTP, intranet and extranet,
Cloud Service Models – SAAS, PAAS, IAAS, Cloud
II Deployment Models – Public Cloud, Private Cloud, 9 C2
Hybrid Cloud, Auto-Scaling in the Cloud, Internet
information publishing technology-basics of websever
hardware and software.
Transportation Selection – Tradeoff – modes of
III 9 C3
transportation – models for transportation and
distribution – factors affecting network
effectiveness–3PLadvantages – Indian transport
infrastructure – IT solutions–EDI, e-Commerce, e-
Procurement – Bar Coding and RFID technology
Storehouse Operations and Control: Introduction,
Objectives, Storehouse Operations and its
Objectives, Daily Activities of Stores, Organizing a
IV Store, Store Location and Layout, Selecting 9 C4
appropriate storage system, Centralisation,
Decentralisation and variety reduction of stores,
Store Housekeeping, Stores Accounting
Infrastructure and Layout Of Container Terminals:
Infrastructure and layout of container terminals -
Berth and quay characteristics- Apron width, quay
crane rails - Container yard size, layout and
markings Container Freight Station (CFS) -Gates,
V offices, maintenance facilities, fencing and traffic 9 C5
control. Types and purpose of equipment used in
container terminals - Ship to shore handling
equipment – Yard equipment for transfer, storage
and delivery - CFS and other terminal equipment,
Terminal automation.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Understanding the salient logistics infrastructure and
CO1 PO4, PO6, PO8
environment.
Understanding about the technical infrastructure and
CO2 PO1, PO2
web.
Understanding about the modes of transportation and
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
the infrastructure.
Understanding about the storage operations and
CO4 PO4, PO5
control.
Understanding about Infrastructure and Layout Of
CO5 PO3, PO8
Container Terminals
Reading List
1. https://www.projectmanager.com/blog/purchase-management
4. https://www.procurementexpress.com/purchase-orders/purchasing-management/
References Books
David Simchi, Levi, Philip Kaminsky, Ravi Shankar. (2010). Designing &
1.
Managing the Supply Chain:TataMcGrawHill. 14th Edition JOSHI R. N. (2013).
Public Private Partnership in Infrastructure: Perspectives, Principles and
2.
Practices: VisionBooks. NewDelhi.K. Hariharan. (2007).
3. Containerization, Multimodal Transport and Infrastructure Development in
India: Shroff Publishers and distributors Pvt. Ltd. 5th Edition.
Lean Logistics: High‐ velocity Logistics Infrastructure and C-5 Galaxy Timothy L.
4.
Ramey,1999.
The fundamentals of military logistics: a primer of the logistics
5.
infrastructure,2005.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M M
CO 2 M S
CO 3 S M M M
CO 4 S S
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Shipping Finance And
Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Maritime Insurance
Course Objectives
C1 Able to understand the Investment Appraisal Concept
C2 Able to understand the Ship Registration, Tax Issues & Depreciation Policies
C3 Able to understand the Classes of Risk Covered by Marine Insurance
C4 Able to understand the General Principles of Marine Insurance.
C5 Able to understand the Principles of Protection & Indemnity (P&I) Insurance
No. of Course
UNIT Details Hours Objectives
Investment Appraisal Concept. Project cost (cost &
revenue) - The time value of money – net present
value & internal rate of return methods of calculation
- Return on capital employed. Methods of accounting
for depreciation and asset replacement. Financing of
I 9 C1
Shipping Business: Equity and debt financing – The
basic secured loan & how it differs when the asset is
a ship – The ship mortgage – Financing of new
building ships – Appraising risk on shipping
investment.
Ship Registration, Tax Issues & Depreciation
Policies. Swaps and Options in Ship financing – Sale
& lease back – Derivatives in shipping finance –
Analysis of the share price movements of a public
II 9 C2
limited company. Sales and purchase of second hand
ships: Financing of secondhand ships – Analysis of
standard Ship Sale & Purchase contracts – Role of
ship sale brokers – Demolition market dynamics.
Classes of Risk Covered By Marine Insurance.
Hull & Machinery - Disbursements and increased
value of hull – Shipowners’ third party liability
(including collision liability, contact damage to the
property, death and personal injury, pollution
III liability) - Excess liabilities in hull insurance - 9 C3
Protection and Indemnity - Mortgagees indemnity -
Employee liability - Freight at risk and Freight for
Hire - Cargo insurance - Cargo liability - War and
Strikes risks – hulls - War risks – cargo - Strikes risks
- cargo.
General Principles Of Marine Insurance. Marine
insurance market structure – Effecting marine
insurance cover – Types of marine insurance covers –
IV 9 C4
Institute clauses – war & strike clauses – Marine
insurance claim process – Marine Insurance claim
during General average situations.
Principles Of Protection & Indemnity (P&I)
Insurance. Types of P&I covers available & their
V modes of operation – Third party liability claims 9 C5
processing – Insurance cover for Pollution claims –
Insurance cover for professional indemnity.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course On completion of this course, students will; Program
Outcomes Outcomes
To thoroughly understand the Investment Appraisal
CO1 PO1, PO2
Concept
To understand the process of Ship Registration, Tax
Issues & Depreciation Policies
To understand the Classes of Risk Covered by
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
Marine Insurance
To understand the procedural General Principles of
CO4 PO4, PO5
Marine Insurance.
To understand the Principles of Protection &
CO5 PO3, PO8
Indemnity (P&I) Insurance
Reading List
https://www.marineinsight.com/maritime-law/required-documentation-for-
3.
shipping-complete-list/
4. https://uncitral.un.org/en/texts/transportgoods
References Books
Shipping Finance, Graham Burns and Stephenson Harwood, Publisher:
1.
Euromoney Books, 2nd Edition,
Ship Finance: Credit expansion and the Boom Bust Cycle, Peter Stokes,
2.
Publisher: Lloyd's of London Press, 2nd Edition, 1997
Ship Sale and Purchase, Lain Goldrein QC and Paul Turner, Publisher: Lloyd's
3.
of London Press, 6th Edition, 2012
Marine Insurance: Law and Practice - Francis D Rose., Publisher: Lloyd's of
4.
London Press, 2nd Edition, 2013
General Average : Law and Practice - Francis D Rose, Publisher: Lloyd's of
5.
London Press, 3rd Edition, 2017
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S S
CO 2 M S S S
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 S S
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Packaging and Material Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Handling
Course Objectives
C1 To study about types of packaging materials and design.
C2 To study about Functions and Essentials of Packaging.
To study about consumer packaging Identification codes, bar codes, and
C3
electronic data interchange.
To study about Packing Considerations: Protection, Convenience, Environment,
C4
Use/Re- use- Cost and Competition.
To study about Eco friendly Packaging for Exports- Scientific Packaging-
C5
Standardization in Packaging.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Packaging/Packing Materials & Components: Various
Materials/Metals Flexible, Folding, Insulated, Corrugated
Packing Materials-Packing materials: Paper, Wood,
Adhesive, Aluminum foil, Cushioning-stuff, Packaging gas,
Pallet, Paperboard, Plastic wrap, Shrink wrap, Screw cap,
Slip sheet- Security printing- Stretch wrap –Time
temperature indicator- Tinplate. Packaging Industry Process
I and Machining: Packaging Demands of Consumer goods 9 C1
Industry- Packaging Demands of Industrial Users-
Technology Trends in Packaging Industry – Aseptic
processing -Authentication-Automatic identification and
data capture - Blow fill seal - Blow molding -
Containerization -Electronic article surveillance -Graphic
Design -Induction sealing -Plastic welding -Printing
Packaging: Meaning, Functions and Essentials of

II 9 C2
Packing- Packaging: Meaning, Functions and Essentials
of Packaging- Difference between Packing and
Packaging-Packing for Storage- Packing for Overseas
Shipment-Packing for Inland Transportation- Packaging
for Product content Protection-Test of packaging:
Mechanical, Climatic & Lab test- International Care
labeling code - Packaging cost
Packaging Types: Primary, Secondary and Tertiary-
Requirements of Consumer Packaging, Channel Member
Packaging and Transport Packaging - Shrink packaging
– Identification codes, bar codes, and electronic data
interchange (EDI)- Universal Product Code- GS1
Standards- package labels- Symbols used on packages
III 9 C3
and labels. Heavy, Medium and small Packaging- Active
packaging-Child-resistant packaging Pilfer/Tamper
Evident/Proof Packaging-Product-Packaging
compatibility- Pharma Packaging- Food Packaging-
Electronic goods Packaging- FMCG packaging- Heavy
engineering Goods/Equipment Packaging.
Packing Considerations: Protection, Convenience,
Environment, Use/Re- use- Cost and Competition –
Packing as a systems approach to Logistics-
Transport/Storage Requirements- Physical, Chemical
Environmental, Biological Nature of the Products
Packing as Protection Against Hazards- Package design
IV 9 C4
considerations: Structural design, marketing, shelf life,
quality assurance, logistics, legal, regulatory, graphic
design, end-use, environmental factors- Packaging for
Marketing and Visual Appeal-Biodegradation -
Recycling: Glass, Plastic &Paper-Reuse- Sustainable
packaging - Waste management.
Packaging Economics: Packaging Cost Vs Product cost-
Cost Reduction in Packaging. Packing for Inventory
Control, Value Analysis- Packing and Value
Engineering, Packaging Laws-Consumer Protection in
Food Packaging, Marking and Labeling, Eco friendly
Packaging for Exports- Scientific Packaging-
V Standardization in Packaging. 9 C5
Quality assurance-Radio- frequency identification -
Track and trace -Vacuum forming Verification and
validation - Barcode printer - Barcode reader -Bottling
line –Carton machine- Check weighed -Conveyor
system -Heat gun - Heat sealer - Industrial robot
Injection molding machine –Logistics automation
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
CO1 Understanding types of packaging materials and design. PO1, PO6, PO8
CO2 Understanding Functions and Essentials of Packaging. PO3, PO4
Understanding consumer packaging Identification codes,
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
bar codes, and electronic data interchange.
Understanding Packing Considerations: Protection,
CO4 Convenience, Environment, Use/Re- use- Cost and PO4, PO5
Competition.
Understanding Eco friendly Packaging for Exports-
CO5 PO3, PO8
Scientific Packaging-Standardization in Packaging.
Reading List
3. https://in.sagepub.com/en-in/sas/export-and-import-management/book276434
https://www.ettintl.com/blog/Why-Export-Import-Management-Course-Is-
4.
Important.html
References Books
1. Calver G. (2003). What Is Packaging Design: Rot vision.
2. Dean D. A. (2000). Pharmaceutical Packaging Technology: Taylor & Francis.
3. McKinley A. H. (2004) Transport Packaging: IoPP.
4. Robertson G. L. (2005). Food Packaging.
5. Introduction to Materials Management | Eighth Edition | By Pearson, 2017.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M M
CO 2 S S
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 S S
CO 5 S S
Elective Courses: Hospital Management
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Health Policy and Health Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Care System
Course Objectives
To provide an in-depth understanding of various frameworks on social
C1
determinants of health and broad concepts of Health scenarios in India.
To understand the activities of health agencies in India and the functions of
C2
international health organizations in the health care sector.
To illuminate the dimensions of public health policy, their structure, funding,
C3
governance, and their integration into the healthcare system.
To understand the overview of the Health Care Sector in India and assess the
C4
healthcare delivery system in the Hospitals.
To provide an overview of the various elements of Medical Tourism and to realize
C5
the potential of government policy on medical tourism in India.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Determinants of Health; Life Style – Socio – Economic
conditions – Heredity – Environment – Health and
I 9 C1
Family Welfare Services – Other Factors – Health
Scenario of India.
Organizations for Health; Voluntary health agencies in
India – Indian Red Cross Society – Indian Council for
II child welfare – Tuberculosis Association of India – RAI 9 C2
– Rockefeller Foundation – Ford Foundation - CARE -
International organizations – WHO – UNICEF – UNDP.
Health Policy; Meaning – Need – National health policy
– features – National health programmers in India –
III 9 C3
Health planning – Planning under Five Year Plans – Plan
Outlays. – National Population Policy.
Health care; concept of health care – Levels; Primary,
Secondary, Tertiary – Health for all by 2000 A.D. –
IV 9 C4
Health care system in India – Structure of Government
Machinery – Private, Government, Corporate Hospitals.
Medical Tourism; Role of Medical Tourism, Methods
to attract Foreign Medical; Tourists, Facilities
V 9 C5
available for foreign patients, Role of travel Agencies,
Govt. Policy on Medical Tourism.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be able to understand broad concepts of public health
CO1 and role of healthcare in Human Development, P01, P05
Economic Development and Inclusive Growth.
Be able to apprehend basic principles of international
health organizations in order to give them a better
CO2 P04, P08
understanding of the wider context of health systems and
public health across various countries.
Be able to learn the process of public health policy
CO3 P04, P08
making and plans in healthcare system in India.
Be able to classify the health care the system at primary,
CO4 secondary and national level and government machinery P06, P08
setup in India.
Have better understanding of medical tourism marketing,
CO5 P04, P06
regulatory laws & Ethical issues for Medical Tourism.
Reading List
1. https://alraziuni.edu.ye/uploads/pdf/An-Introduction-to-Community-Health.pdf
2. https://www.who.int/docs/default-source/primary-health/vision.pdf
3. https://ncert.nic.in/textbook/pdf/gess302.pdf
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/25109436_Health_Policy_An_Introducti
4.
on_to_Process_and_Power
Reference Books
1. ParkK,TextbookonHygieneandPreventiveMedicine,Banarsidas,Bhanoy
ParkTextbook of Preventive and Social Medicine 23rd edition
2.
(parkpsm)(English,Hardcover,K.PARK),2015
Koontz, H. and Weihrich, H., Essentials of Management: An International
3.
Perspective, 11th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Ltd., July 2020
Moniz Cynthia D(2018), Health Care Policy and Practice, fifth edition, Taylor
4.
&Francis.
Robbins, S and Coulter, M, 11th Edition, Management, Prentice Hall, 11th
5.
edition, January 2012
6. Shaikh Ubaid, Disaster Management, Technical publications, 1st edition, 2020
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Check knowledge in specific or offbeat situations, Discussions, Debating or
CO 1 M S
CO 2 M S
CO 3 S M
CO 4 M S
CO 5 S M
S-Strong 3 M-Medium2 L-Low
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Hospital Planning and Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Administration
Course Objectives
C1 To make the students understand the concept of hospital administration.
C2 To provide insights on the location layout of hospitals.
C3 To highlight on effective analysis of hospital utilization.
C4 To throw light on critical, administration and service zone.
C5 To understand different standards maintained in hospital.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Hospital:Classification–
Changingroleofhospitals–
I Roleofhospitaladministration – Hospital system 9 C1
– Need for scientificplanning and design
ofhospitals.
Planning: Principles of Planning – Planning process –
Size of the hospital – Size selection – Location Layout –
II 9 C2
Hospital architect – Selection of architect – Equipping a
hospital – Graphics and design.
Technical analysis: assessment the extent need for the
hospital services – Demand and need – Factors
III influencing hospital utilization – Bed planning – Project 9 C3
cost – Land requirements – Space requirements –
hospital drawings and documents.
Hospital Design: Building requirement – Entrance and
IV ambulatory zone – diagnostic zone – Intermediate zone – 9 C4
Critical zone – Service zone – Administrative zone.
Facilities Planning: Transport – Food Services –
Communication – Information System – Minor facilities
– others.
V Standard in Hospital: General Standards – Voluntary 9 C5
and mandatory Standards – Mechanical Standards –
Electrical Standards – Standard for centralized medical
gas system – Biomedical waste handling.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be able to understand the concept of hospital
CO1 P01,P04
administration.
CO2 Have insights on the location layout of hospitals. P02,P06
CO3 Know the effective analysis of hospital utilization. P02,P05
Have knowledge on critical administration & service
CO4 P01,P08
zone.
Understands the different standards maintained in
CO5 P07,P08
hospitals.
Reading List
1. https://www.pdfdrive.com/hospital-planning-and-administration-e25041502.html
2. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/259389319_hospital_administration
3. https://www.vpmthane.org/adc/Uploads/Hospital_Admin.pdf
http://202.91.76.90:81/fdScript/RootOfEBooks/E%20Book%20Collection%20202
1%20-%20A/MANAGEMENT/OBM752%20-
4.
%20Hospital%20Management%20(Ripped%20from%20Amazon%20Kindle%20e
Books%20by%20Sai%20Seena).pdf
Reference Books
Miller, M. K., 2006. Planning, Design, And Construction of Health Care Facilities,
1.
1st ed., Joint Commission Resources.
Paradkar, R. A., 2008. Hospital and Clinical Pharmacy, 1st ed., Pragati Books
2.
Pvt.Ltd.
Ruggiero, S. J., 2008. Staffing patterns in hospital pharmacy; four case studies,
3.
2nd ed., Duquesne University Press.
Schneider, J. M., 2010. Introduction to Public Health, 3rd ed., Jones and Bartlett
4.
Publishers, Inc.
Shi, L. & Singh, A. D., 2009. Delivering Health Care in America, 4th ed., Jones
5.
&Bartlett Publishers.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M S
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M S
CO 4 M S
CO 5 M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Hospital Records Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Management
Course Objectives
C1 To help the students in using of Information technology in Healthcare industry.
C2 To acquaint the students with Hospital records maintenance systems.
C3 To enhance the students with knowledge of latest trends in record maintenance.
C4 To provide the students with insights on challenges in record maintenance.
To deliver students about the significance of statutory compliance in record
administration.
C5
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Hospital Records; Meaning – Functions – Importance of
medical records to Patients, Doctors, Hospitals, Public
I 9 C1
Health, Press, LIC, Police – court of Law, Education and
Research.
Records Management; Registers, Forms; Meaning and
importance – Principles of records keeping – Merits and
II limitations – Principles of records keeping – Merits and 9 C2
limitations – latest trends in record maintenance –
Electronic forms of records maintenance
Types – Out - patient record, in-patient records,
III causality, emergency, surgery, obstetrics and 9 C3
gynaecology, paediatrics, investigation and diagnosis.
Records Organization and Management; Classification of
IV records – Bases for Classification – Indexing and filling 9 C4
of records – Problems associated with medical records.
Medical Registers; Meaning - Types - Purpose –
Advantages – Principles of designing records – Registers
in various departments – Common issues.
V Medical Forms and Reports; Meaning – types and 9 C5
significance – Principles of designing – Statutory
registers and reports to be maintained – Specimens.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Learn using of Information technology in Healthcare
CO1 P01, P02
industry.
Be able to acquire knowledge with respect to Hospital
CO2 P02, P08
records maintenance systems.
Be able to enhance their knowledge of latest trends in
CO3 P06, P08
record maintenance.
Get familiarized with the challenges in record
CO4 P02, P03
maintenance.
Know about the significance of statutory compliance in
CO5 P02, P07
record administration.
Reading List
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/343577236_HEALTH_RECORD_MAN
1.
AGEMENT_SYSTEM_IN_PUBLIC_HOSPITALS_-AN_ANALYSIS
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/228740128_Electronic_Medical_Record
2.
s_Management_Systems_An_Overview
http://www.irmt.org/documents/educ_training/public_sector_rec/IRMT_hospital_r
3.
ecs.pdf
4. https://www.jlab.org/ir/records/handbook/records_handbook.pdf
Reference Books
Rajendra Pal and Korlahalli J S, Essential of Business Communication, Sultan
1.
Chand and Sons, New Delhi
2. Prasantha Ghosh K, Office Management, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi.
Francis CM and Mario C de Souza, Hospital Administration, 3rd Ed. Jaypee
3.
Brothers, New Delhi
4. George, M A, The Hospital Administrator, Jaypee Brothers, New Delhi.
5. DC Joshi, Mamta Joshi, Hospital Administration, Jaypee brothers, 1st edition.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M S
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M S
CO 4 M S
CO 5 M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Hospital Core Services Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of Hospital Services
C2 To provide insights on Clinical Services
C3 To throw light on importance of Non-Clinical Services
C4 To discuss on Nursing services
C5 To create awareness Hospital General Services and Hospital Information System
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Hospital Services: Meaning – Types – Clinical – Non-

I Clinical – Nursing and Administrative Services, 9 C1
Departments in the Hospital Management.
Clinical Services: Part I - Meaning – Importance-
Types – Overview of each service. Clinical
Services: Part II – Types Anesthesia – Internal
medicine- Cardiology – Dermatology –
II 9 C2
Endocrinology – Gastroenterology – Nephrology –
Neurology – Oncology – Orthopedics – Plastic
Surgery – General Pediatrics – Urology – Obstetrics
and Gynecology – Neonatology – Physiotherapy.
Non-Clinical Services: Blood Bank Management,
Meaning – Importance – Types – Blood Bank, Non-
Clinical Services: Diagnostic Services (Laboratory
Services): Clinical bio-chemistry – Clinical pathology –
III Clinical hematology – Histopathology – Microbiology- 9 C3
Immunology, Non-Clinical Services: Radiology and
Imaging Services – Nuclear medicine – Radiotherapy,
Non-Clinical Services: Pharmacy – Staff health –
Medical staff organization and community health.
Nursing Services: Objectives – Nursing administration –

Duty of nursing officers – Nursing and support staff in
the ward – Nursing by-laws, rules, policies and
IV procedures – Nursing meetings, Nursing Audit: 9 C4
Determining nursing complement in hospital – Health
education.
V Hospital Administrative Services: Hospital 9 C5

administration – Hospital administrator – Duties of
hospital administrator – Teaching – Training services
(in-service education, attached medical college or
paramedical sciences etc.), Hospital General Services:
General and medical purchase – General stores, Hospital
Information System: Computer and hospital information
system.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Be familiar with the basic concepts of Hospital
CO1 PO4, PO6, PO8
Services
CO2 Compare and use appropriate Clinical Services PO4, PO6
Categorize Non-Clinical Services, Medical staff
CO3 PO4, PO6, PO8
organization and community health.
CO4 Summarize and manage Nursing services PO4, PO6, PO8
Contrast and use Hospital General Services and
CO5 PO4, PO6, PO7
Hospital Information System
Reading List
Kumar R and Goel S L, Hospital Managerial Services, Deep and Deep
1.
Publications, 2004,
2. Goel S L, Primary Health Care Management, Deep and Deep Publications, 2001
3. Journal of Hospital Medicine, Society of Hospital Medicine.
4. Journal of Hospital Infection, Elsevier.
References Books
S.L.Geol, R.Kumar, Hospital Core Services, Hospital administration in the 21st

1.
century, Deep & Deep Publication, 2004.
Gurol-Urganci Ipek, Understanding Health Services 2nd edition, Open University
2.
Press.
S. L. Goel, &R. Kumar, Hospital Supportive Services, Deep & Deep Publication,
3.
2004.
Joseph Tan, Handbook of Research on Emerging Perspectives on Healthcare
4. Information Systems and Informatics (Advances in Healthcare Information
Systems and administration) 1st Edition, IGI Global, 2018.
Lawrence F. Wolper, Health Care Administration: Managing Organized Delivery
5.
Systems, 5th Edition. Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Inc., 2010.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M S S
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 M M S
CO 5 M S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Hospital Support Services Elective 3 0 0 - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of Hospital Support Services
To provide insights on Documentation and various services related to
C2
Emergency
C3 To demonstrate importance of Laboratory safety and management
C4 To elucidate on Dietary Services and Hospital Diets
C5 To summarize on occupational hazards and Holistic Approach To Health
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Basics of Hospital Support Services: Principles and
methods of organizing, clinical and support services for
I hospitals. Role of supportive services / departments in 9 C1
the hospital management Nursing Care and Ward
Management.
II Laboratories and Rules: Duties and responsibilities – 9 C2
Documentation and records Emergency Services:
Ambulance service – First aid measures. Meaning-
Importance of various services relate to Emergency
Laboratories for Investigation: Laboratory rules –
Conduct – Housekeeping.
Laundry and Linen Services: Safety in the laboratory –
Blood bank management Linen and Laundry: Meaning –
III 9 C3
Importance – Type of service. Laundry arrangements –
Washing materials – Washing arrangements.
General Kitchen Equipment Store: Dietary Services
and Hospital Diets: Important and function Equipment –
IV 9 C4
Store – Day store – Visual arrangements General kitchen
– Special diet kitchen –Food distribution.
Holistic Approach to Health: Occupational Hazards –
Physical Hazards, Chemical hazards, Biological hazards,
V Psycho-social Hazards, Prevention and Control Hazards. 9 C5
Evolution of Health Care delivery system– Changing
trends in evolution of health care delivery system.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be familiar with the basic concepts of Hospital Support
CO1 P01, P02,P03
Services
Compile and manage Documentation and various
CO2 P03, P05,P06
services related to Emergency
Understand importance of Laboratory safety and
CO3 P02,P04,P05,P08
management
CO4 Moderate Dietary Services and Hospital Diets P03, P04, P08
Reflect concepts on occupational hazards and Holistic
CO5 P03, P06, P07,P08
Approach To Health
Reading List
1. https://www.jaypeedigital.com/book/9789352501328
2. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/259389319_hospital_administration
https://www.academia.edu/38166165/Healthcare_and_Hospital_Management_Edi
3.
ted_book_Excel
4. https://www.scribd.com/document/460337396/Hospital-Support-Services-pdf
Reference Books
1. Natrajan Sangeetha,Hospital support service, Excel Books, 2010.
S. L. Goel& R Kumar, Hospital support service, Deep & Deep Publication,
2.
2004..
Francis CM & Mario C de. Souza, Hospital Administration, 3rd ed., Jaypee
3.
Brothers, 2019.
4. George, MA, The Hospital Administrator, Jaypee Brothers, N. Delhi, 2003.
Hospital Medical International Pvt. Ltd., Hospital Administration, Office Journal
5.
of I.H.A.
6. Llewellyn Davies R, & Macaulay H.M.C, Hospital Planning and Administration,
Monograph series, Geneva , W.H.O, Jaypee Brothers, 1966.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M S
CO 2 M M S
CO 3 M S M S
CO 4 M S S
CO 5 M S S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Quality Assurance In Elective 3 0 0 - 3 3
25 75 100
Healthcare
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of quality in Healthcare
C2 To provide insights on Quality planning for Health service organization
C3 To throw light on Tools of evaluating quality in medical care
C4 To elucidate on Quality Assurance
C5 To discuss on Quality Circle & Recognition
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Quality-meaning, concept, importance-Quality
I terminologies-quality philosophies-Deming’s 14 points, 9 C1
Juran & Crosby.
Quality planning for service organization-Customer
satisfaction-cost of quality, determinants of quality in
II 9 C2
medical care-norms for medical staff-Medical Audit.
Medical Audit Committee.
Tools of evaluating quality in medical care-Aspects of
medical care that need evaluation-TQM concept- ISO
III 9 C3
9000 Series, its implication on hospitals; Quality control
techniques-Elective Competence, Bench marking.
Quality Assurance-major functions of Quality
Assurance-patient care evaluation-Utilisation review,
IV Continuous medical Education, Continuous Monitoring 9 C4
and Credentialing-Documentation Process-
Communication System.
Quality improvement-Problem solving-Employee
V Participation-instruction & measurement-Quality 9 C5
Circle-Quality Recognition-Quality Awards.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be familiar with the basic concepts of quality in
CO1 P01, P02
Healthcare
Implement Quality planning for Health service
CO2 P03, P04, P08
organization
CO3 Use Tools of evaluating quality in medical care P03, P05, P06, P08
CO4 Plan Quality Assurance and audit the processes P05, P06, P08
CO5 Form Quality Circles & Recognize improvements P03, P05, P08
Reading List
1. https://www.jaypeedigital.com/book/9789350909652
https://www.moh.gov.gh/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Healthcare-Quality-
2.
Assurance-Subdistrict.pdf
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/353807287_Text_book_of_Quality_man
3.
agement
https://www.pdfdrive.com/an-introduction-to-quality-assurance-in-health-care-
4.
e184351049.html
Reference Books
Avedis Donabedian, An Introduction to Quality Assurance in Health care, OUS
1.
Publisher, 2003.
Richard H. Egdahl, Paul M. Gertman, Quality Assurance in Health care,Imprint
2.
unknown, 1979.
Robert C Lloyd, Quality Health Care: A Guide to Developing and Using
3.
Indicators 2nd Edition, Jones & Bartlett Learning; 2nd edition 2017.
Gyani J Girdhar, Handbook Of Healthcare Quality & Patient Safety, 2nd Edition,
4.
Association of Health Care Providers 2017.
5. Roger Ellis, Quality Assurance of Healthcare: A Hand Book, CRC Press, 1993.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M S
CO 2 M M M
CO 3 M M S S
CO 4 M M S
CO 5 M M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Operations Management in Elective 3 0 0 - 3 3
25 75 100
Healthcare
Course Objectives
To familiarize students with the fundamentals of operations management in
C1
healthcare
To provide insights on capacity planning, scheduling and management of
C2
patient flow
To train students on the use of data analytics for planning and improving
C3
hospital operations.
To orient students on operational metrics in hospitals and inventory
C4
management.
To impart knowledge on implications of supply chain on operations &
C5
logistics of hospitals
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Operations Management in Healthcare: Key functions
of Healthcare Operations Management - Goals for the
operations manager in the Healthcare Facilities -Trends
I in Operations Management - The Challenge and the 9 C1
Opportunity -History of Performance Improvement-
Evidence-Based Medicine and Pay-for-Performance.
Healthcare Operations and Systems Management
Planning and Scheduling: Basic principles of forecasting-
Forecasting patient demand and volumes-Capacity
II planning: Aligning capacity with demand, Scheduling 9 C2
and Capacity Management. Process Improvement and
Patient Flow
The planning process: Analyze operations and
environment -Implement, measure and revise. Tools
for Problem Solving and Decision Making, Using Data
III 9 C3
and Statistical Tools for Operations Improvement,
Quality Management: Focus on Six Sigma, The Lean
Enterprise-Simulation
Operational Metrics: Financial distress in healthcare.
Operational Metrics, Benchmarking, and Analysis-
IV 9 C4
Productivity and Operational Planning- Purchasing
and Inventory Management
Implications of Supply Chain: Define supply chains-
Flows in supply chain- Supply chain strategy for
V 9 C5
hospitals- Forecasting and Supply Chain Management-
Implications for Operations and Logistics Management -
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Have deeper understanding of operations
CO1 P01, P02, P04,P06
management concepts.
Know about capacity planning, scheduling and
CO2 P01, P03, P04, P05
management of patient flow
Be able to use data analytics for planning and
CO3 P01, P04, P06, P07
improving hospital operations.
Know to prepare operational metrics in hospitals and
CO4 P01, P02, P04
manage inventory
Appreciate the role of supply chain on operations &
CO5 logistics of hospitals P01, P06, P07, P08
Reading List
http://dspace.vnbrims.org:13000/jspui/bitstream/123456789/4828/1/Handbook%2
1. 0of%20Healthcare%20Operations%20Management%20Methods%20and%20App
lications.pdf
https://www.springerpub.com/operations-management-in-healthcare-second-
2.
edition-9780826147714.html
https://www.scribd.com/document/407884865/Hospital-Operations-Management-
3.
pdf
https://www.yumpu.com/xx/document/view/62502602/download-in-pdf-
4. operations-management-in-healthcare-strategy-and-practice-by-corinne-m-
karuppan-pdf-books
Reference Books
Langabeer, J. R. (2007) Health Care Operations Management: A Quantitative
1. Approach to Business and Logistics, Burlington, MA: Jones and Bartlett
Publishers.
Ginter, P. M., Duncan, W. J., & Swayne, L. E. (2013) The strategic
2. management of health care organizations, 7nd Edition, San Francisco, CA:
John Wiley & Sons.
Gordon, P. (1998) Seniors' Housing & Care Facilities: Development, Business
3.
& Operations, US: Urban Land Institute
Hopp, W. J. & Lovejoy, W. S (2012) Hospital Operations: Principles of High
4.
Efficiency Health Care, Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson FT Press
Levin, D. J., & Joseph, A. (2010) Planning, Design, and Construction of Health
5.
Care Facilities, 2nd Edition, US: Joint Commission Resources
Vissers, J., & Beech, R. (2005) Health Operations Management: Patient flow
6.
logistics in Health Care, Oxon, UK: Routledge.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M M S S
CO 2 M M S S
CO 3 M M S S
CO 4 M S S
CO 5 M M S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Health care Governance and Elective 3 0 0 - 3 3
25 75 100
Technology
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize code of medical ethics
To provide insights on medico legal aspects – the medical termination of
C2
pregnancy act 1971
C3 Have insights on medical jurisprudence
C4 Learn legal framework related to patents’ rights, medical malpractices..
C5 Have better understanding of healthcare technology
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Code of Medical Ethics: Code - Duties of Physician to
their patents - Duties of Physician to the profession at
I large - duties of Physician to the profession in 9 C1
consultation - Duties of Physician to the profession to the
public - Disciplinary action - NAB
Medico Legal Aspects – The Medical Termination of
Pregnancy Act 1971: Indication or Grounds of MTP -
Requirements for MTP - Complications of MTP - doctor
and Criminal abortion - The Prenatal Diagnostic
II Techniques act 1994 Regulation of genetic counselling 9 C2
centre - Regulation of pre -natal diagnostic technique -
Death Certificate - Precautions while issuing death
certificate - contents of Death Certificate - Importance of
Death certificate- Tamil Nadu clinics Act
Medical Jurisprudence:
Introduction & Legal Procedure - Medico legal aspects
III 9 C3
of death injuries - General aspects - Medical ethics -
consumer Protection Act
Legal Framework – Introduction to Legal framework -
IV Patent’s rights & provider’s responsibility - Medical 9 C4
Malpractice
Healthcare Technology
Evolution of cyber medicine, the future of healthcare
V 9 C5
industry. Healthcare information systems. Global
perspective on health informatics business.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 To familiarize code of medical ethics P01, P04
To provide insights on medico legal aspects – the
CO2 P01, P04, P08
medical termination of pregnancy act 1971
CO3 Have insights on medical jurisprudence P03, P05, P06, P08
Learn legal framework related to patents’ rights,
CO4 P01, P04, P08
medical malpractices.
CO5 Have better understanding on healthcare technology P02, P05, P08
Reading List
http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.454.5816&rep=rep1&ty
1.
pe=pdf
2. https://www.opentext.com/file_source/OpenText/en_US/PDF/e-Gov%20Book.pdf
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/312087204_A_Model_for_Good_Gover
3. nance_of_Healthcare_Technology_Management_in_the_Public_Sector_Learning_
from_Evidence-Informed_Policy_Development_and_Implementation_in_Benin
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/209937763_Information_System_for_H
4.
ealth-Care_in_E-Government
Reference Books
AMA Council on Ethical and Judicial Affairs (Author), Southern Illinois
1. University at Carbondale (Author), Southern Illinois University School of
Law (Contributor), Code of medical ethics, Revised edition 2002
2. S K. Singhal The Doctor & Law,2nd edition 2009
3. Dr.V.V.Pillay, Forensic Medicine and Toxicology, 18th edition 2017.
G. Spekowius, T. Wendler, Robert Matthews and Nand Relan, Advances in
4. Healthcare Technology: Shaping the Future of Medical Care, vol 6, July 2006.
Medical Termination of Pregnancy Act, 1971 alongwith Rules, 2003 &

5. Regulations, 2003, Professional Book Publishers; 2015th edition (1 January
2015),
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M S
CO 2 M S S
CO 3 M M S
CO 4 M S S
CO 5 M S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Total Quality Management Elective 3 0 0 - 3 3
25 75 100
in Hospital
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of TQM in Hospitals
C2 To provide insights on approaches to quality management in hospitals
C3 To throw light on quality assurance methods
C4 To elucidate on quality certification systems
C5 To create awareness on quality accreditations in hospitals
No. of Course
TQM & Six-Sigma: TQM Definition – Principles of
TQM – Implementing TQM Concepts in Hospital
Departments – Six Sigma – Features – Benefits and
I 9 C1
Goals of Six Sigma – Scope of Six Sigma in Hospital –
Pareto Analysis– Root Cause Analysis – Quality
Improvement Teams.
Process Approach to Quality Management in
Hospitals: Process – Process Management – Triple Role
II 9 C2
of Process Team – PDCA Cycle – Preparation of process
flow diagrams for distinct processes in a hospital –
Quality Aspects of processes in Hospitals Diagnostic
services – Nursing services – House Keeping – Blood
Bank – Pharmacy – OPD – Surgery – ICU – Emergency
and Trauma care – Canteen – Hospital Stores.
Quality Assurance Methods: Definition – Principles of
Quality Assurance – Quality Policy – Quality Manual –
Hospital Sop’s – 5’S Techniques – Specification limits –
Process Control limits – Process capability analysis tools
III 9 C3
– Product Testing – Prototype Testing – Failure Testing –
Process Mapping – Process Mapping Tools – Quality
Audit – Business Process Reengineering – Essence of
Re-engineering.
Quality Certification Systems: Introduction –
International Standards ISO 9000 – 9004 – Elements of
ISO 9000 – Areas of ISO 9000 – Family of ISO9000 –
IV ISO 14001 – Environment Management Systems – ISO 9 C4
14000 Family – Stages of Environmental Management
Standards – Evaluation and Compliance.
Quality Accreditation in Hospitals: Accreditation
System – Process – Procedure – Joint Commission
International (JCI) – Mission –Benefits – Value –
Accreditation in 15 Areas – JCI for primary care centers
V – JCI Accredited Hospitals in India – Basic Objectives of 9 C5
National Accreditation Board for Hospitals (NABH) –
Standards of NABH – Documentation Procedure – Patent
Rights and Education – Benefits of NABH to Hospital –
Employees – Patents and TPA’s.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 P01, P02
TQM in Hospitals
To provide insights on approaches to quality
CO2 P02, P04, P07, P08
management in hospitals
CO3 To throw light on quality assurance methods P03, P05, P06, P08
CO4 To elucidate on quality certification systems P05, P06, P08
To create awareness on quality accreditations in
CO5 P03, P05, P08
hospitals
Reading List
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/314284735_Total_Quality_Management
1.
_in_Healthcare
https://www.academia.edu/37034010/Total_Quality_Management_in_Healthcare_
2.
Total_Quality_Management_in_Healthcare
https://www.routledge.com/The-Textbook-of-Total-Quality-in-Healthcare/Al-
3.
Assaf-Schmele/p/book/9780963403049
4. http://rmkec.ac.in/tmp/mech/Contents/totalqualitymanagement.pdf
Reference Books
Dr. Sayeeda Amtul Mahboob, TQM practices of hospitals in Hyderbad, March
1.
2021
K. Shridhara Bhat, Total Quality Management – Text & Cases, Himalaya
2.
Publishing House, 2017
3. William J. Kolarik, creating quality, July 1999.
Balasubramanian Mahadevan, Total Quality Management in the Healthcare
4.
industry: An Efficient Guide for Healthcare Management, 2022.
Mohammed R Twati, Total quality management implementation in the
5.
healthcare industry Paperback – Import, 6 June 2019
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M S
CO 2 M M S S
CO 3 M M S S
CO 4 M S S
CO 5 M M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Health Care Accreditation Elective 3 0 0 - 3 3
25 75 100
and Law
Course Objectives
To impart multi-dimensional knowledge about Quality management in the
C1
hospital to the students.
To learn about the Quality accreditation, control and management in general
C2
and in details for hospitals.
C3 To learn about those laws which are applicable for healthcare formation.
To get an over view of legal contract and provisions of acts related to healthcare
C4
system
To understand about Health Care Waste, Legal guidelines on Waste Disposals,
C5 Coding different Wastes, Treatment and Disposal, Management issues,
Maintenance of records and reports.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Evolution of Quality Management: Definition, origin
& growth of Quality Management, Need & Benefits for
quality management in healthcare, Quality Management
Programme, ISO clauses, quality manual, quality of
clinical services, Critical Pathways, Medical Audits,
Performance review – Assessment / Methods, Quality
I 9 C1
Management of diagnostic facilities, Assessment of
Client satisfaction-Importance and Significance of TQM
for Hospitals; Prerequisites of Quality Management in
Hospitals; Role of Medical Record in Quality
Management; Quality Circles; Quality Assurance.
Benchmarking of Quality Standard: Hospital

Accreditation: Concept of Hospital Accreditation; ISO
2000 & 14000, Role of Quality Council of India (QCI),
NABL, NABH, JCI, BIS, ACHS Accreditation-
Implementation strategies for Quality Programmes- Top
II 9 C2
Management Commitment, Organizing Implementation,
Action Plan, Group Meeting, Training, documentation,
internal audit, application for certificate, final audit,
Leadership issues. Selection of pilot projects, Quality
initiatives in Indian Health Care Organization.
Laws Relating to Healthcare Formation: Promotion-
III Forming society-The Companies Act-Law of 9 C3
Partnership-A Sample Constitution for the Hospital-The
Tamil Nadu Clinics Act – Medical Ethics –Formation of
a Health care Organization under Partnerships and
Corporate basis (private and public); Public Private
Partnerships in health care; National Medical Council;
Physician Patient relationship; Duties towards patients by
medical and Para-medical staff; Medical ethics & Oaths;
Code of conduct.
Healthcare Services and Law:
Contractual obligations in Hospital Services- Requisites
of a valid contract; Contractual liability and damages;
Criminal liability and defenses available to hospitals and
medical staff; tortuous and vicarious liability; Legal
IV 9 C4
remedies available to patients, Hospital as a bailee; CP
Act, RTI-Central Births and Deaths Registration Act,
1969- Recent amendments – Medical Termination of
Pregnancy Act, 1971 – Infant Milk Substitutes, Feeding
Bottles and Infant Food Act, 1992.
Laws Pertaining to Hospitals: Transplantation of
Human Organs Act, 1994 – Pre-natal Diagnostic
Techniques (Regulation and Prevention of Misuse) Act,
V 1994 – Medical Negligence – Medico Legal Case – 9 C5
Dying Declaration-MCI act on medical education. The
Biomedical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules-
Radiation Safety System.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
To understand about Quality management in hospitals
CO1 P01, P07, P08
and other healthcare facilities.
To Know the quality in operational activities and role
CO2 of each stakeholder of hospital industry in maintaining P06, P07, P08
quality management.
To familiarize the legal and ethical issues pertaining to
CO3 P04, P05, P08
the Hospitals Formation.
To apply the knowledge of contract in the functioning
CO4 P01, P02, P05, P06
of the hospital.
Have better idea and understanding about Ensuring
CO5 waste being recycled/disposed safely by proper P03, P05, P06, PO7
guidelines.
Reading List
https://www.healthit.gov/sites/default/files/pdf/privacy/privacy-and-security-
1.
guide.pdf
https://www.amazon.in/Hospital-Healthcare-Accreditation-Guidelines-NABH-
2.
ebook/dp/B085GB9LBR
https://www.nabh.co/images/Standards/NABH%205%20STD%20April%202020.
3.
pdf
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/262956444_Accreditation_of_Health_C
4.
are_Academic_Medical_Institutions
Reference Books
James R Evans, James W Dean, Jr., Total Quality (Management, Organisation and
1.
Stragtegy), Excel Books, New Delhi, 2nd Edition, 1999
Sakharkar, B. M., & Jaypee Brothers (Jaypeedigital). Principles of Hospital
2. Administration & Planning. (Jaypee eBooks.) Jaypee Brothers Medical Publisher
(P) Ltd, 2nd Edition, 2009
S.L. Goel, Healthcare Management and Administration, Deep & Deep
3.
Publications Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, First Edition, 2010
Harris, D. (2014). Contemporary Issues in Healthcare Law and Ethics. Chicago:
4.
Health Administration Press, First Edition, 2014
BM Sakharkar, PRINCIPLES OF HOSPITAL ADMINISTRATION AND
5.
PLANNING – Jaypee brothers Publications, second Edition, 2009
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M S
CO 2 M M S
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 M M S S
CO 5 M M S S
Elective Courses: Business Analytics
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Fundamentals of Business Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Analytics
Course Objectives
C1 To enable the students to understand the basics of Business Analytics
To create awareness and understanding on visualizing data through collecting,
C2
managing and analyzing data.
C3 To educate the students on data mining and multi-dimensional data analysis
C4 To educate the students on machine learning and AI.
C5 To elucidate the students on the analysis of various areas of business
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Business Analytics: Meaning -
Historical overview of data analysis – Data Scientist
Vs Data Engineer Vs Business Analyst – Career in
I 9 C1
Business Analytics – Introduction to data science –
Applications for data science – Roles and
Responsibilities of data scientists
Data Visualization: DataCollection-
DataManagement-BigDataManagement-
Organization/sources of data - Importance of data
quality - Dealing withmissing or incomplete data -
II Data Visualization - Data Classification 9 C2
DataScienceProjectLifeCycle:BusinessRequirement-
DataAcquisition–Data Preparation- Hypothesis and
Modeling- Evaluation and
Interpretation,Deployment,Operations, Optimization.
Data Mining: Introduction to Data Mining - The
origins of Data Mining - Data MiningTasks-
III OLAPandMultidimensionaldataanalysis- 9 C3
BasicconceptofAssociationAnalysis andCluster
Analysis.
Machine Learning: Introduction to Machine
Learning - History and Evolution - AI Evolution -
StatisticsVsDataMiningVs,Data AnalyticsVs,
IV DataScience- 9 C4
SupervisedLearning,UnsupervisedLearning,Reinforce
mentLearning–Frame works forbuildingMachine
LearningSystems.
V Applicationof BusinessAnalysis:RetailAnalytics- 9 C5
MarketingAnalytics-FinancialAnalytics -Healthcare
Analytics -SupplyChain Analytics.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be able to understand the basics of Business
CO1 PO1, PO2
Analytics
Possess awareness and understanding on visualizing
CO2 data through collecting, managing and analyzing PO1, PO2,
data.
Possess knowledge on data mining and multi-
CO3 PO2, P05, PO6
dimensional data analysis
CO4 Have knowledge on machine learning and AI. PO4, PO5
Possess knowledge on the analysis of various areas
CO5 PO2, P05, PO6
of business.
Reading List
https://ptgmedia.pearsoncmg.com/images/9780133552188/samplepages/013355218
1.
7.pdf
2. http://www.gerkoole.com/IBA/downloads/IBA_Koole_first_chapters.pdf
Jeen‐ Su Lim, John H. Heinrichs. (2021) Developing context‐ relevant project
3. experiences for marketing analytics students. Decision Sciences Journal of
Innovative Education 19:2, pages 150-156.
Wullianallur Raghupathi, Viju Raghupathi. (2021) Contemporary Business
4.
Analytics: An Overview. Data 6:8, pages 86.
References Books
MajidNabavi,DavidL.Olson,IntroductiontoBusinessAnalytics,BusinessExpertPr
1.
ess,2018
UmeshRHodeghattaandUmeshaNayak,BusinessAnalyticsUsingR-
2.
APracticalApproachApress,2017.
JefferyD.Camm,JamesJ.Cochran,MichaelJ.Fry,JeffreyW.Ohlmann,
3.
DavidR.Anderson,Essentials ofBusinessAnalytics, CengageLearning, 2015
SandhyaKuruganti,BusinessAnalytics:ApplicationsToConsumerMarketing,McG
4.
rawHill, 2015
BernardMarr,BigData:UsingSmartBigData,AnalyticsandMetricstoMakeBetterD
5.
ecisionsandImprovePerformance,Wiley,2015
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Comprehend overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S M
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 M S
CO 5 M S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
DataAnalyticswithRProgra Core 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
mming
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students about R programming
C2 To understand the R platform
C3 To learn about R tools
C4 To learn about the tools in R platform
C5 Understand the reinforcement learning
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Overview of R programming - Environment setup
with R Studio- SASversus R - R, S, and S-plus -
I Obtaining and managing R - Objects - types ofobjects, 9 C1
classes, creating and accessing objects- Arithmetic
and matrixoperations-Introduction to functions.
WorkingwithR-Readingandwritingdata-Rlibraries-
FunctionsandR programming–theIfstatement-
II looping:for,repeat,while-writingfunctions-function 9 C2
arguments andoptions– Basic Rcommands
ReadingandgettingdataintoR(ExternalData):UsingCS
III 9 C3
Vfiles,XMLfiles,Web Data, JSON files, Databases,
Excel files. Working with R Charts andGraphs:
Histograms, Boxplots, Bar Charts, Line Graphs,
Scatterplots, PieCharts.
Random Forest, Decision Tree, Normal and Binomial
distributions,
IV 9 C4
TimeSeriesAnalysis,LinearandMultipleRegression,Lo
gisticRegression,SurvivalAnalysis.
Creating data for analytics through designed
experiments, Creating data
V foranalyticsthroughactivelearning,Creatingdataforanalyt 9 C5
icsthroughreinforcementlearning.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Possess the basic knowledge about the R platform PO2, PO6
CO2 Possess knowledge R tools PO1, PO2, PO6
Develop knowledge graphs and other statistical
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
methods
Have an understanding about advanced statistical
CO4 PO4, PO7
tools
Develop knowledge about active and reinforcement
CO5 PO1, PO6
learning
Reading List
1. https://www.cs.upc.edu/~robert/teaching/estadistica/rprogramming.pdf
https://diytranscriptomics.com/Reading/files/The%20Art%20of%20R%20Progra
2.
mming.pdf
R Core Team (2016). R: A Language and Environment for Statistical Computing.
3. R Foundation for Statistical Computing, Vienna, Austria. URL https://www.R-
project.org/.
Ritz C, Streibig JC (2005). “Bioassay Analysis using R.” Journal of Statistical
4.
Software,12(5), 1–22. doi:10.18637/jss.v012.i05.
References Books
RaghavBali,DipanjanSarkar andTusharSharma,LearningSocialMedia
1.
AnalyticswithR,Packt Publishing Ltd, 2017.
Nina Zumel and John Mount, Practical Data Science with R, Manning
2.
PublicationsCompany, 2014.
Peter Dalgaard, Introductory Statistics with R (Paperback) 1st Edition
3.
Springer-VerlagNewYork,Inc. (ISBN 0-387-95475-9) (2019)
W. N. Venables and B. D. Ripley. 2002, Modern Applied Statistics with S. 4th
4.
Edition.Springer.(ISBN 0-387-95457-0)]
Andreas Krause, Melvin Olson. 2005, The Basics of S-PLUS, 4th edition,
5.
Springer-Verlag,New York(ISBN 0-387-26109-5)
Internal Continuous Internal Assessment Test
25 Marks
Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S M
CO 2 M S S
CO 3 S M S
CO 4 M S
CO 5 S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Business Analytics Using Elective 3 - - - 3 25 75 100
Python
Course Objectives
C1 Business data analysis techniques and their theoretical foundations
C2 Visualizations using tableau
C3 To understand business models
C4 Analyse various models
C5 Applications of Marketing Analytics
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction
Introduction to Business Analytics - Evolution of
I 9 C1
Business Data and Analytics timeline - Types of
Analytics - Marketing Analytics Applications -
Summarizing & Reporting Marketing Data using
Excel
Visualizing Business Data usingTableau -
Visualizations Using Python & R - Understanding the
II 9 C2
Metrics across domains -Developing Metrics -
Flowchart for Metric Creation
Business Models & Strategies Business Models -
Marketing Engineering – Segmentation Analytics –
III 9 C3
Clustering Algorithms - Positioning Analysis - Data
Mining applications
Marketing Mix Analytics: New Product
development decisions - Pricing the Product -
IV Forecasting the Sales – Allocating the Retail space & 9 C4
Sales Resource – Consumer Attribution Modelling
Methods
Marketing Mix Analytics Applications Customer
Churn Modelling – Purchase Behaviour Prediction
V Models- social media Listening and Sentimental 9 C5
Analysis – Market Basket Analysis – RFM Analysis –
Recommender Systems development
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understand and explain key principles, concepts and
terms associated with marketing analytics including
CO1 PO1, PO6
the Marketing Metrics, web analytics, big data
analytics, social media analytics and analytics trends
Construct a metric identifying the areas to be
CO2 measured for the individual or corporate and how it PO1, PO2, PO5
makes sense to the business managers.
Analyse marketing situations using appropriate
CO3 instruments to formulate marketing strategies and PO4, PO6
plans, and to evaluate their impact
Analyse marketing situations using appropriate
CO4 instruments to formulate marketing strategies and PO4, PO5, PO6
plans, and to evaluate their impact
Apply the marketing Instruments and quantitative
methods providing students with an image of the
CO5 PO2, PO6
complexity and pitfalls of typical marketing
situations and problems
Reading List
https://bedford-computing.co.uk/learning/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/Python-for-
1.
Data-Analysis.pdf
2. https://cfm.ehu.es/ricardo/docs/python/Learning_Python.pdf
Van Rossum G, others (2016). Python Programming Language. URL
3.
http://www.python.org/.
4. Jesus Rogel-Salazar,Data Science and Analytics with Python, 2017
References Books
“R for Marketing Research and Analytics”, Chris Chapman,Springe
1.
Publications, 1st Edition, 2015.
2. “Business Analytics”, Dinesh Kumar U Wiley India, 1st Edition, 2017.
“Marketing Metrics: The Definitive Guide to Measuring Marketing Performance”,
3.
Paul W Farris,Pearson Education, 2nd Edition, 2010.
“Business Analytics- Texts and Cases”, Tanushri Banerjee & Arindham
4.
BanerjeeSage Publications, 1st Edition, 2019.
“Marketing Analytics – Data Driven Techniques with Microsoft Excel”, Wayne L
5.
Winston,Wiley Publications, 1st Edition, 2015..
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S M
CO 2 S S M
CO 3 M S
CO 4 S M M
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Data Visualization Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To understand Data visualization
C2 To understand basic visualizations using tableau with basics
C3 To understand advanced Visualizations using tableau
C4 To understand BI and power BI
C5 Visulizations through R
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Data Visualization –A primer of Business
Intelligence Business Intelligence - Data
Visualization Evolution and Characteristics –
I Importance of Data Visualization – Data Visualization 9 C1
Process - Data Visualization Tools and Software -
Data Visualization Techniques – Best Practices in
Data Visualization
Data visualization Using Tableau – Basics -
Introduction to Tableau – Tableau interface &
Architecture – Data connections & Data Sources –
II Preparation of Data – Exploring and analyzing data – 9 C2
Creating basic charts – Apply analytics to a worksheet
– Creating Groups and Hierarchies - Mapping -
Sharing Insights
Data visualization Using Tableau – Advanced
Advanced calculations - Parameters – Special Charts -
III Creation of Dashboards – Dashboard Actions -Story 9 C3
Boards Preparation - Sharing the work – Profile
creation in Tableau Public
Reports & Dashboards using Power BI: Power BI
introduction – Power BI Architecture & Process –
Connecting Power BI with different Data Sources –
IV Power Query for Data transformation- Data Modelling 9 C4
in Power BI – Reports – Visualization types in Power
BI – Statics and Live Dashboards- Data Refresh &
Security
Visualizing through R , Python & Qlikview
:Grammar of Graphics – GGplot and visualizations
V 9 C5
using R – Advanced visualizations using matplotlib,
seaborn and pyplot – Qlikview overview
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Explain data visualization process and explore
CO1 different types of visualization and how humans PO2, PO5
perceive information.
Implement principles of design and color to make
visualizations more engaging and effective and apply
CO2 PO1, PO2
techniques from user-interface design to create an
effective visualization system.
Develop Data Models and use the DAX Formula
CO3 language and M language to develop POWERFUL PO6, PO7
calculations
Design visualization system for large datasets and
dashboards using tableau and power BI, Python and
CO4 PO2, PO5
R, interpret the visualization created from the data
set
Build professional-quality business intelligence
CO5 reports from the ground up and share for PO2, PO4
collaboration
Reading List
https://cicerocq.files.wordpress.com/2020/03/sosulski-kristen-data-visualization-
1.
made-simple_-insights-into-becoming-visual-2019-routledge.pdf
https://indico.cern.ch/event/681081/contributions/2790760/attachments/1729504/2
2.
794629/Principles-of-Visualization-Course-Pt1-Full.pdf
Eric Hehman, Sally Y. Xie, Doing Better Data Visualization, ,First Published
3.
October 8, 2021
Wilke, C, fundamentals of data visualization : a primer on making informative and
4.
compelling figures, 2019
References Books
“Storytelling with Data: A Data Visualization Guide for Business Professionals”,
1.
Cole Nussbaumer Knaflic, Amazon Asia-Pacific Holdings Private Limited, 2015.
“Microsoft Power BI Complete Reference: Bring your data to life with the
2. powerful features of Microsoft Power BI”, Devin Knight, Packt Publishing,
2018.
“Data Visualization and Exploration with R: A practical guide to using R, R
3. Studio, and Tidyverse for data visualization, exploration, and data science
applications”, Eric Pimpler, Amazon Asia-Pacific Holdings Private Limited, 2017.
4. “Practical Tableau”, Ryan Sleeper, O'Reilly Media, 2018.
“Visualization: Visual representations of data and information”, The Open
5.
University, Amazon Asia-Pacific Holdings Private Limited, 2016.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S M
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M S
CO 4 M S
CO 5 S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
DataAnalytics Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
inBusinessFunctionalAreas
Course Objectives
C1 To have clear understanding on the concept of HR Analytics
C2 To acquire knowledge on Financial Analytics
C3 To obtain knowledge on CRM Analytics
C4 To understand the concept of Retail Analytics
C5 To possess knowledge on SCM/LogisticsAnalytics
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
HRAnalytics:Datarequirements-
identifyingdataneedsandgatheringdata-
HRdataquality,validityandconsistency-
Usinghistoricaldata-Dataexploration-Datavisualization-
I 9 C1
Associationbetweenvariables–Insights fromreports-
RootcauseanalysisofHRissues-
Employeeretentionandturnover-workforceproductivity
and performance -scenario planning.
FinancialAnalytics:Prospectiveanalysis–Techniques-
Elementsofdetailed forecast – Sensitivity analysis –-
Decision tress analysis of capitalbudgeting-
Creditanalysis-Mergersandacquisition–
II 9 C2
MotivationsforM&A – Valuation of M & A -
Valuation of equity and debt – Primary andsecondary
market analysis - Assessing market value of equity
with bookvalueand index.
CRM Analytics:Customer Analytics Overview-
Quantifying CustomerValue-
UsingStataforBasicCustomerAnalysis-
III PredictingResponsewithRFMAnalysis- 9 C3
StatisticsReview-PredictingResponsewithLogistic
Regression-PredictingResponsewithNeuralNetworks-
PredictingResponsewith DecisionTrees.
Retail Analytics: The digital evolution of retail
marketing - Digital natives -Constant connectivity
IV social interaction - Predictive modelling - 9 C4
Keepingtrack-Data availability-Efficiency
optimization.
SCM/LogisticsAnalytics:WarehousingDecisions,Mat
hematicalProgramming Models, P-Median Methods,
Guided LP Approach, Balmer –Wolfe Method,
Greedy Drop Heuristics, Dynamic Location Models,
V 9 C5
SpaceDetermination andLayout Methods-
AnalyticHierarchy Process,DataEnvelopment
Analysis, Risk Analysis in Supply Chain, measuring
transitrisks,supply risks, delivering risks.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Clear understanding on the concept of HR Analytics PO2, PO5
CO2 Knowledge on Financial Analytics PO1, PO7
CO3 Clarity on CRM Analytics PO1, PO5, PO6
CO4 Awareness on the concept of Retail Analytics PO2, PO6
CO5 Knowledge on SCM/LogisticsAnalytics PO2, PO5
Reading List
1. https://book.akij.net/eBooks/2018/May/5aef50939a868/Data_Science_for_Bus.pdf
http://dspace.vnbrims.org:13000/jspui/bitstream/123456789/4175/1/Business%20a
2. nalytics%20for%20managers%20taking%20business%20intelligence%20beyond
%20reporting.pdf
https://www.netsuite.com/portal/resource/articles/business-strategy/business-
3.
intelligence-examples.shtml?mc24943=v2
4. Peter C,Journal of Business Research, Volume 122, January 2021, Pages 889-901
References Books
JacFitz-
1. Enz,TheNewHRAnalytics:PredictingtheEconomicValueofYouCompany'sHum
anCapitalInvestments, Amacom.2009
RaghuramiReddyEtukuru,EnterpriseRiskAnalyticsforCapitalMarkets:Proactive
2.
andReal-TimeRisk, iUniverse, 2014
KhalidZidan,SupplyChainManagement:Fundamentals,Strategy,Analytics&Plannin
3. gforSupply Chain & Logistics Management, CreateSpace Independent Publishing
Platform,2016
Chan,HingKai,Subramanian,Nachiappan,AbdulrahmanandMuhammadDan-
4.
Asabe,SupplyChain Management in the Big DataEra,IGIGlobal. 2016
Karunakaran,K..MarketingManagement.NewDelhi:HimalayaPublishingHouse.3rd
5.
edition, 2013
JacFitz-
6. Enz,TheNewHRAnalytics:PredictingtheEconomicValueofYouCompany'sHumanC
apitalInvestments, Amacom.2009
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S M
CO 2 S M
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 S M
CO 5 S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
DATA SCIENCE Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students with the basics of data mining.
C2 Understand the data warehouse
C3 To learn about Regression and correlation
C4 To learn about the tools in the R platform To learn about BI tools
C5 Understand the application in various sectors
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Data mining, text mining, Web mining, Spatial
mining, Process mining, BIprocess-
I 9 C1
PrivateandPublicIntelligence,Strategicassessmentofim
plementation.
Datawarehouse–characteristicsandview-
OLTPandOLAP-Designanddevelopment of data
II 9 C2
warehouse, Metadata models, Extract/ Transform
/Load(ETL)design.
Regressionandcorrelation;Classification-
Decisiontrees;clustering–
Neuralnetworks;Marketbasketanalysis-
III Associationrules- 9 C3
Geneticalgorithmsandlinkanalysis,SupportVectorMachi
ne,AntColony
Optimization.
Businessintelligencesoftware,BIonweb,Ethicalandlega
llimits,Industrialespionage, modern techniques of
IV 9 C4
crypto analysis, managing and organizingforan
effectiveBITeam.
Applicationsinvarioussectors–
V Retailing,CRM,Banking,StockPricing,Production,Cri 9 C5
me, Genetics, Medical,Pharmaceutical field.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Possess the basic knowledge about the data mining PO2, PO5
CO2 Possess knowledge about data warehouse PO1, PO6
CO3 Develop knowledge regression and correlations PO1, PO5, PO7
Have an understanding about business intelligence
CO4 PO5, PO6
tools
CO5 Develop knowledge about its applications in PO6, PO8
various sectors
Reading List
https://doc.lagout.org/Others/Data%20Mining/Data%20Mining_%20The%20Text
1.
book%20%5BAggarwal%202015-04-14%5D.pdf
https://doc.lagout.org/Others/Data%20Mining/Business%20Intelligence%20and%
2.
20Data%20Mining%20%5BMaheshwari%202014-12-31%5D.pdf
3. Shu-Hsien Liao, Data mining techniques and applications, 2012
4. Dr. M.A. Dorgham, International Journal of Data Mining and Bioinformatics,2020
References Books
1. AnilMaheshwari,Data AnalyticsMadeAccessible,Kindleedition, 2019.
FosterProvost&TomFawcett,DataScienceforBusiness:WhatYouNeedtoKnow
2.
Oreilly, 2013
JiaweiHan,MichelineKamberandJianPei,DataMining:ConceptsandTechniques,3rde
3.
d.,Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2012
IanH.Witten,EibeFrankandMarkA.Hall,DataMining:PracticalMachineLearningToo
4.
lsandTechniques(3rded.). Morgan Kaufmann,2011 (ISBN 978-0-12-374856-0)
EfraimTurban,RameshSharda,JayE.AronsonandDavidKing,BusinessIntelligence,P
5.
earson,2008.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S M
CO 2 S M
CO 3 S M M
CO 4 M S
CO 5 S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Business Intelligence, Big Elective 3 - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Data, Cloud Computing
Course Objectives
To familiarize the students on big data platform, applications on big data using
C1
Pig and Hive.
C2 To provide insights on data mining tools, methods and techniques.
To throw light on business intelligence software and modern techniques of
C3
crypto analysis.
C4 To elucidate on cloud computing characteristics, challenges and applications.
To create awareness and importance of predictive analytics and visual data
C5
analysis techniques.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Big Data Frameworks: Introduction to Big Data
Platform – Challenges of Conventional Systems -
Intelligent data analysis – Nature of Data - Analytic
Processes and Tools - Analysis vs Reporting.
I 9 C1
Applications on Big Data Using Pig and Hive – Data
processing operators in Pig – Hive services – HiveQL –
Querying Data in Hive - fundamentals of HBase and
Zookeeper - IBM Info Sphere Big Insights and Streams.
Data Mining Tools, Methods and Techniques: Data
mining, Text mining, Web mining, Spatial mining,
Process mining, BI process, Private and Public
intelligence, Strategic assessment of implementing BI
Data Mining Techniques: Introduction, Statistical
II 9 C2
Perspective on Data Mining, Statistics-need and
algorithms, Naïve Bayes Algorithm, Chi-Square
Automatic Interaction-Detectors (CHAID)-
Classification and Regression Tree (CART) - Analysis
of Unstructured Data.
Modern Information Technology and its Bu siness
Opportunities:Business intelligence software, BI on
III web, Ethical and legal limits, Industrial espionage, 9 C3
modern techniques of crypto analysis, managing and
organizing for an effective BI Team.
Cloud Computing Introduction and
Applications:Cloud issues and challenges - Properties
IV 9 C4
- Characteristics - Service models, Deployment
models. Cloud resources: Network and API - Virtual
and Physical computational resources - Data-storage.
Virtualization concepts - Types of Virtualization-
Introduction to Various Hypervisors - High
Availability (HA)/Disaster Recovery (DR) using
Virtualization, Moving VMs, Cloud
ComputingApplications:Overview on Amazon AWS,
Microsoft Azure and Google App Engine
Visualization techniques: Predictive Analytics-
Simple linear regression- Multiple linear regression-
V Interpretation of regression coefficients. 9 C5
Visualizations - Visual data analysis techniques-
interaction techniques - Systems and applications.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Possess the knowledge on big data platform,
CO1 PO2, PO6
applications on big data using Pig and Hive.
Have insights on data mining tools, methods and
CO2 PO1, PO5
techniques.
Possess knowledge on business intelligence software
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
and modern techniques of crypto analysis.
Learn about cloud computing characteristics,
CO4 PO2, PO6, PO7
challenges and applications.
Have better understanding on predictive analytics
CO5 PO1, PO6
and visual data analysis techniques.
Reading List
http://dhoto.lecturer.pens.ac.id/lecture_notes/internet_of_things/Big%20Data%20
1.
Principles%20and%20Paradigms.pdf
2. https://www.fujitsu.com/rs/Images/WhiteBookofBigData.pdf
Julian Ereth, H. Baars, Cloud-Based Business Intelligence and Analytics
3.
Applications - Business Value and Feasibility,2015
O. Ylojoki, and J. Porras, “Perspectives to Definition of Big Data: A Mapping
4. Study and Discussion”, Journal of Innovation Management, vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 69-
91, 2016. http://hdl.handle.net/10216/83250.
References Books
Jaiwei Ham and Micheline Kamber, Data Mining concepts and techniques,
1.
Kauffmann Publishers, 2006
Efraim Turban, Ramesh Sharda, Jay E. Aronson and David King, Business
2.
Intelligence,Prentice Hall, 2008.
Colleen Mccue, “Data Mining and Predictive Analysis: Intelligence Gathering and
3.
Crime Analysis”, Elsevier, 2nd Edition, 2015.
Michael Berthold, David J. Hand, “Intelligent Data Analysis”, Springer, 2nd
4.
Edition, 2007.
Frank J Ohlhorst, “Big Data Analytics: Turning Big Data into Big Money”, Wiley
5.
and SAS Business Series, 2013.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S M
CO 2 M S
CO 3 S M M
CO 4 S S M
CO 5 S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Block Chain Technology Elective 3 0 0 - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To acquire knowledge of various techniques and various algorithms used in
C1
Blockchain
To understand how blockchain systems work and how to securely interact with
C2
them
C3 To familiarize the functional and operational aspects of cryptocurrency
To establish deep understanding of the Ethereum model and deploy smart
C4
contracts applications
C5 To understand the consensus and hyper ledger fabric in block chain technology.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Distributed Database, Two General
Problem, Byzantine General problem and Fault
Tolerance, Hadoop Distributed File System, Distributed
I Hash Table, ASIC resistance, Turing Complete. 9 C1
Cryptography: Hash function, Digital Signature -
ECDSA, Memory Hard Algorithm, Zero Knowledge
Proof.
Blockchain & Applications: Introduction to Block
chain, Gartner's Hype Curve and Evolution of
Blockchain Technology, Blockchain Need & Genesis,
Key Characteristics of Blockchain, Blockchain
Structure, Blockchain types and Network, Mining and
Consensus, How Blockchain Works, Bitcoin
II Whitepaper, Understanding Bitcoin, Components of a 9 C2
Block, Forks: soft & hard forks, Ummer blocks,
Different forks from Bitcoin, Wallets, Transactions,
Public & Private keys, Blockchain Applications :
Internet of Things, Medical Record Management
System, Do-main Name Service and future of
Blockchain.
Cryptocurrency:History, Distributed Ledger, Bitcoin
protocols - Mining strategy and rewards, Ethereum -
Construction, DAO, Smart Contract, GHOST,
III Vulnerability, Attacks, Sidechain, Namecoin. 9 C3
Cryptocurrency Regulation: Stakeholders, Roots of
Bitcoin, Legal Aspects - Cryptocurrency Exchange,
Black Market and Global Economy.
Ethereu: Need of Ethereum, Ethereum Foundation,
Ethereum Whitepaper, How Ethereum Works,
IV Ethereum network, Ethereum Virtual Machine, 9 C4
Transactions and Types, Mining & Consensus, Smart
Contracts.
Hyperledger fabric: Hyperledger, Hyperledger Fabric,
Comparison between Fabric & Other Technologies,
V Fabric Architecture, Components of Hyperledger 9 C5
Fabric, Advantages of Hyperledger Fabric
Blockchain, How Hyperledger Fabric Works.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be able to learn the importance and the foundations
CO1 PO2, PO6
of Blockchain.
Understand key features, different types of platforms
CO2 PO1, PO2, PO8
& languages of blockchain technology.
CO3 Have better insights about cryptocurrency concepts. PO1, PO6, PO7
CO4 Understand the design principles of ethereum. PO2, PO5
Learn about hyperledger fabric model and its
CO5 PO2, PO6
architecture.
Reading List
1. http://book.itep.ru/depository/blockchain/blockchain-by-melanie-swan.pdf
2. https://www.blockchainexpert.uk/book/blockchain-book.pdf
3. Sanyam Jain, Journal of Emerging Technologies and Innovative Research,2017
Sheikh Mohammad Idrees, Exploring the Blockchain Technology: Issues,
4.
Applications and Research Potential,2021
References Books
1. Imran Bashir, Mastering Blockchain, Packt Publishing, March 2017
Debajani Mohanty, BlockChain: From Concept to Execution, BPB Publications,
2.
2nd edition, 2018
Artemis Caro, Blockchain: Bitcoin, Ethereum&Blockchain: The Beginners Guide
3.
to Understanding the Technology Behind Bitcoin & Cryptocurrency, 2017
Andreas M. Antonopoulos, Gavin Wood, Mastering Ethereum: Building Smart
4.
Contracts and DApps, O'REILLY, 2018
Nitin Gaur, Luc Desrosiers, Venkatraman Ramakrishna, Petr Novotny, Dr. Salman
5. A. Baset and Anthony O’Dowd, Hands-on Blockchain with Hyperledger, Packt
Publishing, 2018
Arvind Narayanan, Joseph Bonneau, Edward Felten, Andrew Miller, Steven
6. Goldfede, “Bitcoin and Cryptocurrency Technologies”, Princeton University
Press, 2016.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S M
CO 2 M S S
CO 3 S S M
CO 4 M S
CO 5 S S
Elective Courses: Entrepreneurship and Family Business
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Introduction to
Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Entrepreneurship
Course Objectives
C1 To explore the concepts, trends, and challenges of entrepreneurial marketing
C2 To analyze the opportunities, requirements, and competition.
C3 To adopt and diffuse innovation strategies
C4 To ascertain demand forecasting
To determine strategies to overcome challenges encountered in the planning
C5
process for new products and businesses.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Meaning, Scope, Nature, Importance,
Recent Trends & Challenges in Entrepreneurial
I Marketing, Characteristics of entrepreneurial marketing, 9 C1
Company’s Orientations towards the Marketplace,
Concept of Value, Value Creation and Delivery
Opportunities and Competition:Identifying new
opportunities, Analysing customer requirements,
Analysing competition, Developing a business
II 9 C2
model.Innovation within Product and Services.Climate for
sustained innovation, Ecosystem and stakeholder
engagement.
Innovation:Adoption and diffusion of innovation, Costing
and pricing strategies, Sales strategies, Communication
III strategies,Marketing challenges in scaling up,building 9 C3
marketing capabilitiesDesigning business processes,
Assessing marketing performance
Demand Forecasting:Demand Forecasting, Distribution
Strategies and Channel Mix, Managing Sales, Marketing
Strategy and Public Policy Management in 21st century,
IV 9 C4
Sales activities, tasks and planning, Call Planning,
Presentations and handling objections, follow up,
Salesmanship and management of sales force, Relationship
marketing
Business Development Strategies:Formulating
Business Development Strategies, Evaluating
V 9 C5
Opportunities for Business Development – SWOT
Analysis, Selecting Opportunities to Pursue.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Synthesize and use information and knowledge
CO1 PO4, PO6, PO8
effectively for marketing in the entrepreneurial sector.
Design and build an operational marketing strategy for
a start-up business or new product, making best use of
CO2 PO1, PO2
limited resources to ensure that the firm can establish a
viable presence in the market.
Describe the role innovation can play in developing a
CO3 market strategy, and how marketing can guide the PO5, PO6, PO7
development of new products and services.
Understand entrepreneurship and different market
CO4 needs of big firms and SMEs and challenges of PO4, PO5
creating a new business.
Construct strategies to overcome challenges
CO5 encountered in the planning process for new products PO3, PO8
and businesses.
Reading List
1. The Entrepreneur by Sophie Boutillier, Dimitri Uzunidis, O’Reily
“Innovation in large and small firms: An empirical analysis”, American Economic
2.
Review, vol. 78, no. 4, pp. 678–690, 1988.
3. EntrepreneurshipPA Lambing, CR Kuehl - 2003 - baskent.edu.tr
Entrepreneurship research, D Audretsch - Management decision, 2012 -
4.
emerald.com
References Books
Donald F Kuratko, “Entrepreneurship – Theory, Process and Practice”, 9 th
1.
Edition, Cengage Learning, 2014.
Khanka. S.S., “Entrepreneurial Development” S. Chand & Co. Ltd., Ram
2.
Nagar
EDII “Faulty and External Experts – A Hand Book for New Entrepreneurs
3. Publishers: Entrepreneurship Development”, Institute of India, Ahmadabad,
1986.
Hisrich R D, Peters M P, “Entrepreneurship” 8th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill,
4.
2013.
Mathew J Manimala, Enterprenuership theory at cross roads: paradigms and
5.
praxis” 2nd, Edition Dream tech, 2005.
6. Rajeev Roy, Entrepreneurship; 2 Edition, Oxford University Press, 2011.
25 Marks
Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M M
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 S S
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Subject
Total
CIA
Code
Family Business Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100

Course Objectives
To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of Family Business, Models &
C1
Dimensions
C2 To provide insights on Family Enterprises Evolution and Growth
To throw light on Family Business Leadership, Responsibilities,
C3
Characteristics
To elucidate on Religion in Family Business family values & Succession
C4
Planning
To create awareness and importance of Building Team among family
C5
Members
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
I Introduction of Family Business – Conceptual Models of 9 C1
Family firms. Three-dimension development Model.
Ownership Development Dimension. Family
Developmental Dimensions. Business Developmental
Dimensions. Modelling for Family Business
Family Business types and traditional forms of family
business. Founders and the Entrepreneurial experiences.
II 9 C2
Growth and Evolution of Family Business. Complexity of
family enterprise. Diversity of successions.
Introduction, Leadership Challenges in Family Business,
Evolving Strategies and leadership Role, Leader Legacy,
Approaches to Family Leadership, Structure of Family
Leadership, Responsibilities of Leadership Job, Difference
III 9 C3
between Family and Corporate Leadership, Family
Democracy vs Meritocracy, Obtaining Honest Feedback,
Defining and Measuring Success, Leadership Skills for 21st
Century, Case Studies
Leadership and Religion in Family Business, Succession in
Family Business through Authentic Leadership, Family
Entrepreneurial Leadership Transition to the Second
IV 9 C4
Generation, Challenges of Family Leadership, Familial
Values & Professionalization, Structure and next generation
Leader’s preparation
Introduction, Strategies for Building Team, Starting Points.
The growing trend toward teams and partnership, Steps to
creating a team atmosphere, Sibling Partnerships-Tasks and
pitfalls in a sibling partnership, Pros and cons of sibling
V 9 C5
partnerships, Cousin Consortiums-Building a working
relationship among cousins, Husbands and Wives-
Common threads of successful spouse teams, Beating the
stresses of mom-and-pop partnerships, Case Studies.
45
Course Program
On completion of this course, students will
Outcomes Outcomes
CO1 PO4, PO6, PO8
Family Business, Models & Dimensions
To provide insights on Family Enterprises. Evolution
CO2 PO1, PO2
and Growth
To throw light on Family Enterprises. Evolution and
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
Growth
To elucidate on Religion in Family Business family
CO4 PO4, PO5
values & Succession Planning
To create awareness on Building Team among family
CO5 PO3, PO8
Members
Reading List
1. Family businessEJ Poza - 2013 - books.google.com
2. The family business: Its governance for sustainability
F Neubauer, AG Lank - 2016 - books.google.com
An overview of the field of family business studies: Current status
3. and directions for the futureP Sharma - Family business review,
2004 - Wiley Online Library
The impact of the family and the business on family
4. business sustainability, PD Olson, VS Zuiker, SM Danes, K
Stafford… - Journal of business …, 2003 - Elsevier
References Books
1. Rajiv S Agarwal Family Business Management Sagec Publications Pvt Ltd, 2022
2. Smita Goswamy., Family Run Family Led ,Wings Publication,2022
Priyanka Gupta Zielinski, The Ultimate Family Business Survival Guide, Pan
3.
Publications,2021
Mark Daniell, Sara Hamilton; Family Legacy and Leadership: Preserving True
4.
Family Wealth in Challenging Times; John Wiley and Sons,2010
R. Srinivasan, C.P. Lodha (2017); Strategic Marketing and Innovation for Indian
5.
MSMEs; Springer,2017
Manfred F.R. Kets de Vries, Randel S. Carlock, Elizabeth Florent (2007); Family
6.
Business on the Couch – A psychological perspective; Wiley Publisher,2007
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
MCQ, True/False, Short essays, Concept explanations, short summary or
Comprehen
overview
d (K2)
Application Suggest idea/concept with examples, suggest formulae, solve problems,
Analyze Problem-solving questions, finish a procedure in many steps, Differentiate
(K4) between various ideas, Map knowledge
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M M
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 S S
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Entrepreneurial Marketing
Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
& Sales Strategy
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize students with fundamentals of Entrepreneurship
C2 To enable students, identify entrepreneurial opportunities
C3 To train students on preparing a feasibility study
C4 To throw light on venture capital and various sources of financing
C5 To enable student, understand the challenges in entrepreneurship
No.
of Course
UNIT Details
Hou Objectives
rs
Nature and Development of Entrepreneurship.
Entrepreneurship and Entrepreneurship. Personality
Characteristics of Successful Entrepreneurs. Ethics and
I Social Responsibility of Entrepreneurs. Types of Start-Up 9 C1
Firms. Process of New Venture Creation. Role of
Entrepreneurship in Economic Development. Emerging
Trends and Issues in Entrepreneurship
The Entrepreneurial Process: Identify and Evaluate the
Opportunity, develop a Business Plan, Determine the
Resources Required, Manage the Enterprise. Managerial
Versus Entrepreneurial Decision Making: Strategic
II Orientation, Commitment to Opportunity, Commitment of 9 C2
Resources, Control of Resources, Management Structure,
Entrepreneurial Venturing inside a Corporation, Causes for
Interest in Entrepreneurship, Climate for Entrepreneurship,
Entrepreneurial Leadership Characteristics.
Identify and Recognizing Opportunities: Observing Trends
and Solving Problems. Creativity: Concept, Components and
Types of Creativity, Stages of Creative Process. Sources of
New Venture Ideas. Techniques for Generating Ideas. Stages
of Analyzing and Selecting the Best Ideas. Protecting the
Idea: Intellectual Property Rights and its Components.
III Linking Creativity, Innovation and Entrepreneurship. 9 C3
Concept of Feasibility Analysis. Four Forms of Feasibility
Analysis and its Issues (Product/Service Feasibility Analysis,
Industry/Market Feasibility Analysis, Organizational
Feasibility Analysis & Financial Feasibility Analysis)
Introduction to Business Plan. Guidelines for Writing a
Business Plan. Outline of Business Plan.
IV Techniques Available to Assess Industry Attractiveness 9 C4
(Study Environment and Business Trends &The Five
Competitive Forces Model). Competitor Analysis. Identifying
Competitors. Sources of Competitive Intelligence.
Recruiting and Selecting Key Employees. Lenders and
Investors. Funding Requirements: Sources of Personal
Financing. Venture Capital. Commercial Banks. Sources of
Debt Financing. Key Marketing Issues for New Ventures.
Nature of Business Growth, Planning for Growth, Reasons
for Growth. Managing Growth: Knowing and Managing the
V Stages of Growth, Challenges of Growing a Firm. Strategies 9 C5
for Firms Growth: Internal and External Growth Strategies.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Be able to understand the fundamentals of
CO1 PO4, PO6, PO8
Entrepreneurship
CO2 Be able to identify entrepreneurial opportunities PO1, PO2
CO3 Be able to prepare a feasibility study PO5, PO6, PO7
Be able to identify sources of venture capital and other
CO4 PO4, PO5
sources of financing
Be able to understand the challenges in entrepreneurship
CO5 PO3, PO8
and measures to overcome it.
Reading List
Putting entrepreneurship into marketing: the processes of entrepreneurial
1. marketing D Stokes - Journal of research in marketing and entrepreneurship, 2000
- emerald.com
International entrepreneurial marketing strategies of MNCs: Bricolage as
2. practiced by marketing managers, M Yang - International Business Review, 2018
- Elsevier
Entrepreneurial marketing: lessons from Wharton's pioneering MBA courseLM
3.
Lodish, H Morgan, A Kallianpur - 2002 - books.google.com
Entrepreneurial marketing: Global perspectives
4.
Z Sethna, R Jones, P Harrigan - 2013 - books.google.com
References Books
Lodish, L.M., Morgan, H.L., and Amy Kallianpur A., Entrepreneurial
1.
marketing; John Wileyand Sons Inc
2. Nijssen, E.J., Entrepreneurial Marketing – an effectual approach; Routledge
3. Frederick G Crane, F.G.,Marketing for Entrepreneurs; Sage publications
Afuah, A., Innovation management: strategies, implementation and profits
4.
Oxford University Press
Beaver, G., Small business, entrepreneurship and enterprise development.
5.
Pearson Education.
Lodish, L.M., Morgan, H.L., and Amy Kallianpur A., Entrepreneurial
6.
marketing; John Wileyand Sons Inc
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M M
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 S S
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Subject
Total
CIA
Code
Financial Institutions and

Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Funding For Entrepreneurs
Course Objectives
C1 To enable the students to understand the concept of Financial Planning
To elucidate the meaning, significance and the process of computing Working
C2
Capital
C3 To educate the concept of Institutional Finance
C4 To enable the students to understand the Concept of GST
To explain and elucidate the students on Industrial Sickness and how to
C5
overcome it.
Hours Objectives
Need for financial Planning, Sources of finance-
I Commercial banks, NBFC, small Business grants, venture 9 C1
capital, angel investor and PE funds.
Working Capital-Meaning, Significance, assessment of
working capital, factors determining the requirement of
II 9 C2
working capital, sources and management of working
capital.
IDBI, IFCI, ICICI, IRBI, LIC, SFC‘S, SIDC, Small
III Industrial Bank of India, Export Import Bank of India 9 C3
(EXIM Bank).
GST, Need for tax benefits, tax holidays, tax concession for
IV small-scale industry in rural areas and tax concession for 9 C4
small-scale industry in backward areas.
Industrial Sickness- Concepts, Signal and Symptom of
V Industrial Sickness, Magnitude and Causes and 9 C5
Consequences of Industrial Sickness.
45
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
CO1 Understand the concept of Financial Planning PO4, PO6, PO8
CO2 Understand the process of Working Capital PO1, PO2
CO3 Understand the concept of Institutional Finance PO5, PO6, PO7
CO4 Understand the Concept of GST PO4, PO5
CO5 Understand Industrial Sickness PO3, PO8
Reading List
Funding accessibility for minority entrepreneurs: An empirical
1. analysis T Bewaji, Q Yang, Y Han - Journal of Small Business and
Enterprise …, 2015 - emerald.com
Entrepreneurial finance: new frontiers of research and practice:
Editorial for the special issue Embracing entrepreneurial
2.
funding innovationsC Bellavitis, I Filatotchev, DS Kamuriwo… -
Venture Capital, 2017 - Taylor & Francis
Entrepreneurial finance: strategy, valuation, and deal structure
3.
J Smith, RL Smith, R Smith, R Bliss - 2011 - books.google.com
Entrepreneurial financeJC Leach, RW Melicher - 2020 -
4.
books.google.com
References Books
Jeffry A. Timmons and Stephen Spinelli, ―New venture creation‖, seventh
1.
Edition, Tata- McGraw-Hill education private limited, New Delhi 2009
SS. KHANKA, Entrepreneurial Development, Third Edition, S. Chand &
2.
company, New Delhi 2001.
Hisrich, Robert D., Michael Peters and Dean Shepherded, Entrepreneurship,
3.
Tata McGraw Hill, 2007
Lall, Madhurima, and Shikha Sahai, Entrepreneurship, Excel Book, New
4.
Delhi.2008.
Charantimath, Poornima, Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business
5.
Enterprises, Pearson Education, New Delhi. 2005, 3rd Edition
Jeffry A. Timmons and Stephen Spinelli, ―New venture creation‖, seventh
6.
Edition, Tata- McGraw-Hill education private limited, New Delhi 2009
Continuous Internal Assessment
Test
Internal
Evaluation
Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehen
overview
d (K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M M M
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 S S
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
Externa
Subject
Total
CIA
Code
l
Effective Business Plan
Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Preparation
Course Objectives
To learn the basic concepts of team finding, formation, planning and
C1
delegation of work
To understand the significance and components of a business plan and
C2
feasibility study.
C3 To know about the importance of business models and business strategy.
To have in-depth knowledge about economics, cost and profitability and
C4
sources of funding for business venture.
C5 To know about market plan, financial performance and budgeting.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Finding your team, art of team formation, teamwork
I planning, chief mentor/ founder & Co founders, team 9 C1
formation, and delegation of work.
Meaning and significance of a business plan, components
of a business plan, and feasibility study, Iterating the
II MVP, Digital Presence for Ventures, Clarifying the value 9 C2
proposition, Guidelines for writing BP, prerequisites
from the perspective of investor.
The importance and diversity of business model, how
business model emerge, potential fatal flaws of business
III models, components of an effective business model, core 9 C3
strategy, strategic resources, partnership network,
customer interface.
Understanding basics of unit economics cost and
profitability, Refining the product/service, Establish the
success and operational matrix, Starting Operations.
Translate Business Model into a Business Plan, Visioning
IV for venture, Take product or service to market, Deliver an 9 C4
investor pitch to a panel of investors, Identify possible
sources of funding for your venture – customers, friends
and family, Angels, VCs, Bank Loans and key elements of
raising money for a new venture.
Get to market Plan, Effective ways of marketing for start-
ups – Digital and Viral Marketing; Hire and Manage a
V Team, managing start-up finance: The Concept of Costs, 9 C5
Profits, and Losses, manage your Cash Flow, analyse your
Financial Performance, budgeting.
45
Courses Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Learning the basic concepts of team finding,
CO1 PO4, PO6, PO8
formation, planning and delegation of work
Understanding the significance and components of a
CO2 PO1, PO2
business plan and feasibility study.
Knowledge about the importance of business models
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
and business strategy.
In-depth knowledge about economics, cost and
CO4 profitability and sources of funding for business PO4, PO5
venture.
CO5 Knowing about market plan, financial performance PO3, PO8
and budgeting.
Reading List
The successful business plan: secrets & strategies
1.
RM Abrams, E Kleiner - 2003 - books.google.com
Preparing a winning business plan: how to win the attention of
2.
investors and stakeholders M Record - 2003 - books.google.com
Achieving the 21st Century Educational Outcomes through Group
Work: A Case of Business Plan Preparation, Presentation and
3.
Assessment G Caleb, M Mazanai, M Collen - Journal of
Educational and Social …, 2014 - mcser.org
Business Planing, And Service-Learning: Preparing Students
4. For Business Plan Composition And Community Engagement
A Kenworthy-U'ren, D Mcstay, B U'ren - 2006 - Wacra.Org
References Books
Byrd Megginson,,Small Business Management An Entrepreneur’s Guidebook 7th
1.
ed, Mc GrawHill
Fayolle A (2007) Entrepreneurship and new value creation. Cambridge,
2.
Cambridge University Press
Lowe R & S Mariott (2006) Enterprise: Entrepreneurship & Innovation.
3. Burlington,
Butterwort Heinemann
4. Ramachandran, Entrepreneurship Development, Mc Graw Hill
5. Hougaard S. (2005) The business idea. Berlin, Springer
Dr. Rinkesh Chheda, Ms. Falguni Mathews: Business Planning and
6.
Entrepreneurial Management, 1st Edition, (2019), Himalaya publishing house.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehen
overview
d (K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M M
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 S S
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Subject
Total
CIA
Code
Entrepreneurial Innovation
Management & Design Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Thinking
Course Objectives
C1 Expose students to the design process as a tool for innovation.
Develop students’ professional skills in client management and
C2
communication.
Demonstrate the value of developing a local network and assist students in
C3
making lasting connections with the business community.
C4 Students develop a portfolio of work to set them apart in the job market
Provide an authentic opportunity for students to develop teamwork and
C5
leadership skills.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Entrepreneurial Thinking- Innovation Management-
I Opportunity Spotting- Opportunity Evaluation- Industry 9 C1
and Market Research.
Strategy and Business Models- Financial Forecasting-
Business Plans- Entrepreneurial Finance- Pitching to
II 9 C2
Resource Providers- Negotiating Deals- New Venture
Creation.
Business Model Innovation-White Space and Business
Innovation, Four Box Framework- Transforming Existing
Markets, Creating New Markets- Dealing with Industry
III 9 C3
Discontinuity ,Digital Transformation- Design of New
Business Models, Model Implementation – Overcoming
Challenges
Design Thinking and The Design Process -The Design
Brief, Scope and Establishing, Design Criteria.
IV 9 C4
Visualisation, Ethnography, Concept, Assumptions
Testing -Co-Creation-Business model and design thinking.
V Value creation and delivery through innovation- Various 9 C5
types of innovation and firm‘s strategy-Impact of changing
trends and markets -Processes for creating and delivering
innovation.
45
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Understand the implications of digital disruption and
CO1 PO4, PO6, PO8
the role of innovation
Identify and decide on the innovation opportunity to
CO2 PO1, PO2
pursue
Familiarise with the different tools and techniques for
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
design thinking
Enhance individual and collaborative skills in design-
CO4 PO4, PO5
based problem-solving
Develop a system to formally manage and nurture
CO5 PO3, PO8
innovation in a corporate setup
Reading List
Design thinking for innovation
1.
W Brenner, F Uebernickel - Research and Practice, 2016 - Springer
Entrepreneurial ways of designing and designerly ways of
entrepreneuring: Exploring the relationship between design
2.
thinking and effectuation theory NF Klenner, G Gemser… -
… Innovation Management, 2022 - Wiley Online Library
The handbook of technology and innovation management
3.
S Shane - 2009 - books.google.com
Values-based innovation management: Innovating by what we care
4.
about H Breuer, F Lüdeke-Freund - 2017 - books.google.com
References Books
Baron, R. A., & Shane, S. A. (2008). Entrepreneurship: A process perspective (1st
1.
ed.). Toronto, ON Nelson.
Osterwalder, A., & Pigneur, Y. (2010). Business model generation: A handbook
2.
for visionaries, game changers, and challengers. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Kawasaki, G. (2015). The art of the start 2.0: The time-tested, battle-hardened
3.
guide for anyone starting anything. New York, NY: Penguin.
Brown, Tim, and Barry Katz. Change by Design: How Design Thinking
4.
Transforms Organizations and Inspires Innovation. Harper Business, 2009.
Jeanne Liedtka and Tim Ogilvie Designing for Growth: A Design Thinking Tool
5.
Kit for Managers (Columbia University Press, 2011)
Design‖: The Design of Business: Why Design Thinking is the Next Competitive
6.
Advantage, by Roger L. Martin
Test
Internal Assignments 25 Marks
Evaluation
Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehen
overview
d (K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M M
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 S S
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Subject
Total
CIA
Code
Managing Start-Ups Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100

Course Objectives
To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of The Entrepreneurial
C1
Ecosystem – Entrepreneurship in India, Government Initiatives.
To provide insights on capital Resource requirements and Estimating start-up
C2
cash requirements
C3 To throw light on Funding with Equity, bootstrapping and strategic alliances.
C4 To elucidate on Sustaining Enterprising Model & Organizational Effectiveness
C5 To create awareness on successful Exit Strategies and Selling the business
No.
of Course
UNIT Details
Hour Objectives
s
Start-up opportunities: Introduction to Innovation and
Entrepreneurial Idea Generation and Identifying Business
I 9 C1
Opportunities, The New Industrial Revolution – The Big
Idea- Generate Ideas with Brainstorming- Business Start-up
- Ideation- Venture Choices - The Rise of The start-up
Economy - The Six Forces of Change- The Start-up
Equation – The Entrepreneurial Ecosystem –
Entrepreneurship in India, Government Initiatives.
Start-up Capital Requirements and Legal Environment:
Identifying Start-up capital Resource requirements -
Estimating start-up cash requirements - Develop financial
assumptions, constructing a Process Map - Positioning the
II 9 C2
venture in the value chain - Launch strategy to reduce risks-
Start-up financing metrics - The Legal Environment-
Approval for New Ventures, Taxes or duties payable for new
ventures.
Starting up Financial Issues: Feasibility Analysis - The
cost and process of raising capital – Unique funding issues
III of a high-tech ventures - Funding with Equity – Financing 9 C3
with Debt- Funding start-ups with bootstrapping- crowd
funding- strategic alliances.
Start-up Survival and Growth: Management Skills for
Entrepreneurs and Managing for Value Creation, Stages of
growth in a new venture- Growing with the market -
Growing within the industry- Venture life patterns- Reasons
IV 9 C4
for new venture failures, Scaling Ventures – preparing for
change - Leadership succession. Creating and Sustaining
Enterprising Model & Organizational Effectiveness, Support
for growth and sustainability of the venture.
Planning for Harvest and Exit: Dealing with Failure:
Bankruptcy, Exit Strategies, Selling the business - Cashing
V 9 C5
out but staying in-being acquired- Going Public (IPO) –
Liquidation.
45
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Be Familiar with the basic concepts of The
CO1 Entrepreneurial Ecosystem – Entrepreneurship in India, PO4, PO6, PO8
Government Initiatives.
Understand capital Resource requirements and
CO2 PO1, PO2
Estimating start-up cash requirements
Be aware of Funding with Equity, bootstrapping and
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
strategic alliances.
Use Sustaining Enterprising Model & Organizational
CO4 PO4, PO5
Effectiveness
Know option related to Exit Strategies and Selling the
CO5 PO3, PO8
business
Reading List
How start-ups successfully organize and manage open innovation
1.
with large companies M Usman, W Vanhaverbeke - … Journal of
Innovation Management, 2017 - emerald.com
A comparative study of new venture top management team
composition, dynamics and performance between university-based
2.
and independent start-upsMD Ensley, KM Hmieleski - Research
policy, 2005 - Elsevier
Harnessing the hidden enterprise culture: Supporting the
formalisation of off‐ the‐ books business start‐ ups CC
3.
Williams, SNadin - Journal of Small Business and Enterprise …,
2013 - emerald.com
Managing high-tech start-ups D MacVicar, D Throne - 2016 -
4.
books.google.com
References
Kathleen R Allen, Launching New Ventures, An Entrepreneurial Approach,
1.
Cengage Learning, 2016.
Anjan Rai chaudhuri, Managing New Ventures Concepts and Cases, Prentice
2. Hall International, 2010. S. R. Bhowmik& M. Bhowmik, Entrepreneurship,
New Age International, 2007.
S. R. Bhowmik & M. Bhowmik, Entrepreneurship, New Age International,
3.
2007.
Steven Fisher, Ja-nae’ Duane, The Startup Equation -A Visual Guidebook for
4. Building Your Startup, Indian Edition, Mc Graw Hill Education India Pvt. Ltd,
2016.
Donald F Kuratko, Jeffrey S. Hornsby, New Venture Management: The
5.
Entrepreneur’s Road Map, 2e, Routledge, 2017.
6. Vijay Sathe, Corporate Entrepreneurship, 1e, Cambridge, 2009
Test
Evaluation Seminars 25 Marks
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehen
overview
d (K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M M
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M M M
CO 4 S S
CO 5 S S
Elective Courses: Production and Operations Management
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Project Management Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To enable the students to understand and communicate on the basic concepts
C1
of project management
To enable the students to understand the scope, time and cost of project
C2
management
C3 To learn about quality, resource, stakeholder and procurement management
To educate the students on the importance of risk and communication
C4
management
To enable the students to understand, and analyze the methods used to
C5
manage, measure and evaluate the performance of project
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Project management overview: Definition and
examples of projects, Key features of projects, Life cycle
of projects, Typical project problems, Human issues in
Projects, Role of Computers in Projects - Project
I 9 C1
identification and screening: (Brainstorming, Strength,
and weaknesses in the system, environmental
opportunities and threats, Identification and screening) –
Project Appraisal and Selection
Scope, Time and Cost Management: Project
Organization Structure, Culture – Scope Management –
Defining the Project – SOW - WBS and PBS – Time
Management – Network Diagram – Forward Pass and
II 9 C2
Backward Pass Critical path – PERT and CPM - AOA
and AON methods – tools for Project Network –
Estimation Techniques - Cost Management – Earned
Value Method.
Quality, Resource, Stakeholder and Procurement
Management: Quality assurance and quality control,
project audit and quality audit - Methods of enhancing
quality: the different types of testing, inspections,
reviews, standards. Management and control of testing -
Human Resource Management - Scheduling Resources –
Resource Allocation methods - Reducing Project
III 9 C3
duration: Project Crashing and resource-leveling methods
- Leadership styles and skills – Problem-solving skills -
Project Manager roles and responsibilities –Stakeholder
Management: Identify Stakeholders - Plan Stakeholder
Management – Manage Stakeholder Engagement -
Control Stakeholder Engagement – Procurement
Management.
Risk Management and Communication Management:
Risk identification: types of risk, risk checklists-Risk
prioritization -Risk management tactics, Including risk
IV 9 C4
avoidance, risk transfer, risk reduction, risk mitigation
and contingency planning- Risk registers –
Communication Management
Performance Management: Project Integration -
Progress and Performance measurement and evaluation –
Project monitoring information system, developing a
status report and other control issues - Project audit and
closure – audit process, project closure, team, team
V member and project manager evaluations - International 9 C5
Projects – environmental factors, cross-cultural
considerations, selection and training for international
projects - Future likely trends in Project management –
certain unresolved issues and project management career
issues.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Enable the students to understand and communicate
CO1 P04, P06
on the basic concepts of project management
Enable the students to understand the scope, time P02, P04, P06
CO2
and cost of project management
Educate the students to learn about quality, resource, P02, P04, PO6, P07
CO3 stakeholder and procurement management
Elucidate the students on the importance of risk and P01, PO2, P04, P06,
CO4
communication management PO7
Enable the students to understand, and analyze the P01, P02, PO4, P06,
CO5 methods used to manage, measure and evaluate the P07
performance of project
Reading List
Josepth Heagney, Fundamentals of Project Management, 5th Edition, Amacom,
1.
2011
Judy Payne, Steve Simister, Ellen J. Roden, Managing Knowledge in Project
2.
Environments, Routledge, 2019
3. International Journal of Project Management, Elsevier
4. Project Management Journal, Wiley Online Library
References Books
James P Lewis, (2012), Fundamentals of Project Management, 4th edition,
1.
AMACOM.
Thomas Mochal, Jeff Mochal, (2011), Lessons in Project Management, 2nd
2.
edition, Apress.
Project Management Institute, (2013), A Guide to Project Management Body of
3. Knowledge, 5th edition, Project Management Institute, Project Management: A
Managerial Approach, 11th Edition.
Project management – A Managerial Approach (2020) by Jack R. Meredith, Scott
4.
M. Shafer, Samuel J. Mantel Jr., First edition, Wiley.
Narendra Singh (2019), Project management & control, first edition, Himalaya
5.
publishers.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S S
CO 2 M S S
CO 3 M M S S
CO 4 M M M S M
CO 5 S S S S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Total Quality Management Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To provide insights to the students TQM framework and customer focus on
C1
quality.
C2 To throw light on the principles and philosophies of quality management.
To familiarize on statistical process control, process capability and reliability
C3
concepts.
To create awareness and importance of QFD process, old and new quality
C4
management tools.
C5 To elucidate on ISO-QMS, quality audits and TQM culture.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Quality Management: Definitions –
TQM framework, benefits, awareness and obstacles.
Quality – vision, mission and policy statements.
I Customer Focus – customer perception of quality, 9 C1
Translating needs into requirements, customer retention.
Dimensions of product and service quality. Cost of
quality.
Principles and Philosophies of Quality Management:
Overview of the contributions of Deming, Juran Crosby,
Masaaki Imai, Feigenbaum, Ishikawa, Taguchi
II techniques – introduction, loss function, parameter 9 C2
and tolerance design, signal to noise ratio. Concepts of
Quality circle, Japanese 5S principles and 8D
methodology.
Statistical Process Control and Process Capability:
Meaning and significance of statistical process control
(SPC) – construction of control charts for variables
and attributed.
III 9 C3
Process capability – meaning, significance and
measurement – Six sigma concepts of process
capability.
Reliability concepts – definitions, reliability in series and
parallel, product life characteristics curve. Total
productive maintenance (TMP) – relevance to TQM,
Terotechnology. Business process re-engineering (BPR)
– principles, applications, reengineering process,
benefits and limitations.
Tools and Techniques for Quality Management:
Quality functions development (QFD) – Benefits, Voice
of customer, information organization, House of quality
(HOQ), building a HOQ, QFD process. Failure mode
IV 9 C4
effect analysis (FMEA) – requirements of reliability,
failure rate, FMEA stages, design, process and
documentation. Seven old (statistical) tools. Seven new
management tools. Bench marking and POKA YOKE.
Quality Systems Organizing and Implementation:
Introduction to ISO 9001, 9004– quality management
systems – guidelines for performance improvements.
V Quality Audits. TQM culture, Leadership – quality 9 C5
council, employee involvement, motivation,
empowerment, recognition and reward- Introduction to
software quality.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Have insights to the students TQM framework and
CO1 P01, P02, P04, P06
customer focus on quality.
Possess knowledge on the principles and P03, P05, P06
CO2 philosophies of quality management.
Possess knowledge on statistical process control, P02, P06, P07
CO3 process capability and reliability concepts.
Have better understanding on QFD process, old and P01, P04, P06
CO4 new quality management tools.
Learn and understand ISO-QMS, quality audits and P03, P05, P07, P08
CO5 TQM culture.
Reading List
1. The TQM Journal, Emerald Insight
2. International Journal of Quality, & Reliability Management, Emerald Publishing
Sanjay L. Ahire,Robert Landeros,Damodar Y. Golhar, Components of successful

3.
total quality management, The TQM Magazine, Emerald Insight
Juan José Tarí , Total Quality Management: A Literature Review and an agenda
4. for future research, Wiley Online Library
References Books
Dale H.Besterfield et al, Total Quality Management, 3rd edition, Pearson
1.
Education, First Indian Reprints, 2004
2. Shridhara Bhat K, Total Quality Management – Text and Cases, Himalaya
Publishing House, First Edition, 2002.
PoornimaM.Charantimath, Total Quality Management, Pearson Education, 2nd
3.
Edition, 2011.
Douglas C. Montgomory, Introduction to Statistical Quality Control, Wiley
4. Student
Edition, 4th Edition, Wiley India Pvt Limited, 2008.
5. Panneerselvam.R, Sivasankaran. P, Quality Management, PHI Learning, 2014.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S S M M
CO 2 S M S
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 M S M
CO 5 S S M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Six Sigma Elective 3 0 0 - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To acquaint the students with the fundamentals of Six Sigma philosophies,
C1
techniques and apply the DMAIC approach to improving business processes
To gain insights about the importance of processing mapping and measurement
C2
practices.
To use data analysis and stats to identify your root cause along with ways to
C3
brainstorm improvement ideas and priorities them
To make aware of the scientific tools for quality improvement and demonstrate
C4
off-line quality control for quality improvement.
To attain knowledge of control charts for attributes and process capability
C5
analysis.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
OVERVIEW OF SIX SIGMA
Underlying concept of variation, the relationships to
related Quality Management approaches, basic Six
Sigma tools, international ISO standards for Six
Sigma, and the nature of Six Sigma improvement
projects, DMAIC Methodology Overview, Financial
I Benefits of Six Sigma, The Impact of Six Sigma to 9 C1
The Organization. Project Definition: Project Charter,
developing a Business Case, chartering a Team,
Defining Roles and Responsibilities, Gathering Voice
of the Customer, Support for Project, Translating
Customer Needs into Specific Requirements (CTQs),
SIPOC Diagram.
MEASURE
Process Mapping (As-Is Process), Data Attributes
(Continuous Versus Discrete), Measurement System
Analysis, Data Collection Techniques, Data
II Collection Plan, Understanding Variation, Measuring 9 C2
Process Capability, Calculating Process Sigma Level,
Visually Displaying Baseline Performance. Statistics,
Probability and Probability Distribution, Measurement
System Analysis, Process Performance Analysis.
ANALYZE
Visually Displaying Data (Histogram, Run Chart,
Pareto Chart, Scatter Diagram), Detailed (Lower
III 9 C3
Level) Process Mapping of Critical Areas, Value-
Added Analysis, Cause and Effect Analysis (a.k.a.
Fishbone, Ishikawa), Affinity Diagram, Data
Segmentation and Stratification, Verification of Root
Causes, Determining Opportunity (Defects and
Financial) for Improvement. Data Analysis, Test of
Hypothesis, Design of Experiment, FMEA and QFD.
IMPROVE
Design of Experiment, FEMA and QFD,
Brainstorming, Multi-Voting, Quality Function
Deployment (House of Quality), Selecting a Solution,
Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEA), Poka
IV Yoke (Mistake Proofing Your New Process), Piloting 9 C4
Your Solution, Implementation Planning. Control:
Assessing the Results of Process Improvement,
Statistical Process Control (SPC) Overview,
developing a Process Control Plan, Documenting the
Process.
CONTROL
Statistical Process Control, Operating Characteristic
(OC) Curve for Variable Control, charts Attribute
V 9 C5
Control charts, Minitab Application, Acceptance
Sampling, Design for Six Sigma (DFSS), DMADV,
DMADOV and DFX
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Provide a comprehensive understanding of six sigma
CO1 principles and Utilize DMAIC in analysis of PO1, PO2, PO5
operational processes.
Have insight on processing mapping and Process
CO2 PO2, P06
Performance Analysis.
Apply diverse statistical knowledge and techniques
CO3 such as Design of Experiment and PO2, P05, PO6
hypothesis inference to solve quality problems
Understand the Lead & execute process-level
CO4 improvement projects and Select proper resources by PO5, PO6
using QFD analysis
Demonstrate the ability to design, use, and interpret
CO5 control charts and perform analysis of process PO2, PO6, PO8
capability.
Reading List
1. https://www.mtcbh.net/mt-content/uploads/2017/01/6-sigma-handnbook.pdf
2. https://www.apo-tokyo.org/00e-books/IS-09_SixSigma/IS-09_SixSigma.pdf
M.K. Tiwari, Effective Decision Support for Lean and Six Sigma Methodologies,
3.
International Journal of Production Research, 2008
Arnheiter, E.D. and Maleyeff, J., 2005. The integration of lean management and
4.
Six Sigma. The TQM Magazine, [e-journal] 17.
References Books
Howard S. Gitlow and David M. Levine, Six Sigma for Green Belts and
1.
Champions, Pearson Education, Inc. First Edition, July 2004
Mitra, Amitava. Fundamentals of Quality Control and Improvement, Wiley
2.
India Pvt Ltd, third Edition, 2013.
Montgomery, D C. Design and Analysis of Experiments, Wiley, 10th Edition,
3.
2019.
Montgomery, D C. Statistical Quality Control: A modern introduction, Wiley,
4.
7th Edition, 2013.
T. M. Kubiak and Donald W. Benbow, The Certified Six Sigma Black Belt
5. Handbook, Pearson Publication, 3rd Edition, 2018.
Pyzdok, Thomas (2003) “The Six-Sigma Guide for GB, BB and Managers at all
6.
levels”, McGraw Hill, New York.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S M S
CO 2 S M
CO 3 M S S
CO 4 S M
CO 5 M S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
Externa
Total
CIA
l
Materials Management Elective 3 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts materials management
C2 Understand the scope of inventory management
C3 To learn about vendor and procurement management
C4 The importance of materials handling
C5 Understand the quality management
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
INTRODUCTION
Introduction to Materials Management, Production
I Planning: Demand Forecasting Aggregate planning, 9 C1
Master Scheduling, BOM, MRP, Capacity Planning,
Production Scheduling.
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
Stores and Warehousing, Stock assessment, Cost of
II 9 C2
Inventory, Selective Inventory Control, MUSIC 3D,
JIT Inventory Management.
PROCUREMENT & VENDOR MANAGEMENT
Foundations of Strategic Sourcing and Supply
Management, P2P Process, Strategy Development;
Procurement: Ordering Quantity, Procurement Types,
Steps of Procurement, Tendering & Bid evaluation
III 9 C3
process, Negotiation & Ordering, Importing,
Procurement Cost; Vendor Management: Vendor
Development, Vendor Rating, and Selection and
Analytics Hierarchy Process (AHP), Supplier
Performance Management.
MATERIAL HANDLING
IV Material Handling System: Cranes, Conveyors, 9 C4
Feeders, Pipelines, Processing of materials and Cost.
QUALITY MANAGEMENT
Quality Management and Audit; Supply Quality
V 9 C5
Management; Inspection, Acceptance Sampling, Quality
Control of supplies; Supply Base Integration.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course Program
Outcomes Outcomes
Possess the knowledge of the basic concepts of PO1, PO2, PO5, PO7,
CO1
materials management. PO8
CO2 Possess knowledge about inventory management. PO1, PO3, PO5, PO6
Possess knowledge about procurement and vendor
management.
CO4 Have an understanding of materials handling PO1, PO3, PO6, PO8
CO5 Develop knowledge about quality management PO1, PO2, PO5, PO6
Reading List
International Journal of Purchasing and Materials Management -
1.
Science gate
Introduction to materials management - JRT Arnold, SN
2.
Chapman - books.google.com
3. International Journal of Purchasing and Materials Management
4. Handbook of materials management – By Gopalakrishnan.
References Books
Hiroyuki Hirano, (2009), JIT Implementation Manual (Series), 2nd edition, FL:
1.
CRC Press.
Joseph L. Cavinato, Ralph G. Kauffman, (2000). The Purchasing Handbook,
2.
6th edition, McGraw Hill.
Fred B. Sollish, John Semanik, (2012),The Procurement and Supply Manager's
3.
Desk Reference, 2nd edition, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.
Robert Handfield, (2006), Supply Market Intelligence, Auerbach Publications
4.
(Taylor and Francis).
Materials Management: An Integrated Approach. Gopalakrishanan.
5.
Paperback.`
Introduction to Materials Management | Eighth Edition | By Pearson. N.
6.
Chapman Stephen. Paperback,
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S M S S S
CO 2 S M S S
CO 3 S M S M
CO 4 M S M S
CO 5 S M M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Service Operations
Elective Y 3 3 25 75 100
Management
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize with service operations and strategy
C2 To provide insights on service design
C3 To throw light on waiting time management
To elucidate service quality, managing service experience, six sigma for
C4
service process improvement, yield management
C5 To have insights on queuing models.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Services: Introduction to Services -
I Service Operations and Strategy-Formulating Strategy- 9 C1
New Service Development and Managing Service
Service Design: Designing the Service Delivery System
- Selecting the Location for a Service Operation-
II 9 C2
Managing the Service Experience-Service Site
Performance Evaluation-Outsourcing and Offshoring
Waiting Time Management: Waiting Time
Management -Front-Office / Back-Office Interface-Team
III 9 C3
Meeting/Work Time- Using Technology in Service
Operations
Quality Management - Revenue, Quality - Service
Quality & Strategy – SERVQUAL - Managing Service
IV Experience- 9 C4
Six Sigma for service process improvement, Managing
Capacity and Demand-Yield Management
Queuing Models
V Queuing Models and Capacity Planning-Tools for 9 C5
Managing Service
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be familiarized with service operations and strategy PO1, PO2, PO5, PO6,
CO1 PO7
Have insights on service design PO1, PO2, PO5, PO6,
CO2 PO7
Have an understanding on the waiting time
CO3 PO5, PO6
management
Possess knowledge on service quality, managing
CO4 service experience, six sigma for service process PO2, PO6
improvement, yield management
CO5 Have insights on queuing models. PO6, PO7
Reading List
1. Stephen Mclaughlin, Service Operations Management, Researchgate
Johnston Robert, Clark Graham, Shulver Michael, Service Operations
2.
Management: Improving Service Delivery, Pearson Education, 2017
3. Journal of Service Management, Emerald Insight
4. Journal of Operations Management, Wiley Publications.
References Books
Richard D Metters, (2012), Successful Service Operations Management, 2nd
1.
edition, Cengage Learning.
Collier, Evans, Ganguly, (2016), Operations management– A South Indian
2.
Perspective, 3rd edition, Cengage Learning.
Haksever C, Render B, Russell S. R,Murdick R. G, ( 2007), Service Management
3.
and Operations, 2nd edition, Prentice Hall.
James A. Fitzsimmons, Mona J. Fitzsimmons, (2014), Service Management:
4.
Operations, Strategy, Information Technology, 8th edition, McGraw Hill.
Johnston (2017), Service Operations Management Improving Service Delivery,
5.
4Th Edition, Pearson India.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M S S S
CO 2 M M S S S
CO 3 S M
CO 4 M S
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Process Management Elective Y 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize students with fundamentals of process management
C2 To provide inputs on the process flow, variability and principles
C3 To elucidate on process modelling and simulation
C4 To give insights on innovative manufacturing concepts
To throw light on process dash boards, process metrics, benchmarking and
C5
data analytics.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: The Process View of Organizations -
Service and manufacturing processes – Nature of
Service Processes, process structure in services,
Process structure in Manufacturing, Value Chain –
Core and support processes, adding value with
I 9 C1
processes; Managing Processes – process strategy –
organization perspective, major process decisions;
Embedding strategy into Manufacturing Processes -
Process Competencies, Process Design – major
factors, technology choice
Process Flow: Process Flow, Key Measures, Flow
Time, Flow Rate, Process flow analysis – tools;
process- Mapping, Inventory Analysis, Process Flow
II 9 C2
Chart, Flow Time Measurement, Flow-Rate and
Capacity Analysis, Managing Flow Variability; Work
flow design principles and flows
III Process Modeling: Process Modeling - empirical 9 C3
models, deterministic models, stochastic models;

simulating business, Process – Application, simulation
process, discrete event simulation, computer simulation
Process Planning: Constraint Management – theory of
constraints, measuring capacity, Utilization, and
Performance in TOC, key principles; Strategic Capacity
Management –Tools for capacity Planning, cycle time
IV and capacity analysis; process layout – designing flexible 9 C4
flow layouts; Lean Systems – Toyota production system,
characteristics of lean systems, continuous Improvement,
Kanban system Value stream mapping, JIT II; Process
Synchronization and Improvement.
Process Optimization: Optimizing business process
performance, Process Metrics, Business Intelligence,
Process Dashboards – creating flexible organizations –
V 9 C5
optimization process– early management –capability
development, sustainability; process benchmarking with
data envelopment analysis
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Be able to understand the fundamentals of process
CO1 PO4, PO6, PO7
management
Possess knowledge on the process flow, variability
CO2 PO2, PO6, PO7
and principles
Get a deeper insight on process modelling and
simulation
CO4 Understand innovative manufacturing concepts PO2, PO6, PO7
Gain knowledge on process dash boards, process
CO5 PO6, PO7
metrics, benchmarking and data analytics.
Reading List
1. Fundamentals of Business Process Management, Springer, 2011
2. Business Process Management, Routledge, 2013
3. Business Process Management Journal, Emerald Publishing
International Journal of Business Process Integration and Management,
4.
Inderscience Publishers.
References Books
Burlton, Roger. Business Process Management: Profiting from
1.
Process. Indianapolis, IN: Sams Publishing, May 2001.
Hammer, Michael, and James Champy. Reengineering the Corporation: A
2. Manifesto for Business Revolution. New York, NY: HarperCollins Publishers,
1993
Harrington, H.J. Business Process Improvement: The Break-through Strategy for
3. Total Quality, Productivity, and Competitiveness. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill,
1991.
4. Garvin, David A. Managing Quality: The Strategic and Competitive
Edge. New York, NY: Free Press, 1988
Out of the Crisis. Cambridge, MA: MIT Center for Advanced Engineering
5.
Study, 1986.
6. Crosby, Philip. Quality without Tears. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1984.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 S S S
CO 2 S S S
CO 3 S S S M
CO 4 S S S
CO 5 S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Product Design Y 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To understand product design & development with its process, concept generation
C1
evaluation
C2 To familiarize the product concept
C3 To be aware of product data management
C4 To be familiar with design tools
C5 To explore patent
No. of Course
PRODUCT DESIGN & DEVELOPMENT
Product design & development - characteristics, duration
and cost, challenges; Development
Process - Generic Process, Concept development,
I adapting to product types; Product planning - Process, 9 C1
Understanding customer need, Product Specification;
Concept Generation Evaluation - decay curve, cost
expenditure curve; Technology Life Cycle; Disruptive
Technologies.
PRODUCT CONCEPT
Concept Selection – Importance, Methodology, concept
Screening, Concept Scoring, Concept Testing; Product
II 9 C2
Architecture - Definition, Modularity, implication,
Establishment,
Delayed Differentiation, Platform Planning.
PRODUCT DATA MANAGEMENT (PDM)
PDM - concept and benefits, functions, Product data and
workflow, Product reliability, CIM Data, Architecture of
III PDM systems, Product data interchange, Portal 9 C3
integration, PDM Acquisition and implementation;
Product Life Cycle management - strategy, Change
Management for PLM.
DESIGN TOOLS
Design Approaches - Industrial Design, Design for
Manufacturing, Value Engineering, Ergonomics, Robust
IV Design, Design for Excellence; Collaborative Product 9 C4
development-Prototyping, failure rate curve, product use
testing-Product development economics, scoring
Model, financial analysis.
PATENTS
Intellectual Property and Patents -Definitions, Patent
V Searches, Application, Patent 9 C5
Ownership and Transfer, Patent Infringement, New
Developments and International Patents.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
understand product design & development with its
CO1 PO1
process, concept generation evaluation
CO2 familiarize the product concept PO4, PO5
CO3 be aware of product data management PO5,PO6
CO4 be familiar with design tools PO1,PO2
CO5 explore patent PO7,PO8
Reading List
Karl Ulrich, Steven Eppinger, Product Design and Development,5th edition Mc
1. graw hill
Rajiv D. Banker,Indranil Bardhan,Ozer Asdemir, Understanding the Impact of

2. Collaboration Software on Product Design and Development
informs pubs onlie
Karl T. lrich, Steven D. Eppinger, product design and development fifth edition,
3.
Mcg raw hill
A.J. Peters, E.M. Rooney, J.H. Rogerson, R.E. McQuater, M. Spring, B.G. Dale ,
4. New product design and development: a generic model
The TQM Magazine, 1999
References Books
Karl T. Ulrich, Steven D. Eppinger, Anita Goyal Product Design and
1.
Development, Tata McGraw – Hill, Fourth Edition, reprint 2009.
2. Kenneth B.Kahn, New Product Planning, Sage, 2010.
3. A.K. Chitale and R.C. Gupta, Product Design and Manufacturing, PHI, 2008.
Deborah E. Bouchoux, Intellectual Property Rights, Delmar, Cengage Learning,
4.
2005.
Product Design And Manufacturing, Chitale, Avinash K.GUPTA, R. C., SIXTH
5.
EDITION, PHI
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S
CO 2 M S
CO 3 S M
CO 4 M M
CO 5 S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Supply Chain Analytics Elective 3 0 0 - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To Understand the importance of the basics of Supply Chain Analytics and
C1
Optimization
C2 To analyze the warehousing using Mathematical Programming Models
To describe the various inventory tools and strategies for analytics
C3
deployment depending on supply chain drivers.
Toeducate on the concept of Transportation Network Models and their
C4
applications.
To describe the various techniques for analytics based on the multi criteria
C5
decision-making model.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Introduction to analytics – descriptive,
predictive and prescriptive analytics, Data Driven Supply
I 9 C1
Chains – Basics, transforming supply chains, Barriers to
implementation, Road Map.
Warehousing Decisions: Mathematical Programming
Models - P-Median Methods - Guided LP Approach -
II Balmer – Wolfe Method, Greedy Drop Heuristics, 9 C2
Dynamic Location Models, Space Determination and
Layout Methods
Inventory Management: Inventory aggregation Models,
Dynamic Lot sizing Methods, Multi-Echelon Inventory
III models, Aggregate Inventory system and LIMIT, Risk 9 C3
Analysis in Supply Chain - Measuring transit risks,
supply risks, delivering risks, Risk pooling strategies.
Transportation Network Models: Notion of Graphs,
Minimal Spanning Tree, Shortest Path Algorithms,
Maximal Flow Problems, Multistage Transshipment and
Transportation Problems, Set covering and Set
IV 9 C4
Partitioning Problems, Traveling Salesman Algorithms,
Advanced Vehicle Routing Problem Heuristics,
Schedulin
g Algorithms-Deficit function Approach and Linking
Algorithms
MCDM Models: Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP),
Data Envelopment Analysis (DEA), Fuzzy Logic and
V 9 C5
Techniques, the analytical network process (ANP),
TOPSIS-Application in SCM.
45
Course
Outcomes
Recognizing the fundamentals of supply chain
CO1 PO2, PO7
analytics
Ability to design warehouse models to enhance
CO2 PO1, PO2,
supply chain performance.
Realization of the superseding significance of
CO3 PO5, PO6, PO7
Inventory aggregation Models
Ability to understand network models in
CO4 PO4, PO7
transportation.
Ability to make decision using multi-criteria in
CO5 PO1, PO6
applications of SCM
Reading List
https://scg-lm.s3.amazonaws.com/pdfs/opentext-wp-dummies-guide-to-sca-
1.
100318.pdf
https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/id/4398d7e1-4779-44bb-ab90-
2.
d9e7e54f829c/2021_Book_NextGenerationSupplyChains.pdf
3. Wendy Tate, Journal of Supply Chain Management,2022
4. Yuan Li, Journal of Management Analytics,2021
References Books
Chopra S, Meindl P, Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning and
1.
Operation, Pearson Education, USA, 6th Edition, 2016.
Muthu Mathirajan, Chandrasekharan Rajendran, SowmyanarayananSadagopan,
Arunachalam Ravindran, Parasuraman Balasubramanian, Analytics in
2.
Operations/Supply Chain Management, I.K. International Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd., 1st Edition, 2016.
Feigin G, Supply Chain Planning and Analytics: The right product to the right
3. place at the right time, Business Expert Press, New York, USA, 1st Edition,
2011.
Tayur S,Ganeshan R, Michael,M. Quantitative Models for Supply Chain
4.
Management. Kluwer Academic Publishers. 1st Edition, 1999.
Joel D Wisner, G. Keong Leong, Keah-Choon Tan, (2012), Supply Chain
5. Management – A Balanced Approach, 3rd edition Cengage Learning,3rd Edition,
2012.
Handfield R, Supply Market Intelligence: A managerial handbook for building
6. sourcing strategies, Taylor and Francis Group, Auerbach Publications, New York,
USA, 1st Edition, 2006.
25 Marks
Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S M
CO 2 M S
CO 3 S M S
CO 4 M S
CO 5 S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Operations Strategy Elective 3 0 0 - 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize students with the fundamentals of business strategies
C2 To provide inputs on developing operations strategy
C3 To orient students on the impact of technology in strategy formulation.
C4 To enable students, understand strategy implementation
C5 To acquaint students with financial perspectives in operations strategy.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Role and Objectives of Operations
Strategy; Operations Strategy Framework: Incorporating
I Operations Strategy in the Corporate Strategy; 9 C1
Operations performance essentials; Competition,
Competencies & Operations; Defining Operations
Strategy in Overall Environment; Process of Operations
Strategy Formulation
Principles of Operations Strategy: Principles and
Concepts of Developing Operations Strategy;
Methodology of Developing Operations Strategy;
Capacity Strategy: Capacity Types, Flexibility &
II Consolidation, Capacity Timing & Expansion, Capacity 9 C2
Sizing & Investment; Facility Strategy & Globalization:
Infrastructure Development; Supply Network Strategy:
Capacity Location, Global Network & Off-shoring,
Strategic Sourcing, Coordinating the Supply Chain.
Process Technology Strategy: Effect of Technology
Advancement and Technology Management, Integration
of Operations Strategy Planning and Technology
Planning, Production Implications of Corporate
III Marketing Decisions; Strategy Development and 9 C3
Practices; Improvement & Innovation; New Product &
New Service Development; Product Variety Impact in
Operations Strategy; Operations Strategy Process –
Sustainable Alignment.
Implementation: Implementation of Operations
Strategy; Business Implication of Process Choice:
Dynamics of process-product life cycles, Product
Profiling, Improving Operations Process by Process
IV Positioning; Cross-Cutting Capability; Operations 9 C4
Strategy Process – Implementation; Pre-requisites of
Organized and Focused Operations Strategy & Unit;
Principles and Concepts of Factory-within Factory;
Involvement of Human Aspects
Operations Redefining & Restructuring; Demand and
Revenue Management; Operations Strategy Process –
Substitutes: BPR, TQM, Lean, Six Sigma: Business
Process Focused Strategies & Organization
V Development: Quality Planning and Controlling System, 9 C5
Improving Response Time with IT, Operations Audit
Approach; Risk Management & Hedging: Accounting &
Financial Perspectives and Operations System, Business
Continuity Planning, Disaster Recovery strategy.
45
Course
Outcomes
Become familiarized and have good understanding
CO1 PO4, PO6, PO7
on the fundamentals of business strategies
Have valuable inputs and understanding on
developing operations strategy
CO3 Have an orientation on the impact of technology in PO5, PO6
strategy formulation.
Have a better understanding on strategy
implementation
Be acquainted with financial perspectives in
operations strategy.
Reading List
Nigel Slack, Michael Lewis, Mohita Gangwar Sharma, Operations Strategy,
1.
Pearson Education, 2018
Robert H. Hayes, Gary P.Pisano, Strategic Operations: Competing Through
2.
Capabilities, Free Press, 1996
3. Journal of Operations and Strategic Planning, Sage Publications
4. Journal of Operations Management, ScienceDirect
References Books
Beckman / Barry. Operations Strategy: competing in the 21st Century,
1.
McGraw-Hill Higher Ed 2007
Brown / Lamming / Bessant / Jones. Strategic Operations Management,
2.
Elsevier-India (Butterworth-Heinemann 2004
Hayes / Pisano / Upton / Wheelwright. Operations, Strategy, and Technology:
3.
Pursuing the Competitive Edge, Wiley 2011
4. Lowson. Strategic Operations Management, Routledge, Taylor & Francis, 2015
Jay Heizer, Barry Render, et al. Operations Management Twelfth Edition | By
5.
Pearson, 2017
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 S S S
CO 2 S S S S
CO 3 S S
CO 4 M S S S
CO 5 M M S S
Elective Courses: Tourism and Hospitality Management
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Destination Tourism Y 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To facilitate the assessment of the tourism potential of a destination and prepare
C1
tourism development plan as well as marketing techniques
C2 To familiarize with the destination branding practices
To introduce advanced analysis and research in the field of destination
C3
development
C4 To understand the factors that influence the tourism planning process and
C5 To develop awareness about the destination selection process.
No. of Course
Destination Tourism - Types of destinations,
Characteristics of destinations - Destinations and
I products - Destination Management Systems - 9 C1
Destination planning and guidelines - Destination
Selection Process-The Values of Destination Tourism.
Destination Planning, Process and Analysis - National
and Regional Tourism Planning and Development -
Assessment of tourism potential - Planning for
II Destination Tourism Development - Contingency 9 C2
Planning-Economic, Social, Cultural and
Environmental considerations - Demand and supply
match - Design and innovations.
Destination Image Development - Attributes of
Destinations: Person’s determined image, Destination
determined image, measurement of destination image -
Destination branding perspectives and challenges-
III Creating the Unique Destination Proposition - Place 9 C3
branding and destination image - Destination image
formation process; unstructured image - Product
development and packaging - Destination branding and
the web - Case Study of Tamil Nadu Tourism as a brand.
Destination Promotion and Publicity - Six ‘A’s
framework for tourism destinations - The dynamic wheel
IV of tourism stakeholders - Destination Marketing Mix - 9 C4
Destination Competitiveness – Distribution Channels-
Marketing Communication and Strategies.
Institutional Support: Public Private Partnership (PPP) -
National Planning Policies for Destination Development-
WTO Guidelines for Planners - Role of urban civic
bodies: Town planning -Characteristics of rural tourism
V 9 C5
planning - Environmental Management Systems –
Destination Vision- The focus of Tourism Policy: the
competitive sustainable destination - Destination
Mapping.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understand the management system of a tourism
CO1 PO4, PO6, PO7
destination organization
CO2 Identify destination offerings determinants PO2, PO4
CO3 Apply the marketing mix concept to a tourist destination PO5,PO6
Analyse tourist destination attractiveness and
CO4 PO4, PO7
competitiveness
Understand the importance of planning in the
CO5 PO6, PO7,PO8
development of destination tourism
Reading List
Namzi Kozak, Metin Kozak, Tourists destination management – Tourism,
1. Hospitality & Event Management -Instruments, products, and case studies,
Springer, April 2019.
Stefan Hartman, Ben wielenga, Jasper Hessel Heslinga, The future of tourism
destination management: building productive coalitions of actor networks for
2.
complex destination development, journal of Tourism futures, emerald insight,
Dec 2020
Hikina Whakatutuki, Components of a destination management plan, Ministry of
3.
business, innovation & employment
Larry Dwyer, Chulwon Kim, Destination competitiveness: Determinants and
4.
indicators, May 2010
References Books
Nigelmorgan,annettepritchard&rogerpride(2001),destinationbranding:creatingtheu
1.
niqueproposition,butterworth andheinemann.
2. Richard w.butler (2006), the tourism area life cycle:
Claire,haventang&eleriellisjones(2005),tourismsmes,servicequalityanddestination
3.
competitiveness,cabi publishing.
Shalinisingh,dallenj.timothy&rosskingstondowling(2003),tourismindestinationco
4.
mmunities,cabipublishing.
Geoffrey ian crouch, j.r. Brent ritchie & horst-herbert g.
5.
Kossatz(2003),thecompetitivedestination:asustainabletourismperspective,cabipubl
ishing.
6.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 S S S
CO 2 M M S
CO 3 S M
CO 4 M M
CO 5 S S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Tourism Principles And
Elective Y 3 3 25 75 100
Practices
Course Objectives
C1 To understand the fundamentals concepts and history of tourism
C2 To know about the forms of tourism
C3 To throw light on Tourism Industry structure and infrastructure.
C4 To have knowledge about tourism theory and system.
C5 To provide insights about tourism organizations.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
History and Concepts of Tourism: Tourist/ Visitor/
Traveler/ Excursionist, Early and Medieval Period of
Travel: Renaissance and Its Effects on Tourism - Birth of
Mass Tourism, Old and New Age Tourism, Concept of
I 9 C1
Tourism: Nature - Scope - Characteristics - Components
- Significance of Tourism - Tourism System:
Interdisciplinary Approaches -- Motivations and
Deterrents to Travel – Emerging Areas and Practices.
Forms of Tourism: Inbound, Outbound, National,
International- Alternative Tourism – Inclusive Tourism,
II Current Trends in Domestic and Global Tourism: 9 C2
Tourism Statistics- Need for Measurement of Tourism -
Tourism Demand and Supply.
Tourism Industry: Structure, Functions and
Constituents - Direct, Indirect and Support Services -
Basic Components of Tourism: Transport -
III 9 C3
Accommodation- Facilities & Amenities, Horizontal and
Vertical Integration in Tourism Business, Infrastructure
& superstructure
Tourism Theory and System: Leiper’s Geo-Spatial
Model - Mill-Morrison’s Tourism Policy Model -
Mathieson & Wall’s Travel Buying Behaviour Model -
IV Butler’s Tourism Area Life Cycle (TALC) Model - 9 C4
Doxey’s Irridex Model – Crompton’s Push and Pull
Theory- Stanley Plog’s Psychographic Model- Gunn’s
Tourism Planning Model.
Tourism Organizations: UNWTO, IATA, ICAO,
WTTC, IHA, TAAI, FHRAI, ITDC, ICPB, IATO,
IRCTC, State Tourism Development Corporations,
V 9 C5
Airport Authority of India, Archaeological Survey of
India, Ministries of Tourism and Culture, Director
General of Civil Aviation, Government of India.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Understanding the fundamentals concepts and history of tourism PO4, PO6
Possess knowledge and develop an understanding about the forms
CO2 PO4, PO6
of tourism
CO3 Get familiar about Tourism Industry structure and infrastructure. PO4,PO6
CO4 Possess knowledge about tourism theory and system. PO4, PO6
CO5 Having insights about tourism organizations. PO6, PO7
Reading List
2. Stefan Hartman, Ben wielenga, Jasper Hessel Heslinga, The future of tourism
Dec 2020
3.
4.
References Books
Goeldner, C., & Ritchie, J.R. Tourism, Principles, Practices, Philosophies. New
1.
Jersey: John Wiley, 2011.
Swain, S.K. & Mishra, J.M. Tourism Principles and Practices. New Delhi:
2.
OUP, 2011.
Tribe, J. (Ed.). (Philosophical Issues in Tourism. United Kingdom: Channel View
3.
Publications, 2009.
4. Cooper, C. Tourism Principles and Practice. New Delhi: Prentice Hall, 2008.
Jamal, T., & Robinson, M. (Eds.). The SAGE Handbook of Tourism Studies.
5.
United Kingdom: Sage Publications, 2009
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M S
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M S
CO 4 M S
CO 5 S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Tourism Products of India Y 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
To familiarize the students to the physiographic boundaries of India and
C1
destination tourism
C2 To provide insights on tourism products of northern ranges
C3 To throw light on tourism plains of Central India
C4 To explore tourism products of the peninsular regions, coastal plains and islands
C5 To create awareness and importance of medical tourism
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
India: General introduction, states & capitals,
physiographic units, seasons and climatic regions &
I their impacts on tourism. Natural vegetation & wild 9 C1
animals of India & wild life tourism, India: a
destination for all reasons & seasons.
The Northern Mountains: General introduction of the
Himalayas & other ranges, their importance for religious,
II 9 C2
hill station & adventure tourism. A case study of Sri
Nagar, Shimla, Nainital, Darjeeling & Gangtok..
The Central Plains: General introduction of deserts &
central plains. Their Importance for cultural, religious &
III 9 C3
adventure tourism. A case study of Amritsar, Jaipur,
Delhi, Lucknow, Kolkata.
The Peninsula: General features of Indian peninsula with
their tourism Significance. A case study of Bhopal,
Khajuraho, Hyderabad, Banglore, Ooty The coastal
IV plains and islands: General features of coastal regions, 9 C4
their Importance for religious, cultural & beach tourism.
A case study of Mumbai, Goa, Cochin, Chennai,
Andaman & Nicobar.
Nature and scope of medical Tourism, Rise of Medical
Tourism in Asia, Hospitality industry and Medical
Tourism, International healthcare accreditation.
Regulatory laws, Ethical issues for Medical Tourism,
V Travel formalities, Marketing Medical Tourism Indian 9 C5
health care therapy and medicine - drug treatments
ayurveda, yoga, naturopathy, homoeopathy and span
India, Potential impact of Medical Tourism on the
health workforce and health systems in India
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Understand the physiographic boundaries of India and
CO1 PO4
destination tourism
CO2 Explore and design tourism products for northern ranges PO1, PO3
CO3 Develop tourism products from plains of Central India PO4,PO5
Plan tourism products of the peninsular regions, coastal
CO4 PO3,PO6
plains and islands
CO5 Understand and improve the scope of medical tourism PO7,PO8
Reading List
2.
Dec 2020
3.
4.
References Books
Robinet Jacob, Tourism Products of India: A National Perpective, Abhijeet
1.
Publications, 2012.
2. Goh Cheong Long: An Economics Atlas of India, Oxford University, 2018.
Chatak G.R. : Medical Tourism(Codes and Guidelines), Neha Publishers &
3.
Distributors, 2010.
Renée-Marie Stephano, Esquire : Medical Tourism “An International Healthcare
4. Guide For Insurers, Employers and Governments”.Global Health Insurance
Publications, 2010.
C. Michael Hall : Medical Tourism (The Ethics, Regulation, and Marketing of
5.
HealthMobility), Routledge, 21-Aug-2012.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M
CO 2 S S
CO 3 M S
CO 4 M M
CO 5 M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Strategic Tourism
Elective Y 3 3 25 75 100
Management
Course Objectives
C1 To develop the understanding of strategic tourism management
C2 To impart knowledge on micro and macro strategic tourism management.
Discover the basic concepts, principles, and practices associated with strategy
C3
formulations and implementation
Apply a variety of strategic planning tools (i.e. SWOT analysis) to develop
C4
business strategies.
C5 Establish vision, mission, and core values to set company direction.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Strategic Tourism
Management:Strategic Management– Concept, Origin
and evolution, Scope and Process; levels at which
strategy operates, Strategic Thinking; Global
I 9 C1
competitiveness; Strategists and their role in hospitality
and tourism, Key Players in Indian Hospitality and
Tourism Industry, strategic and conventional decision
making in hospitality and tourism.
Micro and Macro Strategic Environment: The
Environment and External Stakeholders - Assessment
II 9 C2
of the Broad Environment, Analysis of External
Stakeholders and the Operating Environment,
Managing the Operating Environment; Organizational
Resources and Competitive Advantage - Internal
Analysis and Competitive Advantage, Value-adding
Activities, Tangible and Intangible Resources,
Financial Resources, Physical Resources, Human-
Based Resources, Organization Structure and Culture,
Knowledge-Based Resources, General Organizational
Resources.
Strategic Direction & Formulating Basic Strategies:
Strategic Direction-Creating a Strategic Direction,
Mission Statements, Organizational Vision,
Organizational Values; Strategy Formulation at the
Business-Unit Level-Generic Business Strategies,
III 9 C3
Competitive Dynamics, Strategic Group Mapping;
Corporate-Level Strategy and Restructuring -
Concentration Strategies, Vertical Integration Strategies,
Diversification Strategies, Mergers and Acquisitions,
Strategic Restructuring, Portfolio Management.
Implementing Strategies and Establishing Control
Systems: Interrelationship between formulation and
implementation of strategies, Inter-organizational
Relationships and the Tourism Cluster; Functional-Level
IV Resource Management; Organizational Design and 9 C4
Control- types of designs, Organizational Structures
design, Organizational Control, power and politics, role
of behavioral implementation in tourism.
Strategies For Hospitality Entrepreneurship:

Strategies for Entrepreneurship and Innovation -
Entrepreneurial Start-ups, Innovation and Corporate
Entrepreneurship; Global Strategic Management and the
V Future- Global Strategies, International Market Selection, 9 C5
Global Stakeholders, Emerging Trends; Strategic issues
in not-for-profit organization and Small & Medium Size
Enterprises.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Apply knowledge of tourism concepts along with the
CO1 management theories and practices to solve business PO1,PO2, PO7, PO8
related problems in tourism domain
Contextualize tourism within broader cultural,
PO1,PO2, PO6, PO7,
CO2 environmental, political and economic dimensions of
PO8
society
CO3 Foster analytical and critical thinking abilities for data- PO1, PO2, PO4, PO7
based decisionMaking
Identify and understand how new ideas, concepts or
CO4 PO4,PO6, PO7
products emergewithin relevant fields
Critique tourism practices for their implications locally
CO5 PO3,PO8
and globally.
Reading List
2.
Dec 2020
3.
4.
References Books
1. David,F.R.(2010).StrategicManagement(13thed.).PrenticeHall.
Enz, C. A. (2009). Hospitality Strategic Management: Concepts and Cases (2nd
2.
ed.).Wiley.
Hill,C.W.L., &Jones,G.R.(2009).Strategic Management:An
3.
IntegratedApproach(9thed.).South-Western College, Pub.
Okumus, F., Altinay, L., & Chathoth, P. (2010). Strategic Management for
4.
HospitalityandTourism (1st ed.).Butterworth-Heinemann.
Olsen,M.,&Zhao,J.(Eds.).(2008).HandbookofHospitalityStrategicManagement.But
5.
terworth-Heinemann.
Nigel Evans (2020) Strategic Management for Tourism, Hospitality and Events 3rd
6.
Edition
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
(K5)
CO 1 S S S S
CO 2 M M M M S
CO 3 M M M S
CO 4 M M M
CO 5 M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Hospitality Management Elective Y 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the students to the basic concepts of Hospitality industry
C2 To provide insights on front office management
C3 To throw light on House keeping management
C4 To elucidate on food, beverages, organization and restaurant menu
C5 To impart knowledge on evaluating hotel management
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction to Hospitality Industry
Distinctive Characteristics: Inflexibility-Intangibility-
,Perishability-Fixed Location- Relatively Large Financial
Investment etc.; Concepts of “Atithi Devo Bhavah”;
Hotel and Lodging facilities; Types of Hotels;
I 9 C1
Classification of Hotels, Chain Operations, Alternative
Accommodation; E- Hospitality; Ethical and Regulatory
Aspects in a Hotel, International Hotel Regulations,
Fiscal and Non-Fiscal Incentives Offered to Hotel
Industry in India.
Front Office
Duties and Responsibilities: Reservation & Registration-
Meal Plans- Room Assignments- Check-in- Departure-
II Handling Guest Mail- Message Handling- Guest Paging
Methods of Payment; Guest Services: Type of Hotel
Guests- Types of Meal Plans- Wake-up call.
Housekeeping
III Hierarchy, Duties & Responsibilities of Housekeeping 9 C3
Staff; Important Functions of Housekeeping
Management; Types of Accommodation; Activities in
Accommodation Management: Room Service- Room
supplies- Types of Room- Types of Bedding and Other
Related Types of Service; Liaison with Other
Departments.
Food & Beverage: Hierarchy, Duties & Responsibilities
of Staff; Food Production
Organization: Kitchen-Buffets-Beverages Operation
&Functions; Outlets of F & B; Types of
Restaurant Menu; Catering Services: Food Service for
IV 9 C4
the Airlines- Banquette- Corporate-
MICE- Retail Food Market- Business/Industrial Food
Service- Healthcare Food Service- Club
Food Services; Trends in Lodging and Food Services.
Evaluating Hotel Performance: Methods of Measuring

Hotel Performance: Occupancy
Ratio- Average Daily Rate: Average Room Rate Per
Guest- Rev PAR- Market Share Index-
V Evaluation of Hotel by Guest; Yield Management: 9 C5
Elements of Yield Management,
Measuring Yield in the Hotel Industry, Benefits of Yield
Management, Challenges or
Problems in Yield Management.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Familiarize the students to the basic concepts of Hospitality
CO1 PO3,PO6
industry
CO2 Provide insights on front office management PO1, PO2
CO3 Have knowledge on House keeping management PO4,PO5
CO4 Elucidate on food, beverages, organization and restaurant menu PO6,PO7
CO5 knowledge on evaluating hotel management PO3,PO8
Reading List
Philip nailon, Theory in hospitality management, Volume 1, Issue 3, 1982,
1.
Pages 135-143, Elsevier
Bob Brotherton, Towards a definitive view of the nature of hospitality and
2. hospitality management, International journal of contemporary hospitality
management, 1999
Clayton W. Barrows, Robert H. Bosselman, Hospitality management education,
3.
The Haworth hospitality press
Clarke chen, International Hospitality Management, Concepts and Cases,
4. Edition1st,2007, London Imprint Routledge
References Books
1. Negi, J. (2014). Professional Hotel Management. New Delhi: S. Chand.
Raghubalan, G., & Smritee, R. (2015). Hotel Housekeeping operations and
2.
Management.New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Negi, J. (1984) .Hotels for Tourism Development: Economic Planning & Financial
3.
Management. New Delhi: S. Chand.
Tewari, J.R. (2016). Hotel front office operations and Management. New Delhi:
4.
Oxford publication.
Wood, R.C. (2013). Key Concepts of Hospitality Management. London: SAGE
5.
Publications, London.
6. Mark ciampa, Introduction to Healthcare Information Technology. 2012
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M M
CO 2 S M
CO 3 M S
CO 4 M M
CO 5 M S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
E Tourism Elective Y 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To familiarize the concept of Digital tourism enterprise
C2 To give inputs on digital tourist consumer behavior
C3 To enable students, understand the impact of Digital marketing on tourism
C4 To orient students, on Social Media Marketing
C5 To enable students, use Digital Marketing Analytics:
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Electronic Market - Physical Economy vs. Digital
Economy - Drivers of Digital Tourism Business - Digital
I 9 C1
Tourism Business Models – Opportunities & challenges
of Digital Business.
Online Consumer Behavior: Consumer decision journey
and Marketing funnel – Value of online communities,
user-generated content (UGC) – Online reviews and
II
reputation management – Unique features of online
market research – Sentiment analysis for decision-
making
Characteristics: Process for Products & Services – Online
Segmentation-Targeting-Positioning – Inbound Vs
III Outbound Marketing – Search engine marketing: search 9 C3
engine optimization and search engine advertising.
Tourism Initiatives taken by Central and State Govts.
Social Media Campaign Process - Social Media
Marketing – Development of Social Media Content and
IV Communities - Deliver Social Media Promotions - 9 C4
Measure Social Media Performance - Manage Social
Media Activities.
Organizational Maturity - Maturity Model - Digital
Analytics, Maturity Model - Management,
Governance, and Adoption, Objective and Scope,
V 9 C5
Team and Expertise, Continuous Improvement,
Process and Methodology, Tools, Technology and
Data Integration
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Become familiar with the concept of Digital tourism enterprise PO4,PO6,
CO1 PO7
CO2 Be able to understand digital tourist consumer behavior PO3, PO4
Understand the impact of Digital marketing on tourism PO4,PO6,P
CO3 O7
CO4 Appreciate Social Media Marketing in tourism PO2,PO3
CO5 Will be able to use Digital Marketing Analytics PO1,PO6
Reading List
Helmut Berger, Michael Dittenbach, Dieter Merkl, Anton Bogdanovych, Simeon
1. Simoff & Carles Sierra, Opening new dimensions for e-Tourism, Virtual Reality,
Volume 11, 2017.
Laura Sebastia, inam farcia, eva onaindia and cesar guzman, e-TOURISM: A
2. TOURIST RECOMMENDATION AND PLANNING APPLICATION,
International journal on artificial intelligence tools, vol 18.
Chulwon Kim, E- Tourism An Innovative Approach for the Small and Medium –
3.
Sized Tourism Enterprises (SMTES), in Korea, OECD
Julian Candratoy, E-Tourism: Concept and Evloution
References Books
Bones, C., & Hammersley, J. (2015). Leading Digital Strategy: Driving
1.
Business Growth
Morabito, V. (2016). Trends and Challenges in Digital Business Innovation.
2. London:
Springer Publications.
Rogers, D.L. (2016). The Digital Transformation Playbook – Rethink Your
3.
Business for the Digital Age. Columbia: Columbia Business School Publishing.
HBR. (2014). Leading Digital: Turning Technology into Business
4.
Transformation. London:Harvard Business Review Press.
Chaffey, D. (2014). Digital Business and E-Commerce Management. New
5.
Delhi Pearson Education Limited, New Delhi.
Chaffey, D. (2013). E-Business and E-Commerce Management: Strategy,
6.
Implementation and Practice. England: Prentice Hall..
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
(K5)
CO 1 S S M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 S S M
CO 4 S M
CO 5 M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Travel Agency and Tour
Elective Y 3 3 25 75 100
Operations Management
Course Objectives
To manage all the travel requirements of the companies while providing ease and
C1
sort of convenience to the customers.
To add value to the travel sector of different companies. To offer the traveling
C2
services at very reasonable prices.
C3 To foster better knowledge of various cultures.
C4 To instill pride in one's traditional culture and identity.
This can happen at any time during the tour booking process, from the beginning
C5
to the completion of the tour package.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
History & Growth of Travel Agency Business,
Emergence of leading private travel agencies (Thomas
I Cook & American Express), Emergence of Travel 9 C1
Intermediaries, Indian Travel Agents & Tour Operators.
Interplay of Push & Pull Factors.
Travel Agents & Tour Operators: Differentiation and
Interrelationship. Functions and Organisational
Structures of Travel Agency and Tour Operators.
II Linkages of Tour Operation Business with Principal
Suppliers, Government and Other Agencies. Incentive
and Concessions Applicable to Tour Operators in
India.
How to Set up Travel Agency/Tour Operation Business:
Sources of Funding, Comparative Study of Various Type
III 9 C3
of Organisation, Government Rule of Getting Approval,
IATA Rules, Regulations and Accreditation,
Documentation, Sources of Earning: Commissions,
Service Charges etc.
Itinerary Preparation: Meaning, Importance and Types of
Itinerary - Resources and Steps for Itinerary Planning -
IV Do’s and Do Not’s of Itinerary Preparation Tour Costing: 9 C4
Tariffs, FITS & GITS. Confidential Tariff. Packaging:
Types and Forms of Package Tour.
Travel Documentation: Familiarization with TIM (Travel
Information Manual), Passport & VISA- Meaning,
Types, Procedures, Validity, Necessary Information to
V fill the Passport and VISA Form for Issuance, Health 9 C5
Certificates, Currency, Travel Insurance, Credit & Debit
Card, customs, currency, baggage and airport
information.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Demonstrate and understanding and importance of the travel and
CO1 PO4, PO5
tourism industry
Articulate a clear and well-structured understanding of travel
CO2 PO3, PO4
agency management
Demonstrate the skills necessary to identify sales and marketing
CO3 PO6,PO7
strategies for travel agencies
Evaluate customer service trends and skills as they relate to the
CO4 PO2,PO8
travel and tourism industry
Integrate management concepts to achieve positive results in the
CO5 PO1,PO6
travel and tourism industry
Reading List
1. L K Sighn, Management of travel agency,Isha Books
Yaron Peril Aviad Isreal, Crisis management in the travel agency sector: A
2.
case study, Journal of vocation marketing
Marion Bennett, Information technology and travel agency: A customer
3.
service perspective, Elsevier
4. A K Bhattia, The business of travel agency, & Tour operations management
References Books
1. D.L. Foster , The Business of Travel agency Operation &Administration (1991)
2. Malik, Haris & Chatterjee,Indian TravelAgents (2006)
3. J.M.S. Negi, Travel Agency & Tour Operatiuons: Concepts &Principles (2006)
4. C.Y. Gee,TravelIndustry 3rd edition 2006
5. Yale P,The Business of TourOperations (1995)
Travel agency and tour operators management by A K Bhatia Sterling Publishers
6.
pvt Ltd (2013)
Internal
Evaluation
Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 S M
CO 2 S M
CO 3 M M
CO 4 M M
CO 5 S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Tourism Entrepreneurship Elective Y 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
C1 To understand the basics of Entrepreneurship
C2 To comprehend the role of creativity and innovation
C3 To develop a feasibility report in Tourism
C4 To know the funding options for Entrepreneurship
C5 To understand the growth of empowerment in tourism
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Entrepreneurship
Theories & Approaches; Types of Entrepreneurs–
I Entrepreneurial Motivation – Entrepreneurial Climate- 9 C1
Myths about Entrepreneurship - Role of
Entrepreneurship in Economic Development.
II Creativity & Innovation 9 C2
Process of Creativity-Roadblocks for Creativity-
Innovation-Types of Innovation- Role of Creativity &
Innovations in Travel & Tourism Businesses-
Contemporary Trends
Entrepreneurship in Tourism:
Opportunity Identification –Sources of Ideas- New
III 9 C3
Product Development -Business Plan - Feasibility Report
– Technical Feasibility vs. Economic Viability
Funding Options:
Sources of Finance for Tourism Enterprises, Subsidies &
IV Incentives - Promotion and Development of Tourism - 9 C4
Institutional Framework - Venture Creation-Forms Of
Organization- Management
Managing Growth: :
Business Integration – Diversification-Mergers &
V Acquisitions-Business Failure-Causes for failure-Revival 9 C5
of Sick Enterprises-Strategies for revival-Women
Empowerment in Tourism
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 To understand the basics of Entrepreneurship PO2, PO4
CO2 Comprehend the role of creativity and innovation PO3, PO5
CO3 Create a feasibility report in Tourism PO2,PO4
CO4 Explore the funding options for Entrepreneurship PO7,PO8
CO5 Handle growth in Tourism Entrepreneurship PO1,PO6
Reading List
Sølvi SolvollGry Agnete Alsos &Oxana Bulanova, Tourism Entrepreneurship –
1.
Review and Future Directions, Taylor and Francis 2015
2. Jovo Ateljevic, Stephen J. Page, Tourism and Entrepreneurship, Elsevier
3. Vanessa Rattan, Tourism entrepreneurship research: a perspective, Torism review
WeibingZhaoJ.R. BrentRitchieCharlotte M.Echtner, Social capital and tourism
4.
entrepreneurship, science direct
References Books
Arthur, S. J., & Hisrich, R. D. (2011). Entrepreneurship through the ages: Lessons
1.
learned. Journal of Enterprising Culture, 19(01), 1-40.
2. Bezbaruah, M.P. (2000). Beyond the Millennium. New Delhi: Gyan Pub House
3. “Drucker, P.F. (1985). Innovation & Entrepreneurship. New York: Harper & Row.
Kuratko, D.F. & Hodgets, R.M. (2008), Entrepreneurship. New York: Harcourt
4.
College Publishers.
5. Jeffrey, T. (1984). New Venture Creation. Illinois: Homewood.2014
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M
CO 2 S M
CO 3 S M
CO 4 M S
CO 5 M M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Eco Tourism and Sustainable
Y 3 3 25 75 100
Development
Course Objectives
C1 To understand the significance of ecotourism
C2 To comprehend the theories and practices of ecotourism
C3 To be familiar with the model ecotourism projects
To Use the theoretical knowledge to manage ecotourism resources. demonstrate
C4 a high level of competence in knowledge on principles of sustainable tourism
development
C5 To recognize the organizations efforts in regulating responsible ecotourism.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
FUNDAMENTALS OF ECOLOGY
Basic Laws & ideas in Ecology- Function and
I 9 C1
Management of Ecosystem-Biodiversity and its
Conservation-Pollution-Ecological Foot Prints -
Relationship between Tourism & Ecology- Ecotourism-
Evolution, Principles, Trends and Functions of
Ecotourism- Environmentalism, sustainable
development-Pollution-Ecological Foot Prints.
TOURISM & ECOLOGY
Mass Tourism Vs Ecotourism-Typology of Eco-tourists-
II Ecotourism Activities & Impacts-Quebec Declaration 9 C2
2002 - Kyoto Protocol 1997- Ecotourism and
globalization.
ECOTOURISM POLICIES, PLANNING
Carrying Capacity - Alternative Tourism-Responsible
Ecotourism- Community Participation - Types of
III Participation - Ecotourism Projects – Case Studies on 9 C3
Periyar National Park, Thenmala Eco-Project, Similipal
Ecotourism Project - Nandadevi Biosphere Reserve -
Gulf of Mannar - Kruger National Park, South Africa.
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
Ecotourism Development - Sustainable Ecotourism -
Resource Management - Socioeconomic Development -
Ecotourism Policies, Planning and Implementation - Eco-
friendly Facilities and Amenities - Carrying Capacity -
IV Alternative Tourism -Responsible ecotourism 9 C4
Programming.Evolution - Principles, Major Dimensions
of Sustainability- 10 R’s- Stockholm Conference 1972 -
Brundtland Commission – The Rio Declaration 1992 –
World Conference on Sustainable Tourism 1995 - WSSD
2002, The Cape Town Declarations
QUALITY STANDARDS FOR SUSTAINABLE
TOURISM
ISO 14000 – Role of WTTC, PATA, UNEP, IUCN -
Code of Conduct for Accommodation and Transport
Operators - Tourism Code & Tourism Bill of Rights -
Case Studies on Island Tourism in Andaman & Nicobar-
V 9 C5
Hill Tourism in Udhagamandalam and Sikkim-Beach
Tourism in Goa. Ecotourism Development Agencies-
Eco-friendly Practices - Role of International Ecotourism
Society - UNWTO, WWF, UNDP - Department of
Forest and Environment - Government of India- ATREE-
EQUATIONS.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Students would procure cognizance of the theories
CO1 PO1, PO3, PO6
and practices of ecotourism.
Understand the need and importance of relationship
CO2 PO3, PO4
between ecology and tourism
CO3 Be familiar with the model ecotourism projects PO2,PO5
Learners will be familiarized with various
CO4 approaches and practices for sustainabletourism PO7,PO8
development.
Understand the commitment towards the
CO5 PO3,PO6
preservation of environment through ecotourism
Reading List
1. Honey.M, Ecotourism and sustainable development. Who owns paradise?,

Island press, USA
Buchsbaum, Bernardo Duha, Ecotourism and Sustainable Development in
2.
Costa Rica, Virgina Tech
Tuğba Kiper, Role of Ecotourism in Sustainable Development, https://tamug-
3. ir.tdl.org/bitstream/handle/1969.3/28978/InTechRole_of_ecotourism_in_sustain
able_development_[1].pdf?sequence=1
Susan Place, Ecotourism for Sustainable Development: Oxymoron or Plausible
4.
Strategy?, GeoJournal, Vol. 35, No. 2,
References Books
Ballantyne, R. and Packer, J. International Handbook on Ecotourism. United
1.
Kingdom: Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd, first Edition, 2013.
Fennel, D. A.Ecotourism Policy and Planning. USA: CABI Publishing, first
2.
Edition, 2003.
3. Fennell, D.A.Ecotourism New York: Routledge Publication, third Edition, 2008.
Middleton, V.T.C and Hawkins, R.Sustainable Tourism: A Marketing Perspective,
4.
Butterworth – Heinemann, Oxford.first Edition, 1998.
Strange, T., and Bayley, A. (2008). Sustainable Development. Linking Economy,
5.
Society,Environment. Paris: OECD. first Edition,2009.
Sukanta K Chaudhury, Cultural, Ecology and Sustainable Development, Mittal,
6.
New Delhi. first Edition,2006.
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
(K5)
CO 1 S S S
CO 2 M S
CO 3 M M
CO 4 S M
CO 5 S M
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Automation in Hospitality
Elective Y 3 3 25 75 100
industry
Course Objectives
C1 To understand the basics ofHospitality Industry
C2 To comprehend the Hospitality Products & Services
C3 To understand the hospitality distribution channels
C4 To know the current scenario
C5 To understand the growth of empowerment in tourism
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Hospitality Industry – Profile: Meaning & definition,
Historical evolution & development, Hospitality as an
I 9 C1
industry, Inter relation with tourism industry and its
sectors, Contribution to Indian and global economy
Hospitality Products & Services: Hospitality
accommodation- the various types Structured and non-
structured accommodations- Hotels, Resorts,
Condominiums, Guest Houses, Bread and Breakfast
outlets etc., Food & Beverage facilities- Structured and
II Non structured, Ancillary services- Spa, Health Club, 9 C2
Recreational facilities, Shopping Arcades etc.
Support services-Transport, Guides, Travel desk,
Banking, Insurance etc.
Hospitality and Tourism Organizations- WTO, FHRAI,
IH&RA, IATA, PATA, DOT,
Hospitality Distribution Channels: Meaning &
definition, Functions & levels of distribution
III 9 C3
channels,Major hospitality distribution channels – Travel
agents, Tour operators, Consortia and reservation system,
Global Distribution System (GDS), Internet.
Current Scenario: Major players in the industry –5 in
India and 5 worldwide, Present trends in industry,
IV 9 C4
Emerging markets,Impact of international and national
events, Latest technology in Industry.
Information Technology and Hospitality Industry:
Information Technology and Hospitality Industry
Automation of Operations - Distributed Database -The
V 9 C5
World of Enterprise Resource Planning - Internet
Applications –Wire Free Environment (Wi-Fi) -
Opportunities and Threats of Information Technology
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Understand the basics ofHospitality Industry PO2
CO2 Comprehend the Hospitality Products & Services PO1, PO3
CO3 Understand the hospitality distribution channels PO4,PO6
CO4 Have knowledge on the current scenario PO5,PO7
CO5 Have knowledge on the growth of empowerment in tourism PO4, PO6
Reading List
Students would procure cognizance of the theories and practices of
1.
ecotourism.
Understand the need and importance of relationship between ecology and
2.
tourism
3. Be familiar with the model ecotourism projects
Learners will be familiarized with various approaches and practices for
4. sustainable
tourism development.
References Books
Marketing for Hospitality and Tourism – Philip Kotler and Jon Bowen, James
1.
Makens Pearson, 5th edition 2010
2. Advertising Management – Aaker , Mayer and Batra,Pearson,5th Edition 2004
A Complete Travel marketing handbook NTC Andrew Vladmir, , Business Books,
3. Illinois,2001
Entrepreneurship. New York: Harcourt, Kuratko, D.F. & Hodgets, R.M. (2008),
4. College Publishers.
Computer Fundamentals: Architecture and Organization, by B Ram, New Age

5. International Publisher,2018
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M
CO 2 M M
CO 3 S M
CO 4 S S
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Special Interest Tourism Elective Y 3 3 25 75 100
Course Objectives
Understand the growth and development of special interest tourism over the past
C1
years
Analyse and compare the characteristics of a range of different tourism niche and
C2
micro-niche markets;
Critically assess different types of special interest tourism from perspectives
C3
including tourists, operators and destinations.
Identify and discuss possible future scenarios about developments in the tourism
C4
industry;
C5 Develop a Special Interest Tour.
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Special Interest Tourism: Meaning, Characteristics, kinds
of special interest tourism, types of special interest
I 9 C1
tourism – Factors influencing special interest tourism –
Importance of Special interest tourism - Specialized
tourism.
Adventure Tourism: Definition, Concepts, Classification
(Surface/Air/Water) and grading, GIS and weather and
climate and their relationship with adventure tourism,
II 9 C2
Facilities required – equipment, clothing, instructors;
Guiding Principles for adventure activities, legal
liabilities, risk assessment and management, associations.
Wildlife and Ecotourism: Definition, concept, principles,
environmental issues in tourism, responsibility of
III visitors, involvement of local community in tourism, case 9 C3
study of a project in North Eastern states/Kerala/Tamil
Nadu
Historical and Heritage Tourism: Concepts, difference
between historical and heritage tourism, types of heritage
tourism – Features of heritage tourism – Benefits of
IV 9 C4
heritage tourism - developing historical and heritage
tourism in India, Case Studies of Historical and
Heritage sites in India.
Health and Wellness Tourism: Concepts, introduction to
natural living, Physical and mental well-being, Medical
tourism and Wellness Tourism, Ayurveda, Siddha,
V Unani, Homeopathy, Aromatherapy, Yoga, Spa (Water 9 C5
Therapy) Role of Ayurveda in Health Tourism - Basic
Principle of Ayurveda – four Aspects of Life, Scope of
Health Tourism In India.
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
Develop the understanding about tourism, its origin, and
CO1 PO3, PO6
development over the ages
develop ongoing professional development strategies and plans to
CO2 enhance industry knowledge and leadership skills for tourism PO1, PO2
industry sectors.
CO3 Learning about the concept of Ayurveda and wellness tourism. PO3,PO7
In depth knowledge the typology of various wellness products in
CO4 PO4,PO8
India.
Identify various issues related to development of wellness tourism
CO5 PO5,PO6
in India.
Reading List
Bob Mckercher, Andrew Chan, How Special Is Special Interest Tourism?,August
1.
1, 2005 Research Article, Sage Journals
BirgitTrauer, Conceptualizing special interest tourism—frameworks for analysis,
2. Tourism Management, Volume 27, Issue 2, April 2006, Pages 183-200. Science
direct
Bongkosh N. Rittichainuwat, Special Interest Tourism, 3rd Edition, Cambridge
3.
scholars publishing
BOB BROTHERTON &BÜLENT HİMMETOĞLU, Beyond Destinations—
4. Special Interest Tourism, An International Journal of Tourism and Hospitality
Research, Volume 8, 1997 – Issue 3
References Books
Ashworth, G.J.: The touristHistoriccity:Retrospect andProspect of
1.
ManagingtheHeritage City A Pergamon Title; 1st edition (7 November 2000)
Dr.S.P.Bansal.,Sushma,Sonia&ChanderMohan:TourismintheNewMillenium.(2002
2.
)
3. ErletCater&GwenLowman:Ecotourism (1994)
4. Foster,D.S.: TheBusinessofTravelAgencyOperationand Administration(1991)
5. Local Agenda21,U.N-WorldTourismOrganisation (2002)
6. Malik,S.S.: AdventureTourism (2000)
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Evaluate
(K5)
Create (K6)
Presentations
CO 1 M M
CO 2 S S
CO 3 M S
CO 4 M M
CO 5 S S
Marks
Inst. Hours
Category
Credits
External
Total
CIA
Service Quality Management
Elective Y 3 3 25 75 100
In Hospitality
Course Objectives
C1 To understand the basics ofService Quality and to learn ways to measure it.
C2 To comprehend the Hospitality Industry
To understand the various types of ownerships of hotels and classification of
C3
hotels
C4 To know the ethics of hospitality
C5 To know about Information Technology and Hospitality Industry
No. of Course
UNIT Details
Hours Objectives
Introduction: Concept of Service Quality -Measuring
Service Quality -Impact of Service Quality in Customer
I 9 C1
Satisfaction and Loyalty -ISO 9000: Universal Standard
of Quality - Bench Marking
Hospitality Industry: Introduction-Hospitality and
Product Service-Classification of Hotels-Basis of Room
II Tariff-Operation and Terminology-Fundamentals of 9 C2
Food and Beverage Service-Reservation skills-
Employability skills
Types of Ownership and Hotel Classification: Various
forms of ownership- Franchise, Chain Concept, Time
III Share, Management Contract 9 C3
Classification of Hotels: Norms and Standards,
Procedure, Classification/ Types, Classifying bodies.
Society and Ethics:The need for Ethics in Hospitality
Industry – Importance of Ethics in Hospitality Industry
IV Code of Ethics –Ethics in Hospitality Industry – 9 C4
Responsibility of Hospitality Business -Environmental
Auditing in Hospitality Industry
Information Technology and Hospitality Industry:
Automation of Operations - Distributed Database -The
World of Enterprise Resource Planning -Internet
V 9 C5
Applications –Wire Free Environment (Wi-Fi) -
Opportunities and Threats of Information Technology on
Hospitality Industry
Total 45
Course Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
CO1 Service quality basics PO3
Understand the basics ofService Quality and to learn ways to
CO2 PO1, PO2
measure it.
Have comprehensive knowledge to comprehend the Hospitality
CO3 PO3,PO7
Industry
Understand the various types of ownerships of hotels and
CO4 PO4,PO8
classification of hotels
Possess knowledge on the ethical practices in the hospitality
CO5 PO5,PO6
industry
Reading List
Connie Mok, Beverley Sparks, Jay Kadampully, Service Quality Management
1. in Hospitality, Tourism, and Leisure, 1st Edition, eBook Published5 January
2001 Pub. LocationNew York, Imprint Routledge
CésarCamisón, Total quality management in hospitality: an application of the
2. EFQM model,Tourism Management, Volume 17, Issue 3, May 1996, Pages 191-
201
Josep Llach, Maria Del Mar Alonso lmeida, Jordi Martí, Alfredo Rocafort ,
3. Effects of quality management on hospitality performance in different contexts,
Industrial Management & Data Systems, ISSN: 0263-5577, June 2016
Connie Mok, Beverley Sparks, Jay Kadampully, Service Quality Management in
4.
Hospitality, Tourism, and Leisure
References Books
Service Quality Management in Hospitality, Tourism and Leisure – Jay
1.
Kandampully, Haworth Hospitality Press 2001
Marketing for Hospitality and Tourism – Philip Kotler and Jon Bowen, James
2.
Makens Pearson, 5th edition 2010
TQM and Organisational Creativity in the Hotel Industry: An Exploration of the
3. Effect of Total Quality Management Implementation on Organisational Creativity
in Jordanian Resort, Mukhles Al-Ababneh,2012
4. Quality Assurance in the Hospitality Industry,Stephen S Hall,1990
Exceptional Service in Hospitality Six Sigma Way ,Gajanan Shirke , Shroff
5.
Publishers January 2017
25 Marks
Evaluation Seminars
External
Evaluation
Total 100 Marks
Understand/
Comprehend
overview
(K2)
Analyze (K4) Problem-solving questions, Finish a procedure in many steps, Differentiate
Evaluate
(K5)
CO 1 M
CO 2 S M
CO 3 M S
CO 4 S M M S
CO 5 S S
*****
S.A.C. SEPT’2022

Untitled

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Untitled

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Untitled

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

APPENDIX - 11(S)

Fintech and Investment Elective - - Y - 3 3 40 60 100

Market risk & exchange rate risk: Market Risk –

S-Strong M-Medium L-Low

Channel performance assessment:

Marketing metrics:: Status of six metrics in five countries

Inst. Hours Marks

Data Base Management

administrator – Users – overall system structure – Entity

Have better understanding on E-commerce in service P04, P06

Introduction to Cloud Computing: Introduction to

Have insights on the characteristics, challenges and P01, P04, P05

Practical Module: ERP & E-Commerce, Future

Comprehend and categorize the advancement of IT P05, P06, P07

CO3 Have insights on ERP marketplace dynamics P01, P02, P07

Possess knowledge on the fundamentals, P01, P02, P06

Purchasing policies and activities: Importance of

Selection of supplier: Outsourcing or insourcing, supplier

Developing and maintaining supplier relationships.

Introduction to Distribution Distribution – Definition

Alan Ruston, Phil Crouches, Peter Baker.(2014)The Handbook of Logistics

Packaging: Meaning, Functions and Essentials of

Hospital Services: Meaning – Types – Clinical – Non-

Nursing Services: Objectives – Nursing administration –

V Hospital Administrative Services: Hospital 9 C5

S.L.Geol, R.Kumar, Hospital Core Services, Hospital administration in the 21st

Medical Termination of Pregnancy Act, 1971 alongwith Rules, 2003 &

Benchmarking of Quality Standard: Hospital

Family Business Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100

Financial Institutions and

Managing Start-Ups Elective Y - - - 3 3 25 75 100

2. International Journal of Quality, & Reliability Management, Emerald Publishing

Sanjay L. Ahire,Robert Landeros,Damodar Y. Golhar, Components of successful

models, deterministic models, stochastic models;

Rajiv D. Banker,Indranil Bardhan,Ozer Asdemir, Understanding the Impact of

Strategies For Hospitality Entrepreneurship:

Evaluating Hotel Performance: Methods of Measuring

1. Honey.M, Ecotourism and sustainable development. Who owns paradise?,

Computer Fundamentals: Architecture and Organization, by B Ram, New Age

You might also like